Table of ContentsIntroduction

Introduction ...... 3 Campus Activities Fire Science ...... 76 Health ...... 76 Art Gallery ...... 23 Four Paths to Educational Home Economics ...... 77 Bookstore ...... 23 5 Image ...... 77 Success...... Bus Passes ...... 23 Independent Studies...... 77 Dance ...... 23 Degree Planning Individual Development ...... 77 DEC ...... 23 Degrees ...... 6 Nuclear Medicine Technology ...... 77 Drama ...... 23 Certificate Programs ...... 6 Nursing– Associate Degree ...... 78 Fitness ...... 23 Nursing–Continuing Nursing Education .. 80 Enrollment Information Honor Society ...... 23 Parent Education ...... 80 Admissions ...... 7 Model United Nations ...... 23 Physical Education ...... 80 Registration ...... 7 Music ...... 24 Radiation Therapy ...... 83 Transfer Information...... 8 Planetarium ...... 24 Radiologic Technology ...... 84 Tuition and Fees ...... 8 Publications ...... 24 Recreation Leadership ...... 86 Veterans’ Administration Standards Radio Stations ...... 24 and Requirements ...... 10 Sports Activities ...... 24 Human Development ...... 87 Final Exams ...... 11 Student Clubs and Government ...... 24 Grades ...... 11 Science Non-Traditional Ways to Earn Credit ..... 12 Degrees and Certificates Astronomy ...... 89 Graduation ...... 13 General Requirements ...... 25 Basic Science ...... 89 Commencement ...... 14 Specific Requirements ...... 25 Biology ...... 89 Honors ...... 14 Degrees & Certificates ...... 28 Botany ...... 90 Student Records ...... 14 Arts & Humanities Chemistry ...... 90 Engineering ...... 91 Transcripts...... 14 American Studies ...... 43 Environmental Science ...... 92 Confidentiality of Student Records ...... 14 Art ...... 44 Geology ...... 92 Communications ...... 45 Student Services Mathematics ...... 92 Dance ...... 47 Academic Advising ...... 15 Meteorology ...... 94 Drama ...... 47 Assessment ...... 15 Nutrition ...... 94 English ...... 48 Career Resource Center ...... 15 Oceanography ...... 94 Foreign Languages ...... 51 Counseling ...... 15 Physics ...... 94 Foreign Language Alternative Disabled Student Services ...... 15 Zoology ...... 95 Financial Aid ...... 15 Program (FLAP) ...... 53 Head Start ...... 16 Interior Design ...... 53 Social Science International Student Services ...... 17 Music ...... 55 Administration of Criminal Justice ...... 96 Job Center ...... 17 Philosophy ...... 57 Anthropology ...... 97 Computer-Equipped Labs ...... 17 Speech ...... 58 Economics ...... 98 Library Media Center ...... 18 Business Geography ...... 99 History...... 100 Multi-Cultural Student Services ...... 18 Accounting ...... 59 International Studies ...... 102 Parking and Campus Security ...... 18 Administrative Office Systems ...... 60 Media Communication Student Child Care and Learning Center .. 18 Business Administration– and Technology ...... 103 Student Health Center ...... 18 Transfer Program ...... 61 Political Science ...... 106 Student Programs ...... 18 Computer Science–Transfer Program ..... 61 Psychology ...... 107 Tutoring Program ...... 18 General Business Management ...... 62 Sociology ...... 109 Veterans’ Administration Programs ...... 18 Information Technology ...... 63 Women’s Center ...... 18 Marketing ...... 65 Washington Academy of Workforce Training...... 19 Real Estate ...... 65 Languages Other Educational Educational Development & Interpreting ...... 110 Opportunities Health Sciences Translation ...... 110 Continuing Education Program ...... 20 Alcohol/Drug Studies ...... 69 College Policies ...... 111 High School Programs ...... 20 American Sign Language ...... 71 Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 21 Developmental Education ...... 71 Administration and Faculty International Programs ...... 21 Diagnostic Ultrasound ...... 71 The Board of Trustees ...... 114 Parent Education ...... 21 Early Childhood Education ...... 73 Administration and Faculty ...... 115 Distance Learning Telecourses ...... 21 Education ...... 75 Academic Calendar ...... 121 “TELOS”– Older Adults’ Program ...... 21 Fire Command Women’s Center ...... 21 and Administration ...... 75 Index ...... 123 Fire Investigation ...... 76 Campus Map ...... 124

1 IntroductionBellevue Community College 1997

Published by BELLEVUE COMMUNITY COLLEGE March 1997

2 Introduction Introduction Welcome to BCC Letter from the President

Welcome to Bellevue Community College! We are glad that you are considering our college as a step in reaching your educational and personal goals. Our mission is to provide you with high-quality, innovative instruction; practical training; up-to-date equipment; responsive student services; and enriching activities, all in a positive environment and at an affordable price. At BCC you will find energetic, committed instructors who take a genuine interest in their students. Small class sizes ensure that you get the individual assistance and encouragement you need. We strive to accommodate busy schedules with evening and weekend classes, and convenient telecourse degree programs. BCC offers a full spectrum of courses for students who plan to transfer to four-year colleges and universities. Studies indicate that BCC transfer students do as well or better as students who spent their freshman and sophomore years at baccalaureate schools. Our occupational training programs offer a wide range of high-quality instruction and hands-on experience to help students retrain for new jobs. Each of these programs is kept relevant with the guidance of an advisory board of local practicing professionals. We are especially excited about the NorthWest Center for Emerging Technologies, which will be built, equipped and ready for students by winter of 1998. The new building will house state-of-the-art computer labs and multimedia equipment rarely found in a community college setting. Students will soon be able to earn an Associate in Arts degree in Advanced Technology which will prepare them to launch into careers in high-tech industries. We want to give you the support you need to succeed at Bellevue Community College. Assessment, counseling and financial aid can help you plan and finance your studies. The math, writing and computer labs are open at convenient hours. Developmental Education and English as a Second Language instruction offer vital basic skills preparation. Multi-Cultural Services, Disabled Students Services and the Women’s Center offer specialized assistance to help students reach their educational and personal goals. On-site child care, work-study, employment resources and sports programs are just some of the supportive features of campus life. The college is strongly committed to cultural pluralism and is proud of its efforts to attract a diverse student body, faculty and staff. The college’s vibrant international student community adds a welcome global perspective. Again, welcome, and thank you for your interest in our college. The faculty and staff join me in wishing you the very best at BCC.

B. Jean Floten, President

3 Introduction

■ provide curricula that enable students to College Mission, achieve competence in the outcome areas Affirmation of identified by the college’s General Vision and Goals Education program. Inclusion ■ provide lifelong educational experiences Bellevue Community College is committed Mission within all college programs. Our mission at Bellevue Community College to maintaining an environment in which ■ commit resources to the professional is to: every member of the campus community development of college personnel. feels welcome to participate in the life of ■ provide an academic environment the college, free from harassment and which encourages students to become TEAMWORK discrimination. responsible, analytical, creative and ■ foster a college community in which productive citizens; individuals, campus committees and We value our different backgrounds at BCC, organizations, and community groups and students, faculty, staff members and ■ provide accessible services and educa- form mutually supportive relationships administrators are to treat one another with tional programs that reflect excellence; and partnerships for the common good. dignity and respect. ■ meet the changing educational needs of ■ provide an educational and artistic center (Adopted by the All College Council, June 1992) our diverse community; which joins with the community to ■ promote pluralism within our multicultural foster cultural, civic, artistic, social, society; and environmental and economic development. Accreditation ■ be a leader and partner in the culture, ■ develop connections between the college technology and business of our Eastside and the community in order to improve Bellevue Community College is fully community. the educational and financial bases of accredited as an institution of higher the college. education by the Northwest Association Vision ■ incorporate developing technologies, of Schools and Colleges, Commission on We visualize Bellevue Community College methods and ideas into instructional Colleges. This accreditation was most as a place which: programs and administrative services in recently reaffirmed in 1995. ■ places student learning at the center of all order to maintain relevant programs and we do; services. ■ About This values and respects diversity on campus PLURALISM and within our community; ■ maintain a campus community in which Catalog ■ provides equal opportunities to all who all constituencies have an active voice in seek self-improvement through education; the decision-making process. Every effort is made to ensure that the ■ aspires to excellence in academic and ■ promote pluralism in all aspects of information in this catalog is accurate at the professional achievement; college life. time of publication. Acknowledging that ■ values shared decision-making; ■ demonstrate support for policies within policies, personnel, curricula and funding can change, however, Bellevue Community ■ encourages creativity and innovation in our community that promote pluralism. College reserves the right to amend, revise the college’s faculty and staff; ■ provide an environment that supports a or modify any provision printed in this diverse student body, faculty and staff. ■ adapts to the changing demands in catalog. Because curricula are regularly educating our community; and QUALITY SERVICE reviewed and revised, the college also ■ provides high quality services to students, ■ provide the staff and systems necessary reserves the right to add or withdraw courses visitors and the community. to effectively assist students in making without prior notification. This catalog is appropriate decisions regarding their therefore not to be regarded as an irrevocable Goals educational options. contract between the student and the college. To support our mission and vision we ■ provide high quality library and media commit ourselves to these goals: services, instructional support services EDUCATIONAL EXCELLENCE and counseling services. ■ provide opportunities for students to ■ provide educational programs and services achieve diverse educational goals by which meet the complex and changing offering academic/transfer, occupational, needs of our community. developmental and continuing education ■ maintain the fiscal integrity of the college. programs. (adopted by the Board of Trustees, January 1994)

4 Four Paths Introduction

industry, student interests, availability of Four Paths resources and general education options. to Path 3 GENERAL STUDIES Associate in Arts in General Studies Educational degree is designed for students who do NOT plan to transfer to a baccalaureate institution but wish to receive recognition Success for completion of 90 credits in college credit courses. Skill Development courses do not lead to a degree or certifi- STUDENTS AND LEARNING level (first two years) of a baccalaureate cate, but are designed to develop or build basic skills. Development of basic skills Students at Bellevue Community College degree plan at the institution to which they is available for students requiring basic should expect to improve their ability to expect to transfer. reading, writing or mathematics. English ■ is intended to prepare students for admis- ■ communicate effectively; as a Second Language offers non-native sion to a specific baccalaureate program. ■ reason quantitatively; students an opportunity to learn English. ■ ■ think critically; does not necessarily meet the Direct General Education Development (GED) Transfer agreement guidelines. ■ value and communicate across other courses are available for students 19 ■ cultures. has been awarded in the following major years or older who may find it impossible disciplines: to enter the high school completion In the Learning Outcomes Assessment program. Free courses are available to Program we look at the work students produce • Business Administration prepare for the GED exam. The exam has in the classroom and for student service • Engineering a minimal fee and is available through the programs. We also interview students to find • Pre-Pharmacy Assessment Office. out about their experiences at BCC and their • Recreation Leadership. attitudes toward school and learning. Finally, Additional disciplines may be available, and High School Completion we interview teachers and staff. The students must discuss specific transfer plans is for students who are 19 years of age or information we gather helps teachers discover with an advisor to plan their degree. older and would like to complete their high if their teaching techniques are successful, it school education. Credit toward the helps departments determine whether their Students may transfer to a baccalaureate diploma may be granted for work courses meet student needs, and it helps the institution prior to completing their degree. completed in accredited secondary schools. whole school improve its programs. Without the associate degree, however, The student must complete 10 credits in students risk losing credits which are residence at BCC. The high school diploma normally accepted within the degree or they is accepted for admission to baccalaureate Path 1 ACADEMIC TRANSFER may lack general education requirements, colleges and is subject to the same con- EDUCATION sometimes called general undergraduate ditions as the usual high school diploma. Associate in Arts and Sciences Degree requirements (GUR’s). In order for the ■ is designed for students who plan to Direct Transfer Agreement to apply, a student Path 4 CONTINUING transfer to a baccalaureate college or must have completed 90 credits which are EDUCATION university. applicable and transferable to the receiving institution OR have completed the degree. In our quickly changing world, education is ■ requires completion of 90 college-level now a life-long process. BCC Continuing credits within specified distribution areas. Path 2 OCCUPATIONAL Education offerings meet on-going learning ■ conforms to the state wide Direct Transfer needs, after, or in between formal degrees. Agreement endorsed by the Inter-College EDUCATION These classes keep knowledge and skills Relations Council. Associate in Arts current without the constraints of working for credit or degrees. Options range from ■ is accepted as fulfillment of the general degrees, with emphasis in certain program three-hour workshops to ten-week classes. educational requirements by Washington fields, require completion of at least 90 Content includes work-related and personal state baccalaureate institutions. college-level credits. Certificates of Achievement enrichment subjects, with instruction ■ is not altered by special admission criteria provide training in a focused program in a generally focused on immediate use. Students which may be established by a specific specific occupational field and require 45 may request a certificate of completion. baccalaureate institution. credits or more of prescribed courses. Continuing Education Units (CEU’s) are ■ grants junior status to students upon Certificates of Accomplishment available for some offerings. admissions at institutions endorsing the provide dedicated training and require less Offerings are continually updated to meet Direct Transfer Agreement. than 45 credits of specific courses. current needs. Course descriptions, schedules Associate in Science Degree Occupational program offerings and course and fees are published in the quarterly ■ requires students to complete a minimum requirements listed in this catalog may be schedules mailed to all district households, of 90 college-level credits in a program altered by the college to reflect the needs of and are also available by calling the that is precisely parallel with the lower Continuing Education Office at 641-2263.

5 Degree PlanningDegree Planning Degrees and Degrees The following degrees offered at BCC require Certificates at least 90 college-level credits for comple- tion. Programs designated with a pound sign (#) indicate selective admissions criteria: Associate in Arts and Sciences Associate in Science Media Communication Certificate and Technology Associate in General Studies ● Graphics and Animation for Associate in Arts Programs Multimedia (45) ● Accounting Paraprofessional ● Multimedia Authoring (45) Certificates offer short-term training in ● Administration of Criminal Justice ● New Media: Studies in Emerging a wide variety of areas and programs. ● Technologies (45) Administrative Office Systems Certificates of Achievement require 45 or • Office Management ● more credits. The Certificates of Accom- Video-Computer Interface (45) ● Diagnostic Ultrasound # plishment require fewer than 45 credits. The ● Video Production (45)

● Early Childhood Education credits required for completion are shown ● Web Authoring (45) ● Early Childhood Special Education in parentheses. Real Estate ● Fire Command and Administration Business Programs ● Appraisal (21.5) ● Fire Investigator Accounting ● Escrow (20) ● Bookkeeping (30) ● General Business Management ● Mortgage Finance (23) ● Paraprofessional Accounting (45) ● Information Technology (previously ● Property Management (21) named Computer Information Systems) Administrative Office Systems ● • Programming ● Administrative Assistant (45) Real Estate (21) • Title Insurance (20) • Technical Support ● Business Software Applications (31) ● Interior Design (three-year program) ● Word Processing (24) Washington Academy of ● International Business General Business Management Languages In cooperation with the Washington ● Marketing Management ● Entrepreneurship (30) Academy of Languages (WAL), BCC offers ● Media Communication and Technology Information Technology credit for the certificate programs listed

offers endorsements in: ● Microcomputer Support Specialist (45) below. Application for admission to these • Computer Animation and Graphics ● Programmer programs must be made through WAL. • Multimedia Design and Authoring • C (45) ● Interpretation (22) • Video-Computer Interface • Client Server - Visual Basic (45) • Video Production ● Translation (22) Marketing • Web Authoring ● Retail Management (30) Certificates of Completion ● Nursing # ● Sales and Marketing (28) Students in Continuing Education courses ● Radiation Therapy # Early Childhood may request a certificate of completion ● Radiologic Technology # for any individual course, but must make ● Early Childhood Education (45) ● Real Estate that request by the beginning of the first • Appraisal ● Early Childhood Special Education (45) class meeting. • Commercial Practices Fire Command • Escrow ● Fire Command and Administration (45) Continuing Education • Mortgage Finance Units (CEU’s) • Residential Practices Health Sciences Programs The Continuing Education Unit is a • Title Insurance ● Alcohol/Drug Studies (61) nationally recognized unit of documentation ● Recreation Leadership ● Nuclear Medicine Technology (63) for participation in an organized continuing ● Radiation Therapy Technology (62) education experience. Selected Continuing Education offerings offer CEU’s and if students meet performance criteria, they will receive a CEU certificate.

6 EnrollmentDegree Information Planning Enrollment f. Provide a $35.00 (U.S. dollars) non- refundable application fee. g. Submit proof of English language Information proficiency in one of the following ways: ■ score 500 or above on the TOEFL test; OR ■ demonstrate two years of successful completion (GPA of 2.5 or higher) of regular English courses in a US high General admissions deadlines are: school, supplemented by a personal Admissions Summer – May 31 interview; OR Fall – July 31 ■ transfer directly from BCC’s English Eligibility Winter – November 15 Language Institute upon successful 1. Bellevue Community College admits high Spring – February 28 completion of Level 5, and pass BCC’s waiver exam (including recommendation school graduates and adults 18 years of Students applying for selective admissions from program faculty); OR age or older. Currently enrolled high into a degree or certificate program must ■ school students may take college courses meet different application deadlines and transfer from a US language institute, with written approval from their school entrance requirements and must follow the college, or university with a GPA of 2.5 official. Applicants who do not meet these guidelines prescribed by the specific or higher. criteria will be considered for admission program. Students should contact the 2. International students are admitted to the on a case-by-case basis. Admissions Office or the programs for intensive English Program (the English 2. Some college programs have selective application information. Language Institute) upon meeting the following requirements: admissions, whereby not all applicants Formerly Enrolled Students who are qualified for admission into the In order to regain admission, students who a. Complete and sign the International program can be accommodated. These have not attended Bellevue Community Student Application for Admission. programs accept students in the fall ONLY College for two consecutive quarters b. Pay the $150 application fee. and publish their admissions requirements (excluding Summer Quarter) must c. Provide certification of finances. no later than Spring Quarter. Students complete the Application for Admission. should contact the Admissions Office or There are no established quarterly admission If a student takes a one quarter leave, their deadlines for international students; however, the programs directly for entrance continuing student status remains. requirements, deadlines and applications. it is suggested that credit students apply at International Students least 60 days in advance of any given quarter The following programs have selective The college is authorized under federal to ensure their applications will be considered. admissions: law to enroll non-immigrant aliens. Intensive English Program applications ● Diagnostic Ultrasound Technology International students may enroll either in should be submitted 30 days in advance of ● Nuclear Medicine Technology the college’s credit programs (provided the beginning of the quarter. International ● Nursing they meet requirements) or in an intensive students may apply for any quarter through- English program (if they do not meet out the year, although the college may not be ● Radiation Therapy Technology English proficiency requirements). able to admit all international credit students ● Radiologic Technology 1. International students are admitted to applying for admission. Application Process regular credit programs upon meeting the New Students following requirements: Registration To gain general admission to Bellevue a. Complete and sign the International Community College, prospective students Student Application for Admission. Credit Courses b. Provide translated copies of all scholastic are required to complete the Application 1. New and former students (new to BCC or records (e.g., high school, previous for Admission, available in high school returning after an absence of two or more college, language schools, etc.). offices and in the BCC Student Services quarters) who will be taking credit courses Center. New students will be admitted to c. Provide Declaration and Certification of receive a registration appointment date Bellevue Community College in the order Finances or a notarized Affidavit of along with information on assessment and in which their admissions forms are Support. registration. New and former students who received. If the student has attended other d. Submit a passport-sized photograph. miss the quarterly admission application colleges or universities, official transcripts e. Once admitted, show proof of medical deadlines register according to the last are NOT REQUIRED until they apply insurance for each quarter of attendance, four digits of their social security number. for graduation or request an official or enroll for insurance at the time of The registration calendar is published in evaluation of transferred-in credits. registration. the Quarterly Class Schedule.

7 Enrollment Information

2. Continuing Students (or those students Full time credit load ■ based on course and credit equivalency, who have been absent for one quarter For academic purposes, 12 credit hours is applicability to the program, and the only) register using the Touchtone considered to be a full-time load. To institution’s accreditation telephone system according to their complete a degree program within two ■ normally accepted from institutions scheduled access time. System access years, a student should average 15 credit accredited by an association equivalent to for adding or dropping courses ends on hours per quarter. the Northwest Association of Schools and the second day of each quarter. Students Overload Colleges or from institutions accredited choosing not to register through through other regional accrediting To enroll in more than 18 hours per Touchtone may do so in person the day associations. after their scheduled access. quarter, a student must have a 3.0 cumulative GPA. Students not meeting ■ subject to approval by the Evaluations 3. Transfer Students must apply for this GPA requirement must request Office. admission and follow the new and former permission from the Associate Dean of student process. Enrollment Services. 4. Late Registration is permitted only during Transfer to the first two business days of the quarter during the academic year (Fall, Winter and Transfer from Other Colleges Spring Quarters) and during the first day of the quarter during Summer Quarter. Other Colleges and Universities Withdrawal, Dropping/ and Universities Baccalaureate colleges and Adding Courses universities: Official transcripts are ONLY required when Withdrawal from a course is the termination ■ normally accept transfer college-level the student applies for graduation or for an of the student’s registration in that course. courses which are numbered 100 or above. Withdrawals do not require instructor’s official evaluation of credits. Official ■ signature and are classified as official only transcripts that are submitted with an accept as part of a Transfer Associate when the student withdraws via the Touchtone admission application are returned to the degree some courses not normally telephone system, submits a completed student and become an unofficial transcript. transferable, such as occupational courses. Occasionally, occupational classes are Schedule Change Form to the Registration Registration appointments for continuing accepted without a transfer degree, but Office, or submits a signed request in writing. students are based on total credits completed. this should be carefully explored at the There are consequences for failure to meet Therefore, students who have earned at least institution to which the student will be deadlines; students should refer to the Grades 45 credits towards their degree from transferring. section of the catalog for additional accredited institutions AND who are planning information on the “W” grade. to pursue a degree at BCC, are encouraged to ■ usually limit the number of credits they bring an unofficial copy of each of their will accept from community college Continuing Education college transcripts to the Student Services transfer students to ninety (90) quarter (non-credit) courses Center. Future registration appointments will credits. Registration for Continuing Education reflect the cumulative credits earned at other ■ may not accept a course graded with a courses takes place at any time after the institutions for as long as the student remains “P” grade, credits earned by exam, or Quarterly Class Schedule is available and a continuing student. Advanced Placement (AP) credits. through the second class meeting on a space- ■ reserve the right to require a higher available basis. Appointments are not Transfer credits are: admission GPA than the minimum ■ necessary. Continuing Education students applied to an associate degree at BCC for required for graduation at BCC and to may register by mail, fax, e-mail or phone. a maximum of 60 credits. recompute a student’s accumulated grade- ■ used only as they apply toward a degree or point average in accordance with their Credit Loads certificate. policies. Definition ■ applied to a certificate at BCC based on Credit is recorded in quarter hours. Each program chair approval, for a maximum of quarter credit hour represents one 50- two-thirds of the credits required to Tuition and Fees minute period of class time each week for complete the certificate (certain programs a duration of 11 weeks, or the equivalent have a time limit in order for the credits to Tuition and fees may be paid through VISA, in laboratory time, field work, or approved apply). MasterCard, check or cash. Checks returned independent study. ■ accepted on official transcripts only, because of stop payment will be charged $25, including those electronically transmitted and the student will be immediately with- directly from the institution. drawn from all courses. All other returned

8 Enrollment Information

checks will result in a student being with- Students withdrawn for disciplinary reasons This waiver expires on June 30, 1997. drawn after being notified of the reason for will not be eligible for a refund. This policy Persian Gulf Veterans withdrawal with a $15 fee for reinstatement. does not apply to Continuing Education non- Waives the difference between current After the third returned check, including credit courses or self-support courses (these regular tuition and a frozen base rate third-party personal checks, the privilege of courses may have a separate refund listed in (1990-91) for resident students who were check-writing will be denied. the Quarterly Class Schedule). on active military duty in a Persian Gulf The following tuition and fees are subject to Refunds are processed after the third day of combat zone. This waiver expires on June change by the Washington State Legislature. the quarter. Students may request a refund 30, 1997. Students should refer to the Quarterly Class earlier by visiting or contacting the Cashier’s Children of Deceased or Disabled Law Schedule for the most current tuition rates. The Office. The College Calendar, published in Officers and Firefighters following are estimates based on 96-97 rates: the Quarterly Class Schedule, identifies the Waives all or a portion of tuition and deadlines for each quarter. For Fall, Winter services and activities fees. and Spring Quarter withdrawals are refunded 96-97 Tuition and Fee Rates Children of Deceased POWs and MIAs as follows: Credits Resident Non-Resident Waives all or a portion of tuition and 1 or 2 $96.40 370.40 ■ 100% refund (minus $7 fee) PRIOR to the services and activities fees. third instructional day of the quarter. 3 144.60 555.60 Timber Workers ■ 80% refund (minus $7 fee) FROM the 4 192.80 740.80 Waives State Board-approved resident and third through the fifth instructional day of non-resident tuition and services and 5 241.00 926.00 the quarter. activities fees. 6 289.20 1,111.20 ■ 50% refund (minus $7 fee) THROUGH Student Scholarships 7 337.40 1,296.40 the twentieth calendar day of the quarter. Waives all tuition and services and 8 385.60 1,481.60 ■ No refunds are given after the twentieth activities fees for state-approved WAVE 9 433.80 1,666.80 calendar day. and Scholars recipients selected prior to June 1994. 10-18 482.00 1,852.00 For Summer Quarter withdrawals are refunded as follows: Needy 19 & over (1) below (2) below ■ 100% refund (minus $7 fee) PRIOR to the Waives all or a portion of tuition and (1) Residents will pay $482.00 plus $42.00 second instructional day of the quarter. services and activities fees for resident and per additional credit non-resident needy students as designated ■ 80% refund (minus $7 fee) FROM the (2) Non-Residents will pay $1,852.00 plus by the Financial Aid Office. $179.00 per additional credit second through the fourth instructional day of the quarter. High School Completion Waives all or a portion of tuition and Comprehensive Fee ■ 50% refund (minus $7 fee) THROUGH services and activities fees for resident The comprehensive fee is calculated in the the twelfth calendar day of the quarter. students 19 years or older who are student’s tuition and fees charged during No refunds are given after the twelfth enrolled in a high school completion registration and offers services for no calendar day. program. additional charge. These services include but Concurrent Enrollment with Other are not limited to parking, transcripts, catalog Tuition and Fee Waivers and health services. Community Colleges Tuition and Fee Waivers currently approved Allows interdistrict enrollment of resident Other Charges by the Board of Trustees include: and non-resident students; regular tuition rates apply. Fees for self-support, telecourses or 1. GENERAL WAIVERS Continuing Education classes are listed with Vocational Training over 18 credits 2. WAIVERS OF NON-RESIDENT the courses in the Quarterly Class Schedule. Waives overload fees for resident or non- DIFFERENTIAL IN TUITION Residency in the state of Washington is resident students enrolled in more than 18 AND FEES: not required for these classes, and students credits in a vocational or occupational Congressional Dependents are charged the amount listed regardless program. Waives all or a portion of the non-resident of residency. Vietnam/Southeast Asian Veterans differential. Waives the difference between current Higher Education Employees Tuition and Fee Refunds regular tuition and a frozen base rate (Fall Waives all or a portion of the non-resident Refunds are paid when a credit student 1977) for resident students who were on differential for a higher education employee withdraws from the college OR when a credit active military duty in Southeast Asia residing in the state of Washington and student withdraws from courses(s) that reduce between August 5, 1964, and May 7, 1975, holding not less than a half-time appoint- the total credits below 10. Certain fees are and who were enrolled in a state of ment; also spouse and dependent children non-refundable and are identified as such. Washington institution before May 7, 1990. of such employee.

9 Enrollment Information

High School Completion in this state, whose parents or legal state or country while a member of the civil Waives all or a portion of the non-resident guardians have been domiciled in the state or military service of this state or of the differential for non-residents enrolled in a for a period of at least one year within the U.S. if that person returns to the state of high school completion program. five-year period before the student Washington within one year of discharge Military graduates from high school, and who from said service with the intent to be Waives the non-resident differential and enrolls in a public institution of higher domiciled in the state of Washington. adds a surcharge of 25% of the resident education within six months of leaving high Any resident dependent student who operating fee for active duty personnel school, for as long as the student remains remains in this state when such student’s stationed in Washington. continuously enrolled for three quarters or parents or legal guardians, having theretofore two semesters in any calendar year; or Refugees been domiciled in this state for a period of Waives the non-resident differential and ■ be the spouse or dependent of a person on one year immediately prior to commence- adds a surcharge of 25% of the resident active military duty stationed in the state ment of the first day of the quarter for which operating fee for refugees, spouses, and of Washington. the student has registered, move from this dependents. A student shall be classified as “non-resident” state, shall be entitled to continue classifica- tion as a resident student so long as such 3. SPACE-AVAILABLE WAIVERS for tuition and fee purposes if he or she does not qualify as a resident student under the student is continuously enrolled during the Seniors, credit and audit academic year. Waives all or a portion of tuition and provisions stated above. In addition, a student services and activities fee with a maximum shall be classified “non-resident” if he or she: If the student, or the parent in case of a registration fee of $5 for two classes. ■ will be financially dependent for the dependent student, has attended a Washing- current year or was financially dependent ton institution for more than six hours per BCC Employees term anytime during the twelve months in Waives all or a portion of tuition and for the calendar year prior to the year in which application is made and who does which residency is being established, state services and activities fee with a minimum law presumes the move to the state was registration fee of $5. not have a parent or legal guardian who has maintained a bona fide domicile in the primarily for educational purposes and the Note: these waivers do not apply to Continu- state of Washington for one year time of enrollment is NOT counted towards ing Education and self-support courses. immediately prior to the commencement the one year establishment of residence. If of the quarter for which the student has the move to Washington was for purposes registered; OTHER than educational, proof must be submitted of such. Washington ■ attends an institution with financial assistance provided by another state or State Residency governmental unit or agency thereof wherein residency in that state is a Veterans’ for Tuition continuing qualification for the financial assistance, such non-residency continuing Administration Purposes for one year after the completion of the quarter for which financial assistance is Standards and In order for a student to be classified as a provided. Such financial assistance relates resident of the State of Washington for to that which is provided by another state, Requirements tuition and fee purposes, the student shall: governmental unit, or agency thereof for ■ have established a bona fide domicile in direct or indirect educational purposes and BCC and its degree programs are approved the state of Washington primarily for does not include retirements, pensions, or for students eligible for Veterans Administra- purposes other than educational for a other non-education-related income. A tion Education benefits. Eligible veterans, period of one year immediately prior to student loan guaranteed by another state or reservists or dependents of veterans who plan commencement of the quarter for which governmental unit or agency thereof on to apply for benefits must contact the Veteran the student has registered; and be the basis of eligibility as a resident of that Coordinator in the Financial Aid Office as financially independent; or be a dependent state is included within the term “financial early as possible. student one or both of whose parents or assistance”; or Certification of VA benefits will occur upon legal guardians have maintained a bona ■ is not a citizen of the United States of acceptance to a VA-approved degree program fide domicile in the state of Washington America, unless the individual holds and when all pertinent documents are on file. for at least one year immediately prior to permanent or temporary resident The eligible student can be certified only for commencement of the quarter for which immigration status, “Refugee-Parolee” courses applicable to the declared degree the student has registered; or status, or “Conditional Entrant” status. program. Students are expected to be enrolled ■ have spent at least 75 percent of both his or in college-level courses, although some A person does not lose domicile in the state her junior and senior years of high school developmental courses (“deficiency courses” of Washington by reason of residency in any

10 Enrollment Information

in VA terminology) are permitted. Students Average Achievement During Fall, Winter, and Spring Quarters requiring deficiency courses will be reviewed C+ 2.3 points per credit hour withdrawals are recorded as follows: by the Veteran Coordinator. C 2.0 points per credit hour ■ Through the tenth day of the quarter, the All VA benefit recipients are required to C- 1.7 points per credit hour dropped course does not become part of enroll in at least six credits per quarter and the transcript record. Minimum Achievement maintain academic progress by successfully ■ After the tenth school day and through the D+ 1.3 points per credit hour completing their courses with a 2.00 grade end of the seventh week of the quarter, the point average. Students who fail to maintain D 1.0 point per credit hour grade of “W” will become part of the the minimum requirement may be placed on Unsatisfactory Achievement student’s transcript record, regardless of probation when extenuating circumstances F 0 points per credit hour grade status at this time. occur. It is advisable to consult with the ■ No official withdrawal will be permitted Veteran Coordinator when the student Students should be aware that each instructor after the start of the eighth week of the suspects they may fail to maintain academic determines whether or not his/her respective quarter. progress. class will be evaluated utilizing the grade of “F.” During Summer Quarter withdrawals are Immediately report to the Veteran Coordinator recorded as follows: any change in the program of study, credit Passing load, dependent status, address or other change P No points are calculated for a “P” grade, ■ Through the sixth day of the quarter, the that may impact the student’s VA status. which is issued in two separate instances; dropped course does not become a part of for those courses institutionally recognized the transcript record. as utilizing the “P” grade, and for courses ■ After the sixth day and through the end of graded using “A” through “F” in which a the fifth week of the quarter, the grade of Final Exams student elects to be evaluated Pass/Fail. In “W” will become part of the student’s the latter instance, all “P” grades must be It is the policy of Bellevue Community transcript record, regardless of grade status supported with traditional letter grades and College that final exams may be used only in at this time. No official withdrawal will be when the student fails to receive a grade connection with the use of other evaluative permitted after the start of the sixth week of “A” through “D,” a grade of “F” will techniques throughout each period of of the quarter. be granted and calculated into the grade instruction, and no examination, including point average. A student who finds it necessary to withdraw the final exam, shall make up more than 33 completely from the college due to illness, Courses which a student elects to take P/F percent of a student’s final grade. Consulta- military reassignment or other bona fide may not be used to satisfy distribution tion between the instructor and the student is reasons must comply with the procedures requirements in the Arts and Sciences or deemed desirable concerning the specific listed above. results of examinations, quizzes, or other Science Degrees. A student must declare his/ The Associate Dean for Enrollment Services evaluative techniques or circumstances. her intention for a “P/F” grade within the first 10 days of the quarter by filing the may grant exceptions and authorize late request in the Registration Office. withdrawals due to extraordinary circum- stances. Students must submit appeals for Grades Non-Credit exceptions in writing and provide documen- Z No points are calculated for this grade. tation to support the claim of extraordinary Students may learn their grades via the The instructor may, at his/her discretion, circumstances. Failure to submit a signed Touchtone telephone system approximately utilize this grade rather than the “F” if a appeal with supporting documentation may 10 days after the quarter ends, and grades are student’s achievement does not merit the result in the student receiving a failing grade mailed to students approximately 14 days awarding of credit for the course. on the transcript and the student will forfeit after the quarter ends. The “Z” grade – separate and distinct from any refund which would otherwise be due. Bellevue Community College utilizes the audit, course in progress, incomplete and Audit withdrawals – may be awarded at the following grading system to reflect the N Not counted for credit or grade point discretion of the instructor should a student student’s achievements: average. A student must declare his/her terminate a course without completing an Outstanding Achievement intention to audit a course within the first official withdrawal or should the student A 4.0 points per credit hour ten days of a quarter by filing the request fail, for any reason, to realize a minimal in the Registration Office. A- 3.7 points per credit hour achievement level required by the instructor High Achievement for awarding credit. Course in Progress Y This symbol indicates a course which, by B+ 3.3 points per credit hour Official Withdrawal authorization of the Executive Dean of B 3.0 points per credit hour W Grading and recording for official with- Educational Services, officially continues drawals are different during the academic B- 2.7 points per credit hour beyond the terminal date of the present year than during the Summer Quarter.

11 Enrollment Information

quarter. Normally, the course is completed his/her designated alternate) and the and graded on or before the termination of Executive Dean to change the terms of the Non-Traditional the subsequent quarter. deficiency or the completion date. Incomplete Ways to Earn I No points are calculated for this grade. “I” indicates that the student has not Changing a Credit completed specific prescribed require- ments for a course, generally for unfore- Grade Advanced Placement seen reasons beyond the student’s control. The Advanced Placement (AP) Program If a student wishes to contest the accuracy of is in effect at many high schools and is If a student has performed at a passing level a grade, it is important to consult with the recognized by Bellevue Community College. during the quarter but for some reason is instructor involved immediately. Grades are Credit may be granted or placement into an unable to complete the course requirements, available via the Touchtone system advanced course may be offered by the he/she may be given an “I” grade at the approximately 10 days after the quarter ends, college when an official AP examination course instructor’s discretion. and are mailed to students approximately 14 grade is submitted with a score of 3 or above. An “I” will not be posted to a transcript days after the quarter ends. Approval of AP varies throughout the unless the instructor’s grade sheet is departments and students should pick up a The instructors receive an audit sheet of all accompanied by a statement on the contractual request for an Advanced Placement Credit grades they have awarded in all classes form which specifically indicates the work form at the Student Services Center. during the first ten days of the next regular the student must do to make up the defi- quarter. Errors may be noted on this audit The departments may choose to approve ciency. Both the instructor and the student sheet, and corrected, with minimal problem credit to be transcripted as transferred-in “AP must sign the contractual form. The contract to the student. After the tenth day of the credit” or the student may be assigned an must state the specifics of the deficiency and following quarter, the student has only one equivalent BCC course which would appear the date by which the deficiency must be year in which to correct a grading error. If with a grade on the student’s transcript. The resolved. Although the instructor may the instructor is no longer employed at this departments may also choose to allow for designate a lesser amount of time, it is college, or is away from the campus for an course placement, which is the ability to use recommended that the limitation for the extended time, students wishing to correct a AP as a prerequisite or to meet eligibility for incomplete being fulfilled be established at grading error should talk with the division a course. This course placement would be one quarter but never longer than one year, as chairperson of that faculty member. After processed by the Assessment Office. the college allows a maximum of one year one year, grades are not changed except for from the receipt of the incomplete. Three extraordinary reasons. Credit By Examination copies of this contract shall be provided, with The college recognizes that students may copies going to the instructor, the student and already have gained enough competence in a the Registrar. The nature of the deficiency particular area of study to make taking some must be such that removal of an “I” grade is Repeating a courses redundant. It may be possible to not contingent on subsequent enrollment in receive credit for prior knowledge without the same course by the student. Course formally taking a course in that area. Whenever possible, an instructor should Students who have completed a course and Examinations for credit in courses offered by designate a faculty alternate from within are repeating the same course for the purpose Bellevue Community College may be taken the same discipline to act in their behalf in of improving their grade may repeat it two under the following conditions: resolving an “I” grade should subsequent more times. All grades will appear on the conditions prevent further direct contact 1. The student must be currently registered at academic transcript. In order for the highest between the student and the original Bellevue Community College. grade to be calculated into BCC’s GPA for instructor. In the event the original instructor graduation purposes, the student must 2. The student must have completed ten does not designate the required area alternate, complete a Repeated Class Request Form at quarter credit hours at BCC. the program/department chair shall designate the Student Services Center. This request will 3. Individual departments or programs may one of their members to serve as such. result in the lowest graded course(s) having a require that a student complete the next An “I” grade remains permanently on all grade identifier of “R” posted next to the highest sequential course before receiving official records unless the deficiency stated grade(s) in the permanent transcript. BCC’s credit. However, a student cannot receive on the contractual form is resolved by the grade point average will exclude any course credit by examination for a course if student within the specified time period. An that has a repeat grade identifier. Students he or she has already completed a more “I” grade cannot be converted to non-credit. should be aware that other colleges and advanced course in that subject area. At any time during the period allowed by the universities may include repeated course 4. Students are not allowed to take an contract for completion of the incomplete, grades in their eligibility for admission and/ examination for previously enrolled or the student may petition the instructor (or or graduation. audited course at BCC.

12 Enrollment Information

5. If a student has already taken and failed an College-in-the-High School at BCC, 15 credits may be earned through examination for credit, they may not High School Students can earn dual high non-traditional or military courses. Course repeat the examination. school and college credit in a cooperative acceptance and equivalency decisions are at 6. International students cannot receive credit program between local school districts and the discretion of the Evaluation Office or the by examination for 100 - 200 level courses Bellevue Community College. Students take program chair (for occupational credits). in their native languages. College-in-the-High School courses at their Non-traditional credits may only be accepted as electives. 7. Credits earned by examination may be own high school. The courses are taught by used to satisfy degree requirements, but carefully selected school district teachers only 15 such credits are transferable. who work closely with BCC faculty mentors These credits cannot be applied to meet and are designated as adjunct faculty of the Graduation distribution requirements for the transfer college. Students should make an appoint- degree. ment with their high school counselor to get Official transcripts must be attached to the additional information about courses offered graduation application (transcripts which 8. Credits earned by examination are at their high school. may have been submitted with the admission identified as such on the student’s application cannot be used to satisfy this transcript and are not calculated into Tech Prep requirement). the GPA. Tech Prep is a program that enables high One graduation application for each degree 9. Credit is allowed only for examinations in school students to request college-equivalent or certificate must be filed with a $10 fee. which the student has received a grade of credit for occupational/vocational courses “C” or better. Students may elect to graduate under the taken at a high school that has articulated an provisions of the official catalog in force 10. When applying for credit by examination, agreement with the Northeast Tech Prep either at the time they first entered the the student must request an Approval for Consortium. Prior to submitting an admission program OR at the time they apply to Credit-by-Examination form in the application students should meet with the graduate, providing five years have not Registration Office. appropriate program advisor to approve their lapsed and they have remained continuously 11. If there is no exam available for that Tech Prep credits. In order to gain college enrolled in the program. To ensure timely course, the request may be denied. The credit at BCC the following conditions must notification of meeting graduation require- form is signed by the program chair and be met: a) the high school course must be ments, application deadlines are: articulated as a college-equivalent class, b) returned to the Registration Office. If the ■ Summer and Fall Quarters – June 1; request is approved, the student is the student must have received a “B” or ■ referred with the form to an examiner. better grade, and c) the student must apply Winter Quarter – November 1; for college-equivalent credit within two years ■ 12. After the student successfully completes Spring Quarter – January 10. after their high school graduation. the examination, the examiner completes Applications for graduation must be filed and returns the form to the student. The two quarters prior to the end of the quarter in student must submit the completed form Non-Traditional College which the student intends to graduate. to the Registration Office. Program Credits or Military Students planning to graduate with a transfer 13. A fee equal to one-half the current tuition Training degree at the end of Spring Quarter who want and fee rate will be charged. BCC may also recognize learning acquired in to receive an official evaluation of credits the military or other non-traditional college before registering for Spring Quarter should Running Start credit programs, and active military service submit the graduation application by the last of one year or more may qualify as three day of Fall Quarter. The Running Start program is a partnership physical education credits. Students should between BCC and local high schools. The The absolute deadline for filing an applica- visit the Student Services Center to request program allows high school juniors and tion for graduation for Spring Quarter is special forms and inquire as to the process seniors to enroll in BCC classes tuition free, April 1. Failure to meet this absolute for evaluation of these credits. and earn college credits which also apply to deadline will result in denial of graduation high school graduation requirements. The American Council on Education’s Guide until the following quarter. Students may enroll simultaneously in high to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences Participation in the commencement ceremony school and college classes, or solely in in the Armed Services is used as a reference does not imply that a degree or certificate will college classes. The program offers eligible in assisting to determine the amount and type be awarded. Final verification is made once high school students the opportunity to get a of military credit which may be accepted. the quarterly grades are posted. Military credits will be evaluated only from head start on earning college credit. Diplomas are mailed approximately 12 weeks official military documents. after the quarter ends. Of the maximum 60 credits which may be transferred and applied to an associate degree

13 Enrollment Information

Commencement Transcripts

During Spring Quarter, eligible students are In compliance with The Family Education mailed instructions regarding participation in Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, a transcript the June commencement ceremony. Students of grades will be sent to a college, university must meet application deadlines in order to or other agency ONLY upon the student’s participate in commencement. The ceremony written request. In-person requests are made is held in the gymnasium during the evening by completing a Transcript Request Form at of the final day of Spring Quarter. Graduates the Student Services Center. Requests may of any quarter during the academic year, also be made by faxing or mailing a written from Summer through Spring Quarters, are request providing student name, ID number, encouraged to participate. student signature and the name and address of institution or agency to receive the official transcript. Holds on permanent records Honors resulting from outstanding tuition and fees, fines or college-owned material, must be The college encourages students to achieve cleared before a transcript is released. the highest level of scholarship in pursuit of their educational goals. Students who have earned an Associate Degree or Certificate of Confidentiality Achievement and have maintained at least a cumulative grade-point average of 3.50 will of Student receive honors recognition in the printed program at the June commencement. All Records students graduating with honors will have their degrees and transcripts marked with Name of student, dates of attendance, degree “honors.” If a student has completed a or awards received and athletic-related minimum of one-half of the required credits statistics are considered public information. for the award at BCC, credits and grades All other information concerning the transferred to BCC from other colleges and student’s permanent educational record is universities are not included in the calculation confidential and the conditions of its of the cumulative grade point average. disclosure are governed by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, Student Records as amended.

Grades are mailed to students at the end of each quarter. Access to student grades for the preceding four quarters is available on the Touchtone system. As soon as the current quarter’s grades are posted, the oldest quarter is dropped from Touchtone. Grades may be withheld if any financial or other obligations are not fulfilled. With the exception of the student’s permanent transcript, student enrollment- related records are not maintained beyond one year from the last date of attendance.

14 StudentEnrollment Services Information Support Services for aid that are currently available include jobs, loans and grants. The office reviews each applicant’s needs and attempts to put together Students at BCC a financial aid package which utilizes one or more of the resources available. Family Contribution & Family Need Bellevue Community College offers many academic planning, as well as job search The college subscribes to the federal formula services to help the student attain their strategies. Besides offering career informa- for determining eligibility. When a student educational and life goals. Counseling, job tional materials, the Career Center offers three applies for student aid, the information referral, services to special populations and a software programs – SIGI Plus, Discover and reported is used in a formula established by centralized student processing area are some WOIS. There are career advisors available on the U.S. Congress. This formula calculates of the convenient features of Bellevue a drop-in (no appointment) basis to assist you Expected Family Contribution (EFC). This is Community College. (See also: Job Center and Counseling) the amount the student and/or their family is expected to contribute towards education for three quarters. The EFC is then used in an Academic Counseling equation to determine financial need. Cost of Attendance Advising Free, short-term counseling is available to - Expected Family Contribution registered BCC students through the = Financial Need The Advising Center offers information college’s Human Development Center (HDC). The EFC is based on many factors, including regarding the degrees and certificates offered Services available through HDC include: 1996 income information. If the family’s at BCC as well as information on other career testing, decision-making regarding circumstances have changed dramatically community colleges and baccalaureate career and life goals, fear of tests and new in 1997 (e.g. loss of job, death, separation, institutions in the state of Washington. situations, career classes/workshops, personal etc.) students may wish to inquire in the Curriculum advisors are located on the counseling, academic counseling, college Financial Aid Office about special condition second floor of the Student Services Building. survival classes and student advocacy. requirements. (See also: Counseling) Counselors are available by appointment and drop-in. To schedule an appointment or find out the drop-in hours, call the Human Cost of Attendance for 9 months Assessment Development Center. (See also: Academic (Tuition listed are the 96-97 rates) Advising, Career Resource Center and Living Living To help credit students succeed, BCC Job Center) With in strongly recommends participation in the Full Parents Apartment Assessment sessions offered. If you have Tuition & Fees $1,446** $1,446** never attended college, contact the Assess- Disabled Student Books & Supplies 618 618 ment Office at 641-2243, or go to the second Rent/Food/Utilities 1,884 4,830 floor of the Student Services Building, to Services Transportation 1,094 1,094 schedule an assessment for placement purposes. English composition, reading and Disabled Student Services provides Misc./Personal 1,644 1,752 certain math courses require placement for advising, counseling or referral to any TOTALS $6,686 $9,740 registration. Some courses with listed student with a disability. Accommodation ** non-resident tuition is $5,556 for prerequisites may be satisfied through services are provided for those students with three quarters assessment. Transfer students may or may special needs due to disabling conditions. not need an assessment. The Assessment Documentation of disabling conditions may Application Procedure Office will make that determination. be required. Accommodations should be Applying for financial aid is a lengthy requested at least 20 days prior to need. process. The Financial Aid Office must follow the rules and regulations set by the Career Resource federal and state governments. For priority Financial Aid consideration, all required forms must be Center completed and received in our office by The Financial Aid Office provides assistance April 15, 1997. Forms and instructions The Career Resource Center offers informa- to those who are determined eligible, within are available through the BCC Financial tion and guidance regarding career and the limits of available resources. Sources of Aid Office.

15 Student Services

Notification of Award or professional degree. For many students, may also obtain scholarship information at When awarded aid, students receive an Federal Pell Grants provide a foundation http://www.studentservices.com/fastweb/ Award Notification by mail which indicates of financial aid to which other aid may the type and amount of award(s) offered for be added. Satisfactory Progress each quarter. Students need only return the Washington State Need Grant Students applying for and/or receiving Award Notification if they are rejecting This program is administered by the financial aid are required to make and their award. Higher Education Coordinating Board maintain satisfactory academic progress in for eligible Washington state residents. their course of study. A copy of the policy is Enrollment Status Eligibility is determined using state made available to all financial aid applicants Unless students are awarded after they have guidelines which assess need through and available in the Financial Aid Office. registered, awards are always based on full- analysis of income and family size. The maximum time frame for a full-time time attendance (12 or more credits per BCC Grants and Tuition Waivers student to earn a degree and continue to quarter). If a student registers for less than 12 According to state community college receive financial aid is nine quarters. This is credits for any quarter where aid has been regulations, a limited number of tuition a maximum of 135 attempted credits. offered, awards will be adjusted based on waivers and grants are made available to Students who exceed 90 attempted credits are their enrollment. financially needy state residents. required to submit an Educational Plan which Work Study is completed with assistance from a program Disbursement of Funds A variety of jobs are made possible through or curriculum advisor. This plan helps Check disbursements are made available at federal and state work study programs, and students enroll in the courses which directly the Cashier’s Office. The cashier will need a also through institutional funds. Students apply to their intended degree or certificate. signed and current Attendance Verification are employed in a wide range of positions Card (bright red form) and a picture on campus, working as typists, landscapers, Refund & Repayment identification. Grant awards are disbursed by lab assistants, library assistants, etc. Off- When a student officially withdraws from all a check payable to the student, after tuition campus placement related to a student’s classes or completes zero credits in any has either been deducted from the award or program of study are also available in a quarter, they will be subject to refund and paid by a third party on the student’s behalf. variety of public and private settings. possible repayment of the financial aid Student Loan Placement may be obtained through the Job received. Tuition refunds are first returned to Checks are available in the Cashier’s Center on the second floor of the Student any federal aid received. The calculation Office five business days after the Services Building. used to determine how much is to be repaid disbursement date on the notice sent by Loans by the student is based on the documented number of weeks of attendance as provided the lender, BUT no sooner than the first Federal Family Education Loans (FFEL) by the instructor. Therefore, it is important day of the quarter for which the check is are made available through banks, credit that students officially withdraw and notify issued. In addition, federal regulations unions, and savings and loan associations the Financial Aid Office immediately when require a 30-day disbursement delay for to students registered for at least six credits they withdraw from all classes or stop new students who are first-time borrowers. per quarter. The standard repayment is $50 attending for extenuating circumstances. Work Study per month. In certain cases where financial Checks are earnings paid according to the need is established by the office, interest is employer’s payroll schedule. On-campus paid by the federal government until six students are paid once per month, usually months after the borrower is no longer Head Start around the 15th day of the following enrolled for the minimum six credits. BCC has a unique Head Start Program which month. All loan requests require attendance at the provides a full-day, free early childhood Loan Entrance Counseling Session. This program for four-year-old children whose Financial Aid Available: session provides valuable information eligible parents attend college or work. Head about your rights and responsibilities as a Grants, Work Study and Loans Start is a federally funded family program borrower. For date and time of available Federal Supplemental Educational which provides developmental screening, next sessions, please see the Financial Opportunity Grant health screening, hot meals and a profes- Aid Office. Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grants sional preschool staff. (FSEOG) are for undergraduates with Scholarships exceptional need, with priority given to A considerable number of private students who receive Federal Pell Grants. scholarships are administered through the Federal Pell Grant college. In most cases, the recipient is chosen by the donor. A limited scholarship Federal Pell Grants are for undergraduate library is available in the Financial Aid students who have not earned a bachelor’s Office. Students who have Internet access

16 Student Services

have been installed. Laser printers are all students enrolled in Media Communica- International available. Most computers have Internet tion and Technology courses which have a access. Student lab assistants are available to BCC computer access fee. Student Services provide some assistance in the use of lab computers. These labs are open to all Math Lab International Student Services (ISS) provides students who have paid a BCC AOS/PC Lab Math Lab professional and student tutors primary support for international students access fee. provide free tutorial assistance on a drop-in who are enrolled in credit classes at BCC. basis. The lab has additional resources, such ISS also provides support services related to: Engineering/Design Lab as computer tutorials, which may be used on- international student admissions, advising, This lab is equipped with PC’s using the location to supplement classroom activities. counseling, employment authorizations, club Windows operating system. AutoCAD and student-life, activities, credit evaluations/ software has been installed. Both laser Music Labs reviews and student housing referrals. printing and large format ink jet printing are These labs are equipped with both PC’s available. Student lab assistants are available using the Windows operating system and to provide some assistance in the use of lab Macintosh computers. Specialized music Job Center computers. These labs are open to all software has been installed. Student lab Engineering and Design students enrolled in assistants are available to provide some The Job Center is open to students and the Engineering or Interior Design courses which assistance in the use of lab computers. community. The Center is a co-location site have a BCC computer access fee. These labs are open to all students enrolled with the Bellevue Job Service Center. An in music courses which have a BCC Employment Security employee works full- Information Technology Lab computer access fee. time at the center. Information on full and This lab is equipped with PC’s using the part-time positions is available. Students Windows operating system. Popular word- Reading Lab who are eligible for Workforce Training can processing, spreadsheet and database The Reading Lab enables students at BCC to also obtain information on Commissioner software applications as well as specialized register for credit while they become more Approved Training. (See also: Career software used by students enrolled in BA, proficient readers. Students are tested to Resource Center) CS and IT courses have been installed. determine reading vocabulary, comprehension Programming languages and Client Server and rate. Appropriate computer programs and/ technology are available for course work. or other materials are provided to remedy Computer- Laser printing is available. Lab computers deficiencies. The goal of the Reading Lab is to have Internet access. Intranet applications help students become successful, independent Equipped Labs will also be developed in various courses. readers who can confidently handle texts and Student lab assistants are available to provide supplementary reading materials in their Apple Computer Lab some assistance in the use of lab computers. classes. Students must be registered to utilize The Apple Lab is equipped with Macintosh This lab is open to all students enrolled in Reading Lab services. computers, many with CD-ROM drives. A BA, CS and IT courses which have paid a wide variety of easy-to-use software BCC computer access fee. Other students Technical Support Lab applications have been installed. Both laser may have access upon approval of the lab This lab is equipped with both PC’s using the and color printers are available. Internet web director and payment of a BCC computer Windows operating system and Macintosh browsing is available on evenings and access fee. computers. This lab is used by students weekends. Student lab assistants are available enrolled in BCC’s Technical Support to provide some assistance in the use of lab Interactive Multimedia Program to acquire hands-on networking and computers. The lab is open to all students who Lab (IML) hardware/software configuration experience. have paid a BCC Apple Lab access fee. This lab is equipped with both PC’s using the It is open to all students enrolled in Technical Students who have paid computer lab fees for Windows 95 Graphical User Interface (GUI) Support courses which have a BCC computer access to other BCC computer labs may also and Macintosh computers. Lab computers access fee. use this lab on evenings and weekends. meet industry standards for multimedia development. Two color flat bed scanners, Writing Lab AOS/PC Computer Labs video capture equipment, and laser printing The BCC Writing Lab assists students with These labs are equipped with PC’s using the are available. Specialized multimedia writing assignments from essays to term Windows 95 Graphical User Interface (GUI). development software has been installed on papers. Lab assistants also help students Many have CD-ROM drives and multi-media all lab computers. Many lab computers have prepare resumes and scholarship applications. capability. Popular word-processing, spread- Internet access. Student lab assistants are Over 30 computers are available for use by sheet and database software applications available to provide some assistance in the students enrolled in composition classes. use of lab computers. These labs are open to

17 Student Services

Library Media Student Child Tutoring Center Care and Program The Library Media Center contains 45,000 Learning Center The Tutorial Program is designed for one-on- books; microfilms; videotapes; over 500 one and group session tutoring for all college magazines, newspapers and journals among Child care is available to BCC students with credit courses. Students performing at a “C” other resources. The On-Line Public Access children, 18 months to seven years of age. grade level or below are eligible for two Catalog (OPAC) available on the main floor The center provides affordable quality child hours per week of individual tutoring. Group offers information on the library’s collection care with a full day preschool program. There sessions may be attended by students of print and non-print materials. Electronic is a weekly fee for children 18 to 30 months performing at any grade level. sources such as those on CD-ROM as well as and a sliding scale for children three to seven the Internet are accessed through several years old. The Student Child Care and Early computer workstations. Computers, projection Learning Center at BCC is accredited by the Veterans’ units, TV monitors and VCRs are available on National Association for the Education of rolling carts for use in the classrooms. The Young Children. (See also: Head Start and Administration Library Media Center makes available study Parent Education Preschool) rooms, media viewing rooms and a video- Programs editing suite. Student Health The Financial Aid Office coordinates educational benefits available through the Multi-Cultural Center Veterans’ Administration.

Student Services The Student Health Center’s focus is health promotion, disease prevention and wellness. Women’s Center The goal of Multi-Cultural Services (MCS) is The staff is available for classroom and to provide educational support and retention campus-wide programs, as well as individual The Women’s Center helps students and services to students of color. MCS support student consultations. members of the community to realize their services include: admission and registration career and educational potential through: assistance, academic assessment, financial physics and math study groups, financial aid aid application assistance, advising and Student information and one-on-one scholarship personal counseling, student progress assistance, a transfer club, single parents’ monitoring, special study skills course, Programs group, a quarterly workshop series, and consultation with instructors, campus and information and referral to community community referral, cultural activities and Student Programs provides campus exposure services. ethnic clubs. to cultural, social, educational and physical A variety of career transition classes and activities and events. The goal of Student services are offered for men and women. The Programs is to enlighten, educate and Compass for Success class is a creative career Parking and entertain BCC students through out-of- transition program designed for unemployed classroom experiences. Student Programs workers seeking employment and training Campus Security houses the following programs: ASBCC options. The Women in Transition Program student government, the Student Program- provides an intensive career and life planning The college maintains over 2,500 student ming Board, Phi Theta Kappa, the ASBCC class, follow-up classes and a mentoring pro- parking spaces, with reserved areas for used-textbook sale, the BCC Curriculum gram which connects participants with profes- carpools (3+ people per car) and disabled Guide and the Student Union Information sional women in their chosen career field. drivers with state-issued permits. All students Center. Student Programs also provides the are entitled to parking permits upon payment BCC student handbook at no cost. Hand- of their comprehensive fees, and permits are books are available around campus and have required between 6 a.m. and 3 p.m. Monday information on campus services, programs, through Friday. Campus Security enforces departments, and college policies, codes, and traffic and parking regulations and can also reports. Student Programs is located in the assist drivers with dead batteries and other Student Union Building. emergencies.

18 Student Services

Workforce Training

Workforce Training is a partnership between Washington State Employment Security Department and the community and technical colleges of Washington. Workforce students: ■ are eligible for or currently receiving unemployment insurance (UI), or ■ have exhausted UI benefits within the last 24 months. ■ pursue only Workforce-approved vocational program or skill enhancement classes for college credit. Workforce Training Services include: ■ Guided career exploration and occupa- tional assessment and self-service computers for career guidance and exploration at no cost to the students. ■ Dedicated BCC Workforce program and financial aid advisors. ■ Compass for Success, a transition course designed especially for unemployed workers. ■ Limited assistance for tuition, books, child care and travel. ■ Priority registration. ■ On-site Washington state Employment Security representative. ■ BCC Job Center resources. ■ Work search assistance – resumes, including electronic resumes, labor market information, interviewing and more. ■ Referral and coordination with other agencies.

19 OtherOther Educational Educational Opportunities Opportunities Other Educational BCC offers many educational opportunities distinct from our traditional credit programs. From non-credit Continuing Education courses to college credit opportunities for Opportunities high school students, BCC is truly a community resource with something to offer people from all age groups and backgrounds.

health care, non-profit management, older. Students in this program are awarded Continuing cabinetry, film and TV, among others. high school credit and college credit simultaneously. Education Computers Choose from over 300 offerings in the Running Start Programs latest software for people from cautious Students classified as juniors or seniors in beginners to proficient technical specialists. Washington state’s public high schools may Not interested in a degree? If you want a Introductory courses, office applications, apply to this program. Applications are class which focuses on your immediate needs, desktop publishing, drawing, multimedia, available in high school counseling offices. To doesn’t have grades, but does have great programming, networking and trouble- qualify, students must demonstrate proficiency instructors who are current in their field, try shooting are all taught off-campus in in college level English by taking the BCC our non-credit Continuing Education courses. comfortable, state-of-the-art classrooms. Assessment for English 101. Students must Our offerings range from three-hour work- also take the BCC Assessment for MATH shops to ten-week classes – varied options 105/156 upon application. Qualified students designed to fit your schedule and your World Languages may elect to take all or some of their pocketbook. Pick from the largest, most Continuing Education offers non-credit remaining high school course work at the comprehensive selection of continuing instruction in 25 different languages. college. Tuition for these students is paid by education courses found at any community Many of the instructors are native or native- their respective school districts. college in the region. fluent. World languages also offers courses taught in English on world cultures and Arts & Personal Enrichment business practices. College-in-the-High School The College-in-the-High School is a Select from courses in drama, dance, music, cooperative program between local school literature, art history, sculpture, crafts, districts and Bellevue Community College. It drawing, and painting. Students may also High School allows high school students to take regular meet personal needs through classes in college courses in their own high school. The financial planning, sports and recreation, Programs program offers basic, introductory-level science, home technologies, health and courses which are most often required in the fitness, family life, and travel. General Education general pattern of freshman coursework at Development (GED) Washington state’s four-year universities. Business & Professional BCC offers courses at no cost to prepare Students who successfully complete Development students for the five-part General Education coursework taken through the College-in-the- Small Business Development exam. The GED test is available High School program earn regular BCC Begin a small business with free advising at BCC for a small fee. Those who success- course credit that is recorded on an official from our Small Business Development fully complete the test will earn a Certificate college transcript. Counselor. Get help in promoting your of General Education Development. business’ growth with classes in finance, Tech Prep marketing and management skills. High School Completion Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Students 18 years and older may elect to take All professionals Tech Prep program articulation agreements Courses are available in communication, courses at BCC which satisfy the state of with Bellevue Community College may earn supervisory skills, career planning, total Washington requirements for the high school occupational/vocational credit as outlined in diploma. Participation in the High School quality management, international business the program’s agreements. Earned credit will and foreign languages for business. Completion Program requires that the student be transcripted on the BCC permanent record make arrangements for their high school after the first quarter. BCC admissions Professional specialties transcript to be evaluated by the High School procedures and requirements must still be Keep up to date with information from Completion advisor who approves a tuition met. Interested students may obtain the practicing professionals in manufacturing, waiver for participating students 19 years and necessary form from their high schools.

20 Other Educational Opportunities

Interdisciplinary Parent “TELOS” – Studies Education Older Adults’ Interdisciplinary courses are intense, Parent/child classes provide a quality early Program challenging and rewarding classes in which childhood program combined with parent several subjects are taught in concert. participation and parent education. Initial TELOS is a program for senior adults co- Interdisciplinary classes create “learning registration for each school year (September- sponsored by BCC and the Bellevue Parks communities” where instructors team teach June) begins in February and March, with Department. Course offerings are selected by and students spend a large percentage of their continuous registration until classes are full. a board of older adults, with low fees and a time in small seminars. Parents enroll in one of the following five social support network that extends beyond programs: Parent/Infant Classes, Parent/ the classes. Pre-Toddler Observation, Parent/Toddler International Observation, Cooperative Preschools, or Creative Development Discovery and Early Women’s Center Programs Activities Laboratories. Day and evening classes are offered for each program. The Women’s Center provides a variety of The International Programs Division of information and referral services, educational Bellevue Community College offers non- opportunities and support for students and credit training to international students Distance members of the community. through the following programs: Learning Student Services University Preparation/ ■ Scholarship and financial aid information Intensive English as a Telecourses ■ Transfer Club Second Language BCC Distance Learning opportunitites are ■ Single Parent’s Group This program prepares students with TOEFL designed to provide academic college credit ■ Math and Physics Study Groups scores of 499 or below to successfully enter classes for students whose educational American colleges and universities. opportunities are limited by time or distance Compass for Success, constraints. Telecourses are offered on TCI 5 credit class International Business Cable via the College Channel (Channel 28) Professions The Women’s Center in collaboration with from Bellevue Community College or on the Workforce Training Program offers this Students in this one-year program learn video tapes available in the Library Media creative career transition class designed for the basics of Western business through Center. On-line courses are available via the unemployed workers seeking employment classroom study and practical training Internet and accessible through links to the and training options. The class provides in industry. BCC Home Page (http://www.bcc.ctc.edu). opportunity to do the following: An associate degree can be earned solely ■ Assess interests and skills University Summer Abroad through Distance Learning courses, and ■ College and university-aged students study credits earned are transferable upon successful Identify high-demand occupations English and American culture in these two to completion of course requirements as ■ Develop a career path that matches four week programs. Weekly field trips and stipulated by each instructor. The cost per student’s skills and interests homestays allow students to experience life credit hour is the same as other state resident ■ Network with business and educational in America first-hand during their stay. BCC academic courses plus an additional representatives licensing fee per course. International Semester Abroad ■ Develop new computer and communica- tion skills This exchange program allows foreign colleges to send students to Bellevue Community College for six months of customized training through International Programs.

21 Other Educational Opportunities

CONNECT! Career Opportunities for Non Native English speakers in Education and Career Training The C.O.N.N.E.C.T. class provides an opportunity for non-native English speakers to learn more about community opportunities for employment and education, and to share cross-cultural experiences. Curriculum includes information on understanding the educational system, strategies for obtaining employment and discussion on overcoming cultural barriers to obtaining employment. Women in Transition The Women’s Center offers a three-phase program for women undergoing various life transitions. It begins with an intensive 54- hour class in Career and Life Planning which includes interest and vocational testing, goal- setting and confidence building, job search and college strategy skills-building. Following the class are six weekly meetings exploring the options and opportunities for pursuing education and career goals in the context of a healthy and balanced life. Finally, in the mentoring phase of the program, participants are matched with professional women similar to the career field they wish to pursue. Mentors and peers from the Women in Transition program create an infrastructure of support for women striving to achieve their educational and career goals. Workshops Students can learn the secrets of financial security; how mediation, yoga, or journaling can improve quality of life; how to communi- cate with loved ones or how to find natural alternatives to hormone replacement. The Women’s Center presents informative workshops on all of these issues and many more each quarter. Credit students may attend these workshops at the discounted rate of $5.00. ■ College Strategies ■ Creative Expression ■ Career Development ■ Personal Growth ■ Managing Personal Finances ■ Fitness, Health, and Safety ■ Communication

22 Other EducationalStudent Life Opportunities

Campus Activities Food Services In addition to offering high quality meals throughout the day in the college cafeteria, and Student Life BCC Food Services also caters community and college gatherings. Honor Society: Phi Theta Kappa BCC is well known for the strength of its value of education in marketing, merchandis- Phi Theta Kappa, the national community/ academic programs, but we also offer many ing and management, while preparing students junior college honor society, recognizes extracurricular activities and benefits to for careers in sales, advertising, finance, student academic excellence and leadership enhance student life. Arts, athletics and retailing and wholesaling, fashion merchan- potential and gives members the opportunity special-interest activities are available in the dising and many marketing-oriented for involvement in various campus and BCC community. occupations. DEC provides opportunity for community service activities. An honors leadership development, scholastic develop- theme is chosen at the annual Honors Art Gallery/Library ment, vocational understanding, organiza- Institute, which is held in June on university Gallery Space tional training and further development of campuses near major cities around the nation. The honors theme is reflected in programs The BCC Gallery Space provides the campus professional attitude and appearances. developed by the various chapters. The and community with an opportunity to Students attend state and national conferences BCC chapter, Alpha Epsilon Rho, founded experience a range of strong visual art. Shows and are given the opportunity to network in 1979, requires a 3.5 GPA for member- of works by present and former students, with professionals from business and industry. ship eligibility. faculty and nationally recognized artists are It is recommended that a student wanting to presented on a rotating basis at the gallery. participate in DEC enroll in Marketing 290 – Marketing Activities. Model United Nations Model United Nations is a program which Bookstore simulates activities of the United Nations Besides textbooks and school supplies for Drama Each spring, the Drama Department produces and other international organizations. The classes, the BCC Bookstore, located in the simulation takes place over the course of Student Services Building on the first floor, a mainstage production. Plays of the past have included “The Heidi Chronicles,” and several days, during which students deliver carries candy, toiletries, greeting cards, small speeches consistent with their country’s point gifts and BCC logo clothing. “Dangerous Liaisons.” Fall auditions are open to the campus community. Credit may of view, negotiate with other nations, and write and vote on resolutions in an attempt Bus Pass Discount be earned for participation in these produc- tions, including construction and backstage to find constructive solutions to many of the METRO bus passes may be purchased by work. Professional directors and designers major issues facing the world. Participants students, staff and faculty at discounted from the Seattle area produce the plays. develop a better understanding of interna- prices from the Cashier’s Office. METRO tional relations, the politics of other nations, The college also offers a “Stagefright” bus schedules may be found in the Student and how the United Nations conducts its Drama Club which presents three shows each Union Building, or you may call 553-3000 work. In addition, they examine a variety of year: one complete play production during for bus route schedules. issues such as peacekeeping, disarmament, Winter Quarter, and two scene productions economic development, environmental policy in the fall and spring. The club also holds Dance and human rights and consider the impact two workshops each quarter conducted by Eastside Moving Company of political, economic, historical, social theater professionals. Dance Ensemble and cultural factors on foreign policy and Eastside Moving Company dancers work international diplomacy. Each year the with professional choreographers in jazz, Fitness Center National Model United Nations holds a modern and ballet styles. A major pro- Each student enrolled in the BCC Fitness conference in New York open to all schools duction is held Spring Quarter in BCC’s Center is given a physical assessment. This in the United States and several foreign Carlson Theatre. Those participating earn information is used to prescribe an individual countries. Those wishing to participate in 1-5 credits per quarter (see Dance 201-203). workout program on the Super Circuit. The Model United Nations must enroll in Super Circuit provides an aerobic, strength Political Science 121, Fall quarter, 1 credit; Delta Epsilon Chi (DEC) and endurance workout simultaneously. Political Science 122, Winter quarter, 2 Auxiliary hand weights and weight machines Delta Epsilon Chi, the post-secondary level credits; and Political Science 123, Spring as well as cardio-vascular machines of national DECA, is a student organization quarter, 2 credits. (treadmills, stair-steps, etc.) are available for of instruction and training. DEC enhances the use in the Fitness Center.

23 Student Life

Music Student Newspaper: The Advocate Intramurals and Sports Clubs Choral Music Productions The Advocate is a student-run, weekly Aerobics, basketball, pickleball, volleyball BCC’s Symphonic Chorale and Celebra- publication which welcomes students and weightlifting are just a few of the tion! Vocal jazz ensemble participate in who have enthusiasm for news writing, midday activities offered through BCC musical concerts, festivals, tours, student- editing and advertising for print media. intramurals Fall, Winter and Spring led programs and performance venues at An experienced faculty advisor provides Quarters. Intramurals, planned and BCC. Celebration! has been recognized as direction for Advocate staff. Advocate implemented by students, staff and an award-winning leader in the field of staff participate by enrolling in either faculty, are a great way to keep in shape vocal jazz at the state and regional levels. Communications 141, 143, 144, 145, and meet people. 146 or 299. Instrumental Music Productions Student Clubs Instrumental Music Productions (IMP) is Radio Station KBCS-FM 91.3 There are a variety of clubs on campus allied with the course offering Music 106: KBCS, 91.3FM, is a 2800-watt, listener- reflecting student culture and activities. BCC Jazz Band. IMP is involved in The college encourages students who concerts (on and off-campus), tours, supported, non-commercial radio station wish to form clubs to contact the Student festivals, retreats and recordings. Member- licensed to Bellevue Community College. KBCS airs folk, jazz, blues and world music Programs Office at 641-2296, for ship in the ensemble is by audition Fall chartering information. Quarter. Commitment is for the entire year. along with a wide variety of news and Auditions may be given for available chairs cultural affairs programming. All program hosts are volunteers who love radio and during the rest of the year. The IMP experi- Student Government: ASBCC ence includes combos gathered from the want to make listening to KBCS a constant General elections are held every Spring Jazz Band instrumentation. These combos pleasure for listeners throughout the Puget Quarter to elect the board of students who Sound area. To get a sample KBCS program also tour and perform with the Jazz Band. represent the ASBCC – Associated Students schedule, please call KBCS at 206-641-2427. of Bellevue Community College (all Planetarium registered students automatically become Sports Programs members of ASBCC). Participation on the The Geer Planetarium is one of two board offers students experience in campus- planetariums in Western Washington. It is Intercollegiate Athletics Anyone attending BCC is welcome to wide policy development and activity available to BCC students, visiting school coordination. groups and, on a quarterly basis, public try out for BCC intercollegiate athletic groups. The night sky is projected onto the teams. Registered students attend games The Student Programs Office, which houses free of charge. Equity in athletics data is domed ceiling of the planetarium by a the ASBCC Board, organizes and funds projector that is capable of replicating the available for public inspection in the many campus clubs and activities. positions of the sun, moon, planets and stars Athletics Office, G100. BCC belongs to the NWAACC (Northwest Athletic as they would appear in the actual sky. Association of Community Colleges). Publications Curriculum Guide INTERCOLLEGIATE SPORTS The Curriculum Guide, coordinated by the Student Programs Office and developed FALL by student staff, offers basic information Women Men about individual classes based on faculty cross country cross country feedback. Information includes: types of volleyball soccer tests offered, class format and hours of homework required. WINTER Women Men Literary and Arts Annual: Arnazella basketball basketball Arnazella staff welcome fellow students who are interested in organizing and SPRING publishing Arnazella, BCC’s literary and Women Men arts publication, which features essays, track, tennis track, baseball short stories, poetry and art from artists golf, softball tennis, golf and writers across the Northwest. Students may earn up to 15 elective credits for the academic year while they gain experience in editing and publishing.

24 Degrees & CertificatesStudent Life Degree and Certificate 5. Completion of a minimum of 13 quarter credit hours in basic skills to meet Communication and Quantitative Skill Requirements requirements. 6. The Communication Skills requirement is a minimum of ten credits which includes completion of two courses in English composition totaling not less than six Dual Degrees credits, with any remaining credits in basic speech or an additional writing course. General Students may earn an associate degree in Composition courses at BCC that help meet two different curricular programs at Bellevue this requirement are COMM 141, ENGL Requirements Community College. To qualify for a second 101, 102, 270, 271 and 272. If the student degree, the student must: In order to receive a degree or certificate is transferring composition course(s) from from BCC, students must fulfill the following 1. Complete the 90 or more credit hours another institution that total at least six general requirements: required for the first degree, and credits but do not reach the minimum required ten credits, any SPCH 100 or 1. BCC cumulative GPA of 2.00 (a higher 2. Complete all the specific course require- above course will satisfy this requirement. admissions GPA may be required by some ments of the second curricular program, receiving institutions). and 7. The Quantitative Skills requirement has two components: 2. Credits and grades transferred to BCC 3. Complete at least 30 applicable quarter from other colleges and universities are credit hours in addition to the credits a. Completion of Intermediate Algebra, included in the calculation of the earned to complete the initial degree. which is not included in the required cumulative GPA for graduation, unless the Another option is that of earning a degree 90 credits hours, may be satisfied student has completed at least one-half of plus a Certificate of Achievement. In order to several ways: the requirements at BCC. earn a certificate in conjunction with a degree, ■ completion of a college intermediate 3. Transfer credits with less than a “D” grade the student must: algebra course, are not counted to satisfy a graduation 1. Complete an additional 15 credit hours in ■ completion of high school mathematics requirement. an approved program and/or through second year algebra, 4. The last 10 credits must be completed at 2. Complete the specific course requirements ■ placement above intermediate algebra BCC immediately preceding graduation. of an established Certificate of Achieve- through BCC’s Assessment Office, or ment or Certificate of Accomplishment Students have the following responsibilities ■ completion of a college mathematics program. in successfully completing a degree or course for which intermediate algebra is certificate: a prerequisite. ■ knowledge and understanding of college Specific b. Five credits of symbolic or quantitative policies; reasoning which may be in computer ■ ensuring that all necessary course Requirements science, statistics, mathematics, or other requirements have been met; discipline for which intermediate algebra is a prerequisite. Students complete five ■ providing official transcripts of course Associate in Arts and Sciences credits from the following BCC courses: work to be transferred in from other (AAS) Degree institutions; ■ Philosophy 120 1. Completion of 90 quarter credit hours of ■ ■ providing appropriate course descriptions college-level transferable credit. Mathematics 105, 120, 124 for transferred courses from the year the ■ 2. At least 30 of the 90 quarter credit hours Mathematics 107 or Mathematics 156 courses were taken; for the AAS degree must be completed in ■ Information Technology 110 ■ timely filing of the graduation application; residence at BCC. 8. Distribution Requirements are to be ■ meeting all financial obligations to 3. Completion of 45 to 60 quarter credit satisfied from the areas of humanities, the college. hours to satisfy the General Education social science and natural science and Petitions for waivers of any degree or Distribution requirements. (See AAS must be selected from at least three certificate requirements should be directed to Distribution Requirement) distinct disciplines with not more than 10 the chief academic officer or designee. The 4. Completion of a minimum of 15 quarter credits in any one discipline. Evaluations Office will provide advice on credit hours of fully transferable elective this process. courses, as defined by the receiving institution.

25 Degrees & Certificates

9. Distribution Requirements and Basic Accounting Sociology Skills Requirements may not be taken Agriculture Speech Pass/Fail. Courses with a “P” (pass grade) American Studies ** Speech Therapy may be used only to satisfy elective credit Anthropology Veterinary Medicine requirements. Archeology Zoology 10. Courses in the 190’s and 290’s series may Architecture( Urban Planning, NOT be used as distribution, they are to Landscape Design) AAS Distribution Requirements be used as electives only. Art (includes Photography) The course distribution lists are intended to Astronomy be descriptive and not prescriptive. 11. Students may include their lower division Biology major discipline requirements in the Botany Humanities electives portion of the degree plan only, Business Administration ** Distribution Requirement (15-20 Credits) and may not use them to satisfy Chemistry may be selected from the following distribution requirements. Communications (includes disciplines: 12. For humanities, no more than five credits Radio, TV) ● American Studies may be taken in performance/skills or Computer Science ● Anthropology 200 only studio art classes. Dance ● Art (Art 108 is elective only) 13. For science, at least one laboratory course Drama ● Communications EXCEPT 150 must be included. Dentistry Ecology ● Dance 14. Developmental or remedial coursework is Economics ● Drama not included in the 90 quarter credits. Education ● Music 15. Specific courses within one discipline Engineering ** ● English Literature EXCEPT 101, 102, 103, may be credited towards no more than English 105, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275 one distribution or skill area. Environmental Studies ● Foreign Language (200 level 16. Within appropriate distribution areas, Ethnic Studies recommended) students are encouraged to develop an Fisheries/Wildlife understanding of and sensitivity to cultural Foreign Languages ● American Sign Language 135, 136, 137 pluralism by completing courses requiring Forestry (5-credit ASL classes only) study of cultures other than their own. Geography ● History Geology 17. Integrative, synthesizing courses and ● Philosophy EXCEPT 102,120 History programs, including interdisciplinary ● Speech EXCEPT 225 Home Economics courses and linked sequences of courses International Studies ** are encouraged. Journalism Social Science 18. First year foreign language courses are Law Distribution Requirement (15-20 Credits) encouraged to include cultural aspects Librarian may be selected from the following of study. Mathematics disciplines: Medicine ● American Studies AAS Pre-Majors Medical Technology ● Anthropology EXCEPT 200, 201 BCC Students pursuing a transfer degree may Microbiology ● Communications 150 only declare at BCC the major they will be Music ** ● pursuing at the baccalaureate institution. Nursing Economics Students apply these “pre-major” lower Oceanography/Marine Biology ● General Business 101 only division credits to the electives portion of the Occupational Therapy ● Geography EXCEPT 205, 206 transfer degree plan, and with few exceptions, Pre-Pharmacy (Science Divison) ** ● History may not use them to satisfy distribution Philosophy ● International Studies requirements. The AAS degree allows the Physical Education/Health Educa- ● Philosophy 102 only student to satisfy freshman and sophomore tion requirements at BCC as well as satisfying Physical Therapy ● Political Science some or all lower division coursework. The Physics ● Psychology EXCEPT 102 following pre-majors are currently recog- Political Science ● Sociology nized at BCC. Asterisks (**) indicate that Psychology ● Speech 225 only specific additional requirements may be Recreation Leadership ** needed; students must contact the departments Social Work/Welfare for further details:

26 Degrees & Certificates

Science 3. A maximum of three credits in an 4. Minimum completion of English 092 or Distribution Requirement (15-20 Credits) activity PE. above AND Math 075 or above to satisfy may be selected from the following 4. No classes numbered below 100 level. communication and quantitative skill disciplines. Field trip classes may not be used requirements. for science distribution. Associate in Science 5. Recommended total of 30 credits or Select at least ONE of the following Degree (AS) a minimum of ten credits each in laboratory sciences: 1. At least 30 of the 90 quarter credit hours humanities, social science, and natural sciences areas. ● Biology 100, 101, 102 for the AS degree must be completed in 6. Although the degree may contain ● Biology 201, 202, 203, 250 residence at BCC. transferable courses, the transferability ● Botany 110, 111, 112, 113 2. Students are expected to complete a program that is precisely parallel with the of courses remains the sole prerogative of ● Chemistry 101, 102, 140, 150, 231, 232 first two years of a baccalaureate degree the institution to which students are ● Environmental Science 250 plan at the institution to which they expect transferring. ● Geography 206 to transfer. ● Associate in Arts Degree (AA) Geology 101 3. Specific courses and standards to complete ● Oceanography 101 the degree will depend on the transferring and Certificates ● Physics 114, 115, 116, 121, 122, 123 institution requirements. 1. At least 30 of the 90 quarter credit hours for the AA degree MUST be completed in ● Zoology 113, 114 4. Students are not guaranteed the benefits residence at BCC. At least one-third of the that accrue to the Associate in Arts and Select UP TO THREE from the following required credits for a certificate MUST be Sciences Transfer degree, but students areas: completed in residence at BCC. often realize the same results since their ● Anthropology 201 only curriculum has paralleled that which is 2. Specific courses may be credited ● Astronomy EXCEPT 112, 180 required by the program at the institution toward no more than one requirement or ● Biology EXCEPT 100 to which they intend to transfer. skill area. ● Botany 5. Developmental or remedial coursework 3. Students must receive approval from ● Chemistry (5-credit classes only) may not be included to satisfy the 90 program chairs for course equivalencies or ● Environmental Science quarter credits. requirements previously completed. ● Geography 205, 206 only 6. Specific courses within one discipline may 4. Certain programs have provisions that coursework completed to satisfy degree or ● Geology be credited towards no more than one certificate requirements must be current. ● Home Economics 130 only distribution or skill area. Previously completed credits may have ● 7. Within appropriate distribution areas, Math 105, 107, 200 or above exceeded the maximum length of time students are encouraged to develop an ● Meteorology which can lapse from time of completion understanding of and sensitivity to cultural ● Oceanography (whether the credits were completed at pluralism by completing courses requiring BCC or at another institution). ● Philosophy 120 only study of cultures other than their own. ● 5. The transferability of courses remains the Physics EXCEPT 101 8. Integrative, synthesizing courses and sole prerogative of the institution to which ● Psychology 102 only programs, including interdisciplinary students are transferring. ● Zoology courses and linked sequences of courses are encouraged. 6. Specific course requirements for each Electives degree and certificate may be altered to Associate in Arts in General reflect the needs of industry and students Between 15-30 credits should be selected or availability of resources. within a student’s intended major (see AAS Studies (AAGS) Pre-Majors section). The following special 1. Completion of 90 quarter credit hours, conditions apply: three of which are recommended to be 1. A maximum of 15 free elective credits activity courses in physical education. TOTAL in occupational, technical, human 2. At least 60 credits must be taken from development courses, English 100, and courses numbered 100 or above. individual development classes. 3. At least 30 of the 90 quarter credit hours 2. Math 101 is ONLY allowable if taken for the AAGS degree must be completed before Summer 1990. in residence at BCC.

27 Degrees & Certificates

Certificate of Accomplishment Bookkeeping Occupational Degrees and Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I 5 Program Area ACCT 103 Practical Accounting II 5 Certificates by ACCT 172 Integrated Accounting on Microcomputer 5 G BUS 145 Business Mathematics 5 ACCT 135 Business Payroll Tax Accounting 5 ACCT 270 Cost Accounting 5 Choose one from the following: 5 Accounting ACCT 285 Federal Income Taxes 5 AOS 161 Beginning Computer Choose one from the following: 5 Paraprofessional Applications AOS 161 Beginning Computer OR This program offers excellent academic Applications IT 105 Introduction to PCs options for students to enter the growing field OR and Applications of accounting through degree and certificate IT 105 Introduction to PCs programs. The Bookkeeping Certificate of and Applications GRAND TOTAL 30 Accomplishment is designed to prepare AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: students for employment as full-charge Excel 5 bookkeepers. The credits earned in the Administration certificate may be applied to the degree ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 program. The Paraprofessional Accounting ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 of Criminal Certificate of Achievement emphasizes G BUS 101 Introduction to Business 5 practical skills for those who seek early G BUS 145 Business Mathematics 5 Justice employment but may wish to work toward a G BUS 202 Law and Business 5 degree later. The Associate in Arts degree This program is designed for students who provides a strong background in accounting GRAND TOTAL 90 plan to pursue a career in law enforcement, and business skills. The degree prepares Certificate of Achievement law, community-based social services and graduates for immediate accounting positions other criminal justice related fields. The and future supervisory roles in business and Paraprofessional Accounting Administration of Criminal Justice program government. Students are given a well- Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. is currently divided into two tracks: rounded background to allow rapid advance- ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting 5 vocational and transfer. The vocational track ment to middle management level within ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I 5 is designed for those who wish to achieve a an organization. two-year degree and immediately enter the ACCT 103 Practical Accounting II 5 occupational field of their choice. The Associate in Arts Degree ACCT 135 Business Payroll Tax transfer degree is designed for those who Paraprofessional Accounting Accounting 5 plan to either enter the occupational field of AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: their choice immediately upon graduation or Course No. Course Name Credits Hrs Excel 5 to continue their education at a baccalaureate ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting 5 Choose one from the following: 5 institution. ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I 5 AOS 161 Beginning Computer Employment opportunities in the criminal ACCT 103 Practical Accounting II 5 Applications justice field are projected to be strong in the ACCT 135 Business Payroll Tax OR state of Washington and throughout the Accounting 5 IT 105 Introduction to PCs nation. Prospective criminal justice ACCT 172 Integrated Accounting on and Applications practitioners should be aware that stringent Microcomputer 5 entry level requirements exist. Applicants are ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 ACCT 234 Managerial Accounting 5 encouraged to consult with an advisor prior G BUS 101 Introduction to Business 5 to their entry into the program. ACCT 240 Advanced Computerized G BUS 145 Business Mathematics 5 Problems for Accounting 5 ACCT 250 Intermediate Accounting 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 ACCT 260 Accounting for Non-Profit Agency 5

28 Degrees & Certificates

Associate in Arts Degree Social Science Requirements AOS 130 Machine Transcription 3 Law Enforcement Option Choose 15 credits from the following: AOS 150 Office Administration 5 ADMCJ Core Requirements ANTH 202 Cultural Anthropology 5 AOS 161 Beginning Computer Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. POLSC 102 American Government and Applications 5 ADMCJ 101 Survey of Law Enforcement Politics 5 AOS 163 Microsoft Word on the PC 5 and Administration 5 PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: ADMCJ 104 Introduction to Criminal Law 5 SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 ADMCJ 200 Criminal Evidence and Excel 5 Procedures – Police Officer 5 TOTAL 15 AOS 168 Database Applications: GRAND TOTAL 90 ADMCJ 206 Community Oriented Access 5 Policing 5 ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 ADMCJ 260 Applied Ethics in Administrative ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 Criminal Justice 5 Choose one from the following: 5 ADMCJ 271 Introduction to Criminology 5 Office Systems G BUS 101 Introduction to Business TOTAL 30 OR This program emphasizes the technological INTST 150 International Business Electives – Law Enforcement Option changes occurring in the office, where G BUS 145 Business Mathematics 5 employment opportunities increase Choose 20 credits from the following: G BUS 221 Human Resource dramatically for those who are computer ADMCJ 102 Survey of Police Management 5 Organization and competent and skilled in operating a variety of applications. MKTG 110 Client/Customer Administration 5 Relations 5 The certificate programs enable students to ADMCJ 111 Principles of Criminal become computer literate, acquire basic word Science 5 Interrogation 5 processing skills, gain competency working Approved Electives 6 ADMCJ 194 Special Topics in the with the most current business software GRAND TOTAL 90 Criminal Justice System 5 applications, and learn to perform secretarial ADMCJ 202 Principles of Criminal functions. Credits earned in the certificate Certificate of Achievement Investigation 5 programs may be applied toward the Office Administrative Assistant Management degree. Degree graduates ADMCJ 220 Principles of Forensic Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. develop additional skills in office administra- Examination 5 tion and supervision, learn to assume ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting 5 ADMCJ 253 Principles of Drug and responsibility, exercise initiative, make AOS 102 Document Formatting 3 Alcohol Enforcement 5 decisions and perform a full range of AOS 104 Keyboarding Review and ADMCJ 299 Individual Studies in the office tasks. Speedbuilding 3 Criminal Justice System 5 The certificate programs prepare students for AOS 130 Machine Transcription 3 general office work in positions such as TOTAL 20 AOS 150 Office Administration 5 administrative assistant, word processing AOS 161 Beginning Computer Electives – Corrections Option specialist, office assistant, secretary and Applications 5 receptionist. The degree prepares students for ADMCJ 204 Criminal Procedure 5 AOS 163 Microsoft Word on the PC 5 positions such as office manager; executive ADMCJ 299 Individual Studies in the and administrative assistant; office assistant AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 Criminal Justice System 5 and secretary. AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: ADMCJ 294 Special Topics in the Excel 5 Criminal Justice System 5 Associate in Arts Degree ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 TOTAL 15 Office Management Approved Elective 1 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Core Requirements GRAND TOTAL 45 ENGL 102 Written Expression 5 ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting 5 SPCH 200 Interpersonal ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I 5 Communication 5 AOS 102 Document Formatting 3 TOTAL 10 AOS 104 Keyboarding Review and Speed Building 3

29 Degrees & Certificates

Certificate of Accomplishment Certificate of Achievement and national certification as a Diagnostic Business Software Alcohol And Drug Studies Medical Sonographer, and is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Applications Core Curriculum Requirements Allied Health Education Programs. To be Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. considered for admission, students must AOS 102 Document Formatting 3 ALDAC 101 Survey of Chemical follow the guidelines published annually for AOS 104 Keyboarding Review and Dependency 3 selective admissions. Speedbuilding 3 ALDAC 102 Psychological Actions of The diagnostic sonographer or vascular AOS 161 Beginning Computer Alcohol and Other Drugs 3 technologist is a highly skilled individual Applications 5 ALDAC 103 Introduction to Chemical qualified by academic and clinical experience AOS 163 Microsoft Word on the PC 5 Dependency Counseling 3 to provide diagnostic patient services using ultrasound and related diagnostic techniques. AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 ALDAC 105 Chemical Dependency Counseling in the Family 3 Graduates are eligible to take the American AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: Registry of Diagnostic Medical Sonographers’ Excel 5 ALDAC 106 Chemical Dependency Counseling Techniques 3 National Certification examination. AOS 168 Database Applications: There are eight consecutive full-time Access 5 ALDAC 108 Case Management of the Chemically Dependent Client 3 academic and clinical quarters, including GRAND TOTAL 31 summers. Students enroll full-time through- ALDAC 150 Relapse Prevention 3 out the duration of the program. Classroom Certificate of Accomplishment ALDAC 160 Cultural Diversity/Chemical education includes a core curriculum of study Word Processing Dependency Counseling 3 that places emphasis on acoustical principles; ALDAC 204 Youth Chemical Dependency Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. properties and physics; pathophysiology; Assessment Counseling 3 abdominal, obstetrical and gynecological AOS 102 Document Formatting 3 ALDAC 206 Group Process in Chemical sonography; echocardiology; and vascular AOS 104 Keyboarding Review and Dependency Treatment 3 technology. Other topics of study include Speedbuilding 3 ALDAC 207 HIV/AIDS Risk Intervention neurosonography, intraoperative sonography AOS 130 Machine Transcription 3 for Counselors 2 and patient care techniques. AOS 161 Beginning Computer ALDAC 212 Ethics in Chemical Associate in Arts Degree Applications 5 Dependency Treatment 3 AOS 163 Microsoft Word on the PC 5 ALDAC 215 Chemical Dependency Diagnostic Ultrasound AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 and the Law 3 First Year - Fall Quarter GRAND TOTAL 24 ALDAC 220 Additions Counseling Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Clinical Practicum 3 DUTEC 105 Pathophysiology I 3 TOTAL 41 DUTEC 107 Human Cross-Sec Anatomy 7 Alcohol and DUTEC 110 Ultrasound I - Abdominal 4 General Education Requirements DUTEC 170 Physics and Instrument I 3 Drug Studies ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 TOTAL 17 PSYCH 100 Introduction of Psychology 5 This certificate program provides the skills PSYCH 204 General Developmental First Year - Winter Quarter and knowledge required for counseling in the Psychology 5 DUTEC 106 Pathophysiology II 3 field of chemical dependency. Courses are SPCH 200 Interpersonal designed for the student who is completing DUTEC 120 Ultrasound II - Obstetrics 5 Communications 5 state-defined requirements to become a DUTEC 130 Ultrasound III - Small Parts 4 chemical dependency counselor, and provide TOTAL 20 DUTEC 135 Ultrasound Equipment I 2 the additional courses necessary for GRAND TOTAL 61 DUTEC 171 Physics and Instrument II 3 certification. The program also offers TOTAL 17 information for students needing to know about chemical dependency and its effects Diagnostic First Year - Spring Quarter on the individual, the family and society. DUTEC 112 Pathophysiology III 3 Ultrasound DUTEC 145 Ultrasound Equipment II 4 DUTEC 150 Basic Echocardiography 3 This selective admissions degree program provides didactic education and clinical DUTEC 160 Ultrasound V - Vascular 3 experience as preparation for employment

30 Degrees & Certificates

DUTEC 180 Advanced Studies & Clinical to the last quarter. A program option is Certificate of Achievement Application of DUTEC 3 offered in special education. Early Childhood Education TOTAL 16 Students planning to enroll in early childhood Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. education should be aware that a criminal ECED 171 Introduction to Early First Year - Summer Quarter history investigation will be required. DUTEC 101 Concepts of Patient Care 3 Childhood Education 5 DUTEC 113 Pathophysiology IV 3 Associate in Arts Degree ECED 172 Fundamentals of Early Childhood Education 5 DUTEC 155 Ultrasound IV - Early Childhood Education Echocardiography 3 First Year ECED 181 Children’s Creative Activities 5 Choose one from the following: 3 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. ECED 191 Practicum in Early DUTEC 165 Ultrasound Equipment III ECED 171 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 5 OR Childhood Education 5 ECED 192 Practicum in Early DUTEC 181 Advanced Studies ECED 172 Fundamentals of Early Childhood Education 5 Echo-Vascular Childhood Education 5 ECED 193 Practicum in Early TOTAL 12 ECED 181 Children’s Creative Childhood Education 5 Activities 5 Second Year - Fall Quarter ECED 201 Parent Involvement in ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 DUTEC 210 Clinical Practicum I 15 Early Childhood Education 5 HOMEC 256 Child Development and ECED 204 Child Health and Safety 3 TOTAL 15 Guidance 3 HLTH 292 First Aid and CPR 4 Second Year - Winter Quarter IT 105 Introduction to PCs and Applications 5 HOMEC 256 Child Development and DUTEC 220 Clinical Practicum II 15 Guidance 3 PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 TOTAL 15 SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 Second Year - Spring Quarter Approved Electives 7 Associate in Arts Degree DUTEC 230 Clinical Practicum III 15 TOTAL 45 Early Childhood Special TOTAL 15 Second Year Education Second Year - Summer ECED 191 Practicum in Early First Year DUTEC 240 Clinical Practicum IV 15 Childhood Education 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. TOTAL 15 ECED 192 Practicum in Early ECED 131 Orientation to the Special GRAND TOTAL 122 Childhood Education 5 Needs Child 5 ECED 193 Practicum in Early Childhood ECED 171 Introduction to Early Education 5 Childhood Education 5 Early Childhood ECED 201 Parent Involvement in Early ECED 172 Fundamentals of Early Childhood Education 5 Childhood Education 5 Education ECED 204 Child Health and Safety 3 ECED 181 Children’s Creative This program prepares students to enter the HLTH 292 First Aid and CPR 4 Activities 5 challenging field of working with children. Choose one from the following: 5 ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 Degree and certificate programs are available SPCH 100 Basic Principles of Oral HOMEC 256 Child Development and for students entering college for the first time Communication Guidance 3 or seeking a second career. Graduates will find OR IT 105 Introduction to PCs and opportunities for meaningful employment as SPCH 200 Interpersonal Applications 5 teachers in preschools or child care centers, or Communication PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 as aides in kindergarten or primary grades, or SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 other occupations in which knowledge of the OR young child is necessary. SPCH 225 Small Group Communication Approved Elective 2 Coursework includes observation, participa- Science 5 TOTAL 45 tion and practical experience. Students work Approved Electives 8 with children in a variety of settings. TOTAL 45 Emphasis is placed on involving the student GRAND TOTAL 90 in participation and observation from the first

31 Degrees & Certificates

Second Year FCA 233 Fire Service Administration 5 ASL 135 American Sign Language I 5 Fire Command FCA 261 Incident Management II 3 ASL 136 American Sign Language II 5 & Administration FCA 270 Hazardous Materials II 3 ECED 132 Techniques for Teaching SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 the Special Needs Child 3 This program provides occupational specialty IT 101 Introduction to Information ECED 135 Practicum for Special and general education courses which assist Technology 5 Education 5 fire service personnel in improving ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 ECED 136 Practicum for Special performance in their present assignments or Choose one from the following: 5 in preparing for future promotional Education 5 SPCH 100 Basic Principles of Oral opportunities. Certain courses are also ECED 201 Parent Involvement in Communication Early Childhood Education 5 appropriate for individuals who are either working in related fields or interested in OR ECED 204 Child Health and Safety 3 exploring the fire service as a career. SPCH 220 Introduction to Public HLTH 292 First Aid and CPR 4 Speaking The program curriculum was developed Choose one from the following: 5 Suggested Elective 4 through the cooperative efforts of the SPCH 100 Basic Principles of Oral Advisory Board and the State of Washington TOTAL 45 Communication Fire Command and Administration Advisory GRAND TOTAL 93 OR Association under the guidelines of the state Certificate of Achievement SPCH 225 Small Group Communication standardized curriculum. Program courses Science Course 5 are usually held on-site at fire stations. Fire Command and TOTAL 45 Courses for the degree and certificate are Administration GRAND TOTAL 90 reviewed regularly and may be revised to Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. meet NFPA requirements. FCA 120 Basic Fire Investigation 3 Certificate of Achievement Associate in Arts Degree FCA 137 Fire Protection Systems 3 Early Childhood Special Fire Command and FCA 152 Building Construction 3 Education Administration FCA 161 Incident Management I 3 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. First Year FCA 170 Hazardous Materials I 3 ASL 135 American Sign Language I 5 Course No. Couse Name Credit Hrs. FCA 190 Uniform Fire Code & ECED 131 Orientation to the Special Inspection Procedures 4 FCA 120 Basic Fire Investigation 3 Needs Child 5 PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 FCA 137 Fire Protection Systems 3 ECED 132 Techniques for Teaching CHEM 101 Introduction to Chemistry 5 FCA 152 Building Construction 3 the Special Needs Child 3 ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 FCA 155 Fire Service Instructor 3 ECED 135 Practicum for Special MATH 105 Precalculus I 5 Education 5 FCA 161 Incident Management I 3 Suggested Electives 6 ECED 136 Practicum for Special FCA 170 Hazardous Materials I 3 GRAND TOTAL 45 Education 5 FCA 190 Uniform Fire Code & ECED 171 Introduction to Early Inspection Procedures 4 Associate in Arts Degree Childhood Education 5 PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 Fire Investigation ECED 172 Fundamentals of Early CHEM 101 Introduction to Chemistry 5 Core Curriculum Childhood Education 5 ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 FCA 120 Basic Fire Investigation 3 ECED 181 Children’s Creative MATH 105 Precalculus I 5 Activities 5 FI 130 Investigative Interview Suggested Electives 6 ECED 201 Parent Involvement in Techniques 2 Early Childhood Education 5 TOTAL 48 FCA 137 Fire Protection Systems 3 ECED 204 Child Health and Safety 3 Second Year FCA 152 Building Construction 3 HLTH 292 First Aid and CPR 4 FCA 231 Fire Service Supervision 5 FCA 170 Hazardous Materials I 3 HOMEC 256 Child Development and Choose one from the following: 5 FCA 190 Uniform Fire Code and Inspection Procedures 4 Guidance 3 FCA 232 Fire Service Management GRAND TOTAL 53 OR FI 220 Advanced Fire Scene G BUS 241 Organization and Investigation 4 Management Skills

32 Degrees & Certificates

FI 240 Crime Scene and Physical broad-based knowledge of manufacturing, G BUS 155 Basic Statistics – Descriptive 5 Evidence 4 retail and service industries. The program ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 FI 250 Juvenile Fire Setter 2 also promotes success in both profit and non- Choose one from the following: 5 profit organizations for a competitive edge in FI 260 Arson Fraud Investigation 4 G BUS 202 Law and Business today’s business climate. ADMCJ 104 Introduction to Criminal Law 5 OR The degree provides a strong and diverse ADMCJ 200 Criminal Evidence background for use in a variety of jobs. BA 200 Business Law – Legal Procedures – Police Officer 5 Graduates will find opportunities in small Foundations TOTAL 42 business operations, supervision, marketing G BUS 210 Stock Market Investment General Education Requirements functions and product management. Many Strategy 5 Math and Science graduates find employment in trainee ACCT 234 Managerial Accounting 5 positions which lead to greater management CHEM 101 Introduction to Chemistry 5 G BUS 221 Human Resource responsibility and advancement. The one- (Chemistry 100 may be an Management 5 year certificate is designed to prepare acceptable substitution) Choose one from the following: 5 students interested in pursuing entrepreneurial MKTG 200 International Marketing MATH 105 Precalculus I 5 opportunities. (Math 099 may be an OR acceptable substitution) Associate in Arts Degree MKTG 234 Advertising IT 101 Introduction to Information General Business G BUS 241 Organization and Technology 5 Management Management Skills 5 Communications Choose one from the following: 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 SPCH 100 Basic Principles of Oral Choose one from the following: 5 ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 Communication AOS 161 Beginning Computer OR Choose one from the following: 5 Applications SPCH 100 Basic Principles of Oral OR SPCH 220 Introduction to Public Communication Speaking IT 105 Introduction to PCs and Science Elective 5 OR Applications SPCH 220 Introduction to Public GRAND TOTAL 90 Choose one from the following: 5 Speaking G BUS 101 Introduction to Business Certificate of Accomplishment Social Science OR Entrepreneurship PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 INTST 150 International Business Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 G BUS 145 Business Math 5 ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I 5 Arts and Humanities Choose one from the following: 5 Choose one from the following: 5 ART 150 Basic Photo I 5 ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting AOS 161 Beginning Computer TOTAL GENERAL EDUCATION OR Applications REQUIREMENTS 45 ACCTG 210 Fundamentals of Accounting OR Elective Courses G BUS 120 Human Relations 5 IT 105 Introduction to PCs and Applications Other college level courses as reviewed MKTG 154 Principles of Marketing 5 G BUS 150 Entrepreneurship 5 and approved by Bellevue Community Choose one from the following: 5 College 5 G BUS 221 Human Resource ACCT 102 Practical Accounting I Management 5 TOTAL 5 OR GRAND TOTAL 92 MKTG 110 Client/Customer ACCTG 220 Fundamentals of Accounting Relations 5 Choose one from the following: 5 MKTG 154 Principles of Marketing 5 General Business ECON 100 Introduction to Basic GRAND TOTAL 30 Economic Principles Management OR ECON 200 Introduction to Economics: This program is designed as a powerful tool Macroeconomics to help students shift gears in careers, enhance existing skills or obtain a strong,

33 Degrees & Certificates

IT 129 Application Development IT 239 SQL Server: Server Information with VBA II 5 Programming 5 IT 160 Systems Analysis 5 IT 260 Systems Design 5 Technology IT 235 Operating Systems 5 IT 290 Database Management 5 (Formerly named Computer IT 260 Systems Design 5 ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 Information Systems) IT 290 Database Management 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 This program offers students a selection in Electives 5 either programming or technical support. Associate in Arts Degree Programming Skills Options Skills are emphasized in four areas: communi- Information Technology - Choose from one of the following options for cation skills (oral, written and listening), a total of 15 credits : 15 Technical Support specific technical skills, general business Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. skills and problem solving. Students are IT 237 Client Programming I AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 encouraged to meet with program advisors to (Visual Basic) select the most appropriate entry courses. IT 238 Client Programming II AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: Excel 5 The Programming degree prepares graduates (Visual Basic) to be entry-level programmer/analysts, with a IT 239 SQL Server: Server AOS 168 Database Applications: major emphasis in one of the following Programming Access 5 programming languages: “C” and Visual OR ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 Basic/Client Server. The Technical Support IT 245 Programming in “C” ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 degree prepares graduates to provide IT 247 Advanced “C” with Data G BUS 101 Introduction to Business 5 software technical support and includes a Structures IT 101 Introduction to Information required internship offering practical Technology 5 experience in solving technical problems and IT 249 Programming in C++ IT 105 Introduction to PCs assisting clients. GRAND TOTAL 90 and Applications 5 Certificate programs are available for students Certificate of Achievement IT 110 Introduction to Programming 5 who have appropriate work experience or a four-year degree. Many of the courses offered C Programmer IT 127 Application Development with VBA I 5 can be used by the person who is already Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. IT 170 Problem Solving Strategies 5 employed, but requires further training. IT XXX Approved IT Elective 5 IT 217 Microcomputer Hardware IT 160 Systems Analysis 5 Associate in Arts Degree and Software Installation 5 IT 235 Operating Systems 5 Information Technology - IT 219 Data Communications and Programming IT 245 Programming in “C” 5 Networking 5 IT 247 Advanced “C” with Data IT 235 Operating Systems 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Structures 5 IT 293 Help Desk I 4 Choose one from the following: 5 IT 249 Programming in C++ 5 IT 294 Help Desk II 4 ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting IT 260 Systems Design 5 MKTG 110 Client/Customer Relations 5 OR IT 290 Database Management 5 Suggestive Electives 10 ACCTG 210 Fundamentals of Accounting ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 G BUS 291 Business Internship I ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 G BUS 292 Business Internship II (Off-campus internship) G BUS 101 Introduction to Business 5 Certificate of Achievement GRAND TOTAL 93 MKTG 110 Client/Customer Client/Server - Visual Basic Relations 5 Programming Certificate of Achievement IT 101 Introduction to Information Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Microcomputer Support Technology 5 IT XXX Approved IT Elective 5 Specialist IT 105 Introduction to PCs IT 160 Systems Analysis 5 and Applications 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. IT 235 Operating Systems 5 IT 110 Introduction to AOS 164 DOS/Windows 95 5 IT 237 Client Programming I Programming 5 AOS 165 Spreadsheet Applications: (Visual Basic) 5 IT 127 Application Development Excel 5 IT 238 Client Programming II with VBA I 5 (Visual Basic) 5

34 Degrees & Certificates

AOS 168 Database Applications: Choose one from the following: 5 business and human endeavors. Access 5 ART 201 History of Western Art The degree provides a strong and diverse ENGL 270 Professional Report Writing 5 OR emphasis with an interdisciplinary liberal arts IT 101 Introduction to Information ART 202 History of Western Art approach. Learning and understanding a world view of economic, political, geo- Technology 5 ART 203 History of Western Art 5 IT 170 Problem Solving Strategies 5 graphical, trade and business settings and ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 systems establishes a backdrop for interna- IT 217 Microcomputer Hardware INDES 110 Textiles 5 tional interests and development. and Software Installation 5 INDES 140 Introduction to Interior IT 219 Data Communications Design 3 Associate in Arts Degree and Networking 5 INDES 150 History of Furniture 5 First Year - Fall Quarter MKTG 110 Client/Customer INDES 151 Twentieth Century Furniture 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Relations 5 INDES 152 Furniture Design and INTST 150 International Business 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 Construction 3 ENGL 102 Written Expression 5 INDES 160 Graphic Communication I 5 Choose one from the following: 5 Interior Design INDES 162 Introduction to Computer ECON 100 Introduction to Basic Aided Design 3 Economic Principles This three-year program offers a broad- INDES 165 Visual Presentations 5 OR based, professionally-relevant curriculum INDES 170 Interior Design I - Methods 5 ECON 200 Introduction to Economics: that leads to a degree while challenging INDES 180 Professional Practices I 3 Macroeconomics students to achieve excellence. Graduates INDES 181 Professional Practices II 3 OR successfully compete for jobs and function as INDES 185 Practicum in Interior Design 3 ECON 201 Introduction to Economics: professional interior designers. The Microeconomics curriculum is balanced with academic, INDES 190 Materials and Construction 3 technical and practical instruction taught by INDES 191 Lighting 3 TOTAL 15 professionally-active faculty. In addition, two INDES 260 Graphic Communication II 5 First Year - Winter Quarter internships that provide current work INDES 270 Interior Design II 5 Choose one from the following: 5 experience in the field are required. INDES 271 Interior Design III 5 ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting The courses outlined define the complete list INDES 272 Interior Design IV 5 OR of required courses for the degree. The three- INDES 285 Practicum in Interior Design 3 ACCTG 210 Fundamentals of Accounting year outline should serve as a guide for OR students to develop a long-range plan that First Year Electives (incl. ART 108) 6 takes into account a personal timetable, Second Year Electives 5 ACCTG 220 Fundamentals of Accounting work, family and other commitments; many Third Year Electives 15 G BUS 120 Human Relations 5 students take longer than three years to GRAND TOTAL 143 MKTG 154 Principles of Marketing 5 complete the program. Electives must include TOTAL 15 exposure to college-level courses in the humanities, social sciences, math/science and First Year - Spring Quarter business. The department chair may review International HIST 120 Global History 5 and approve transfer credits from other GEOG 105 Geography of World Affairs 5 institutions to satisfy degree requirements. Business Advanced 1st Year Foreign Language (103) 5 The combination of International Business Associate in Arts Degree POLSC 103 International Relations 5 Interior Design and liberal arts is a unique curriculum aimed to develop simultaneously both a specialized TOTAL 20 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. knowledge in international business and a Second Year - Fall Quarter general cultural sensitivity and understanding ART 101 Modern Architecture Basic 2nd Year Foreign of foreign cultures. and Design 5 Language Course (201) 5 ART 110 Two-Dimensional Design 5 Economic and cultural activities in businesses, G BUS 210 Stock Market Investment ART 111 Design: Color 5 institutions and organizations have increas- Strategy 5 ingly encompassed global and international ART 112 Three-Dimensional Design 5 INTST 200 States and Capitalism: Origin interactions. The need for students to develop ART 120 Drawing I 5 of Modern Global Systems 5 broader and more diverse perspectives is essential to growth and effectiveness in work, TOTAL 15

35 Degrees & Certificates

Second Year - Winter Quarter Choose one from the following: 5 MKTG 236 Merchandise Management 5 Intermediate 2nd Year Foreign ACCT 234 Managerial Accounting GRAND TOTAL 30 Language Course (202) 5 OR ANTH 202 Cultural Anthropology 5 G BUS 241 Organization and Certificate of Accomplishment MKTG 200 International Marketing 5 Management Skills Sales and Marketing INTST 201 Introduction to International Choose one from the following: 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Political Economy 5 AOS 161 Beginning Computer Choose one from the following: 5 TOTAL 20 Applications AOS 161 Beginning Computer OR Applications Second Year - Spring Quarter IT 105 Introduction to PCs OR Advanced 2nd Year Foreign and Applications IT 105 Introduction to PCs and Applications Language Course (203) 5 Choose one from the following: 5 G BUS 241 Organization and Management ENGL 092 Developmental English IV MKTG 110 Client/Customer Relations 5 Skills 5 OR MKTG 131 Principles of Professional INTST 202 Cultural Encounters and Selling 3 ENGL 101 Written Expression Tensions 5 MKTG 154 Principles of Marketing 5 G BUS 101 Introduction to Business 5 TOTAL 15 MKTG 234 Advertising 5 G BUS 120 Human Relations 5 GRAND TOTAL 100 SPCH 220 Introduction to Public G BUS 145 Business Mathematics 5 Speaking 5 G BUS 202 Law and Business 5 GRAND TOTAL 28 Marketing MKTG 110 Client/Customer Relations 5 Management MKTG 131 Principles of Professional Selling 3 Media This program prepares students for the MKTG 135 Principles of Retailing 5 many opportunities that exist in the fields Communication of marketing. The degree programs offer MKTG 154 Principles of Marketing 5 training in marketing management; certificate MKTG 200 International Marketing 5 and Technology programs offer short-term training in retail MKTG 210 Marketing Research 5 This program is designed for students management and sales and marketing. MKTG 234 Advertising 5 interested in using, creating, and managing Students are trained for entry level and SPCH 220 Introduction to Public high-quality media communication resources middle-management positions in business Speaking 5 to satisfy education, business, industrial and including sales representative, sales manager, Electives 8 personal communication needs. The primary marketing manager, department manager and Science Elective 5 focus is on the production and utilization of buyer. Related areas include advertising, GRAND TOTAL 91 video, interactive multimedia and World distribution, marketing research and Wide Web digital technologies. customer services. Students in the program Certificate of Accomplishment receive training in the functional areas of Instruction includes basic multimedia, video business with specialized training in Retail Management and internet production techniques, intermedi- ate and advanced studio and field video marketing. The curriculum is balanced with Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. production, digital media production such as theoretical instruction and practical ACCT 234 Managerial Accounting 5 applications. An evening program option computer graphics and animation, multimedia Choose one from the following: 5 allows students to complete all the require- design and authoring, the integration of ments in three years. AOS 161 Beginning Computer computers and video, and the development of Applications digital “pages” for the World Wide Web. The Associate in Arts Degree OR degree programs are offered with specific Marketing Management IT 105 Introduction to PCs endorsements which emphasize a production and Applications specialty. The certificate programs offer short- Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. term options for students in various special- ACCT 101 Survey of Accounting 5 G BUS 120 Human Relations 5 ized media fields. Students considering MKTG 110 Client/Customer Relations 5 certificate programs should already have some MKTG 135 Principles of Retailing 5 media production and computer skills.

36 Degrees & Certificates

Associate in Arts Degree Endorsement in Multimedia MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 Media Communication and Design and Authoring MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design and Illustration 5 Technology Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Electives 10 Introductory Core Courses MEDIA 216 Script Writing for Film, Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Video and Multimedia 5 TOTAL 45 GRAND TOTAL 90 ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 MEDIA 223 Multimedia Authoring I 5 MEDIA 101 Exploring the Digital Future 5 MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for Endorsement in Web Authoring Choose one from the following: 5 Multimedia I 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 102 Techniques and MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 Technologies of Persuasion and Illustration 5 MEDIA 223 Multimedia Authoring I 5 OR MEDIA 229 Multimedia Authoring II: MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for MEDIA 103 Media and Messages: Macromedia Director 5 Multimedia I 5 Media Literacy MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design OR MEDIA 236 Authoring III: Scripting and and Illustration 5 MEDIA 104 Multi-Cultural Media Images Interactivity 5 Electives 10 MEDIA 229 Multimedia Authoring I: MEDIA 105 Media Systems and Macromedia Director 5 TOTAL 45 Technology 5 MEDIA 230 Web Authoring I 5 GRAND TOTAL 90 Choose two from the following: 10 MEDIA 238 Web Authoring II 5 MEDIA 110 Exploring the Internet Endorsement in Video- Electives 10 MEDIA 112 Introduction to Video Computer Interface TOTAL 45 Production Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. GRAND TOTAL 90 MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia Choose one from the following: 5 Certificate of Achievement TOTAL 30 MEDIA 210 Video Field Production Graphics and Animation Pre-Graduation Core Courses OR for Multimedia MEDIA 212 Video Studio Production MEDIA 245 Production Practice 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 MEDIA 248 Portfolio and Employment 5 ART 110 Two-Dimensional Design 5 MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media ART 120 Drawing I 5 Communications and Multimedia I 5 MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia 5 Technology 5 MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design and Illustration 5 MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for TOTAL 15 Multimedia I 5 TOTAL CORE 45 MEDIA 233 Digital Imaging for Multimedia II 5 MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design and Illustration 5 Endorsement in Computer MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 MEDIA 233 Digital Imaging for MEDIA 237 Animation for Multimedia II 5 Animation and Graphics Multimedia II 5 Electives 10 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 ART 110 Two-Dimensional Design 5 TOTAL 45 MEDIA 237 Animation for Multimedia II 5 ART 120 Drawing I 5 GRAND TOTAL 90 MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for Endorsement in Communication and Multimedia I 5 Technology 5 MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design Video Production GRAND TOTAL 45 and Illustration 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 233 Digital Imaging for MEDIA 122 Introduction to Audio and Certificate of Achievement Multimedia II 5 Recordings 5 Multimedia Authoring MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 MEDIA 210 Video Field Production 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 237 Animation for Multimedia II 5 MEDIA 212 Video Studio Production 5 MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia 5 Electives 10 MEDIA 214 Immediate Video Production 5 MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 TOTAL 45 MEDIA 216 Script Writing for Film, MEDIA 223 Multimedia Authoring I 5 GRAND TOTAL 90 Video and Multimedia 5

37 Degrees & Certificates

MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media Multimedia I 5 Communication and Nuclear MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design Technology 5 and Illustration 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 Medicine MEDIA 229 Multimedia Authoring II: Macromedia Director 5 Certificate of Achievement Technology Video Production MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 This selective admissions, twelve-month, full- MEDIA 236 Authoring III: Scripting and Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. time, certificate program is a cooperative Interactivity 5 MEDIA 112 Introduction to Video effort with Virginia Mason Medical Center, MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media Production 5 where all classes are offered. To be considered Communication and MEDIA 122 Introduction to Audio and for admission, students must follow the Technology 5 Recording 5 admissions guidelines published annually. GRAND TOTAL 45 MEDIA 210 Video Field Production 5 The curriculum prepares students to become MEDIA 212 Video Studio Production 5 a nuclear medicine technologist, able to give Certificate of Achievement reassurance to patients who may be anxious MEDIA 214 Immediate Video Production 5 New Media: Studies in about their procedure or unfamiliar with the MEDIA 216 Script Writing for Film, Emerging Technologies world of nuclear medicine, explain medical Video and Multimedia 5 procedures and their risks, prepare and Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 administer radiopharmaceuticals, and MEDIA 101 Exploring the Digital Future 5 MEDIA 245 Production Practice 5 position patients for the imaging process. MEDIA 110 Exploring the Internet 5 MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media Upon successful completion of this program MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia 5 Communication and the student will be eligible for national certification exams. MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 Technology 5 MEDIA 223 Multimedia Authoring I 5 GRAND TOTAL 45 Certificate of Achievement MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for Certificate of Achievement Nuclear Medicine Technology Multimedia I 5 Web Authoring Fall Quarter MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. and Illustration 5 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. NMTEC 200 Applied Anatomy MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 MEDIA 110 Exploring the Internet 5 and Physiology 1 COMM 201 History of Communication 5 MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia 5 NMTEC 201 Physics of Nuclear Medicine 2 GRAND TOTAL 45 MEDIA 223 Multimedia Authoring I 5 NMTEC 205 Lab Exercises I 1 MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for Certificate of Achievement Multimedia I 5 NMTEC 210 Radiopharmacy 1 Video-Computer Interface MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design NMTEC 230 Clinical Education I 11 Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. and Illustration 5 NMTEC 260 Clinical Nuclear Medicine I 1 MEDIA 112 Introduction to Video MEDIA 229 Multimedia Authoring II: TOTAL 17 Macromedia Director 5 Production 5 Winter Quarter MEDIA 230 Web Authoring I 5 MEDIA 121 Exploring Multimedia 5 NMTEC 202 Instrumentation 2 MEDIA 238 Web Authoring II 5 Choose one from the following: 5 NMTEC 206 Lab Exercises II 1 MEDIA 250 Practicum in Media MEDIA 210 Video Field Production NMTEC 231 Clinical Education II 11 Communication and OR Technology 5 NMTEC 240 Radiation Safety 1 MEDIA 212 Video Studio Production GRAND TOTAL 45 NMTEC 261 Clinical Nuclear Medicine II 1 MEDIA 220 Digital Video Editing 5 TOTAL 16 MEDIA 225 Digital Imaging for Multimedia I 5 Spring Quarter MEDIA 227 Graphics I: Basic Design NMTEC 203 Computers In Nuclear and Illustration 5 Medicine 2 MEDIA 235 Animation for Multimedia I 5 NMTEC 232 Clinical Education III 11 MEDIA 237 Animation for Multimedia II 5 NMTEC 241 Radiation Biology 1 TOTAL 14

38 Degrees & Certificates

Summer Quarter First Year - Spring Quarter NURS 213Z Nursing VII: Lab 6 NMTEC 211 Non-Imaging Studies 1 NURS 102X Nursing III: Medical/ NURS 214X Nursing VIII: NMTEC 233 Clinical Education IV 13 Surgical II 6 Gerontological Nursing 3 NMTEC 275 Board Preparation 1 NURS 102Z Nursing III: Lab 6 NURS 214Z Nursing VIII: Lab NMTEC 207 Lab Exercises III 1 BIOL 250 Microbiology 5 (Gerontological Nursing) 2 Elective 5 TOTAL 16 PSYCH 204 General Developmental GRAND TOTAL 63 Psychology 5 TOTAL 20 TOTAL 22 GRAND TOTAL 116 Nursing Second Year - Fall Quarter Choose from one of the following options Radiation for a total of 7 credits: 7 This selective admissions two-year program is designed to prepare students to become NURS 210X Nursing IV: Pediatric Therapy health care professionals who provide NURS 210Z Nursing IV: Lab quality, patient-centered nursing care. The (Pediatric Nursing) This selective admissions program prepares program is accredited by the National League OR students for a highly technical and important component in cancer treatment and cure. In for Nursing and provides didactic education NURS 211X Nursing V: Maternity and clinical experience in medical, surgical, order to be considered for admissions, NURS 211Z Nursing V: Lab pediatric, psychiatric, maternity and students must follow the guidelines published (Maternity Nursing) gerontological nursing. annually for selective admissions. OR In order to be considered for admissions, Radiation therapists are vital members of NURS 212X Nursing VI: Psychiatric students must follow the guidelines published cancer care teams, who administer radiation annually for selective admissions. Students NURS 212Z Nursing VI: Lab treatments according to the prescription and planning to enroll in this program should be (Psychiatric Nursing) instruction of the radiation oncologist aware that a criminal history investigation Elective 5 (physician). Therapists use a variety of therapeutic modalities in the treatment of will be required and may affect their TOTAL 12 continued enrollment. cancer, including high energy linear Second Year - Winter Quarter accelerators and radioactive isotopes. They Graduates are eligible to take the National also assist in treatment planning procedures Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Choose from two of the following involving computerized treatment planning, Although students receive a degree, the for a total of 14 credits: 14 simulation and dosimetry, and are respon- actual license to practice nursing in the state NURS 210X Nursing IV: Pediatric sible for maintaining accurate treatment of Washington is granted by the Department NURS 210Z Nursing IV: Lab records, assessing patient’s psychosocial of Licensing, Nursing Commission and (Pediatric Nursing) needs and providing support and comfort to requirements for licensure are stipulated by OR the patient. the Board. NURS 211X Nursing V: Maternity The program is approved by the Joint Review Associate in Arts Degree NURS 211Z Nursing V: Lab Committee on Education in Radiologic Nursing (Maternity Nursing) Technology. The curriculum consists of eight First Year - Fall Quarter OR consecutive quarters, including summers, of full-time class work combined with clinical Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. NURS 212X Nursing VI: Psychiatric experience. Upon successful completion of NURS 100X Nursing I: Fundamentals 8 NURS 212Z Nursing VI: Lab (Psychiatric Nursing) the programs students are eligible to take the NURS 100Z Nursing I: Lab 4 national examination for certification in ZOOL 113 Anatomy and Physiology 5 Choose one from the following: 5 Radiation Therapy, which is administered by SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology The American Registry of Radiologic TOTAL 17 OR Technologists. First Year - Winter Quarter ANTH 202 Cultural Anthropology Prior to admission, students must arrange NURS 101X Nursing II: Medical/ Elective 4 with at least two hospitals (preferably an Surgical I 7 affiliate hospital) for a four-hour visit to its TOTAL 23 NURS 101Z Nursing II: Lab 5 radiation therapy department during a regular PSYCH 100 Introduction to Psychology 5 Second Year - Spring Quarter work day. Students must have at least eight ZOOL 114 Anatomy and Physiology 5 NURS 213X Nursing VII: Contemporary hours of hospital visits. Please review a current program brochure which will offer TOTAL 22 Nursing Issues 4

39 Degrees & Certificates

the complete list of affiliate hospitals Second Year - Spring Quarter program is approved by the Joint Review students may choose to visit. This visit must RADON 203 Clinical Dosimetry II 3 Committee in Radiologic Technology. In precede the student’s personal interview with RADON 213 Clinical Education VII 8 order to be considered for admission, students the admissions committee. must follow the guidelines published annually RADON 222 Radiation Oncology for selective admissions. Technique III 2 Associate in Arts Degree The curriculum consists of combined class RADON 224 Concept Integration 2 Radiation Therapy work and clinical experience over eight First Year - Fall Quarter TOTAL 15 consecutive full-time quarters, including Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. Second Year - Summer Quarter summers. Upon successful completion of the program, students are eligible to take the RADON 100 Introduction to Radiation RADON 214 Clinical Education VIII 13 National Registry examination for certifica- Therapy Technology 2 RADON 225 Quality Assurance in tion as a Radiological Technologist. RADON 111 Clinical Education I 5 Radiation Therapy 1 RADON 120 Nursing Procedures 2 TOTAL 14 Associate in Arts Degree RADON 195 Specific Topics in GRAND TOTAL 107 Radiologic Technology RADON (Variable Credits) 4 Certificate of Achievement First Year - Summer Quarter TOTAL 13 Radiation Therapy Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. First Year - Winter Quarter RATEC 101 Introduction to Radiologic Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. RADON 101 Clinical Applications 2 Technology 1 RADON 100 Introduction to Radiation RADON 103 Radiographic Techniques 2 RATEC 107 Positioning and Related Therapy Technology 2 RADON 112 Clinical Education II 5 Anatomy I 2 RADON 101 Clinical Applications 2 RADON 230 Psychosocial Aspects of RATEC 110 Clinical Education I 3 RADON 201 Radiation Therapy Physics 3 Chronic Illness 2 RATEC 120 Nursing Procedures 2 RADON 202 Clinical Dosimetry I 3 TOTAL 11 TOTAL 8 RADON 203 Clinical Dosimetry II 3 First Year - Spring Quarter RADON 211 Clinical Education V 8 First Year - Fall Quarter RADON 102 Radiographic Physics 2 RADON 212 Clinical Education VI 8 RATEC 105 Introduction to Radiologic Technique 2 RADON 113 Clinical Education III 5 RADON 213 Clinical Education VII 8 RATEC 108 Positioning and Related RADON 150 Pathology 4 RADON 214 Clinical Education VIII 13 Anatomy II 3 RADON 240 Radiation Biology 3 RADON 220 Radiation Oncology RATEC 111 Clinical Education II 6 TOTAL 14 Technique I 3 RATEC 125 Medical Terminology 1 RADON 221 Radiation Oncology First Year - Summer Quarter Technique II 2 TOTAL 12 RADON 114 Clinical Education IV 13 RADON 222 Radiation Oncology First Year - Winter Quarter TOTAL 13 Technique III 2 RATEC 103 Principles of Radiographic Second Year - Fall Quarter RADON 224 Concept Integration 2 Exposure 3 RADON 201 Radiation Therapy Physics 3 RADON 225 Quality Assurance in RATEC 109 Positioning and Related RADON 211 Clinical Education V 8 RADON 1 Anatomy III 3 RADON 220 Radiation Oncology RADON 230 Psychosocial Aspects of RATEC 112 Clinical Education III 6 Chronic Illness 2 Technique I 3 RATEC 127 Introduction to Sectional TOTAL 14 GRAND TOTAL 62 Anatomy 2 Second Year - Winter Quarter TOTAL 14 RADON 202 Clinical Dosimetry I 3 Radiologic First Year - Spring Quarter RADON 212 Clinical Education VI 8 RATEC 102 Radiographic Physics 5 RADON 221 Radiation Oncology Technology RATEC 104 Advanced Radiographic Technique II 2 Procedures 4 This selective admissions program prepares TOTAL 13 RATEC 113 Clinical Education IV 6 the student to become a Diagnostic Radiologic Technologist capable of carrying out the TOTAL 15 responsibilities of the staff technologist; it includes a general education background. The

40 Degrees & Certificates

Second Year - Summer Quarter Certificate Programs First Year - Spring Quarter RATEC 210 Clinical Education V 13 Credits required for completion are ENGL 101 Written Expression 5 TOTAL 13 noted in parenthesis. PE 266 Skills and Materials: • Appraisal (21.5) Individual/Dual Sports 2 Second Year - Fall Quarter • Escrow (20 ) RECED 290 Adaptive Recreation 3 RATEC 211 Clinical Education VI 8 • Mortgage Finance (23) Lab Science Elective 5 RATEC 220 Pathology I 3 (21) TOTAL 15 RATEC 230 Quality Assurance 2 • Property Management • Real Estate (21) TOTAL 13 Second Year - Fall Quarter • Title Insurance (20) PE 290 Sports Officiating 3 Second Year - Winter Quarter Science Elective 5 RATEC 212 Clinical Education VII 8 Electives By Advisement 10 RATEC 221 Pathology II 2 Recreation TOTAL 18 RATEC 240 Radiation Biology and Protection 3 Leadership Second Year - Winter Quarter RATEC 295 Special Topics in RATEC 2 PE 209 Skills and Materials of This program prepares graduates for Recreational Dance 2 TOTAL 15 positions in city and county recreation, RECED 274 Practicum in Social Second Year - Spring Quarter medical institutions, industrial recreation, Recreation 2 camping, and various youth service RATEC 213 Clinical Education VIII 8 SOC 110 Introduction to Sociology 5 organizations. Recreational leaders assist in RATEC 207 Concept Integration 2 planning, organizing and leading activities. Electives By Advisement 6 RATEC 296 Special Topics in RATEC 2 After completion of their associate degree TOTAL 15 TOTAL 12 requirements, students will be prepared for Second Year - Spring Quarter GRAND TOTAL 102 entry into the upper division courses at four-year colleges or universities which RECED 244 Camp Counseling 3 offer baccalaureate degrees in professional RECED 254 Practicum in Playground Real Estate recreation. Leadership 5 Electives by Advisement 7 Associate in Arts Degree This program offers various degree and TOTAL 15 certificate options for interested students, Recreation Leadership GRAND TOTAL 94 current investors or real estate professionals. First Year - Fall Quarter The coursework provides the academic Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. background to deal with the real estate Washington marketplace. Students may choose from HLTH 250 Health Science 5 several areas of expertise to assist or enhance HLTH 292 First Aid and CPR 4 Academy of their specialty field. PE 166 Skills and Materials in Contact the Real Estate Resource Center for Team Sports 2 Languages the latest information on required courses for RECED 154 Recreational Resources 5 completion of the following options: TOTAL 16 Translation and First Year - Winter Quarter Associate in Arts Degree PE 265 Skills and Materials: Interpretation 90 credits required for completion in: Activities for the • Appraisal Elementary Child 2 Institute • Commercial Practices PSYCH 100 Introduction of Psychology 5 This program is a cooperative effort between • Escrow RECED 245 Recreational Use of Art Bellevue Community College and the • Mortgage Finance Crafts 3 Washington Academy of Languages (WAL), • Residential Practices SPCH 220 Introduction to Public a non-profit institution accredited by the Speaking 5 Accrediting Council for Continuing • Title Insurance Education and Training. BCC provides credit TOTAL 15 for two certificate programs, one in interpretation and one in translation. Classes meet at both WAL and BCC. Application for

41 Degrees & Certificates

admission to these two certificate programs INTRP 106 Ethics and Business must be made through WAL. Admissions Practice of Translation applications are accepted by WAL any time and Interpreting 3 during the year, but no later than two weeks TOTAL 12 before the start of any quarter. Please call (206) 682-4463 for further information. Interpreting The programs are intended for bilingual Language Specific Requirements people of diverse educational backgrounds INTRP 102 Basic Interpreting Skills 3 who are interested in pursuing a career in INTRP 107 Advanced Interpreting translation or interpretation. The primary Skills Level I 3 criterion for admission is high proficiency in the candidate’s working language(s). The INTRP 108 Advanced Interpreting certificate granted will be language specific. Skills II 3 INTRP 111 Interpretation Practicum 1 Certificate of Accomplishment TOTAL 10 Translation GRAND TOTAL 22 Core Requirements Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. INTRP 101 Introduction to Work-Based Translation and Interpreting 3 Experience INTRP 104 Technology for Translators and Interpreters 3 This is a learning opportunity for occupa- INTRP 105 Vocabulary Acquisition and tional programs in which actual on-the-job Terminology Research 3 experience is coordinated with academic INTRP 106 Ethics and Business study as a means for providing students with Practice of Translation real life experience in their chosen fields. and Interpreting 3 Students register for individual study or internship programs, and credits vary with TOTAL 12 the number of work hours, meetings with Translation instructor and extent of project report Language Specific Requirements requirements. TRANS 103 Basic Translation Skills 3 Some courses may be repeated and at least two quarters of participation is highly TRANS 109 Advanced Translation desirable. Registration for some of these Workshop I 3 courses is available throughout the quarter TRANS 110 Advanced Translation depending on placement availability. Workshop II 3 Program advisors plan work experiences with TRANS 112 Translation Practicum 1 students as part of their personal develop- TOTAL 10 ment, general education and occupational GRAND TOTAL 22 training. Students must discuss work-based experience availabilities with their program Certificate of Accomplishment advisors. Interpretation Core Requirements Course titles are abbreviated in these Course No. Course Name Credit Hrs. listings. Please see division sections for complete titles. INTRP 101 Introduction to Translation and Interpreting 3 INTRP 104 Technology for Translators and Interpreters 3 INTRP 105 Vocabulary Acquisition and Terminology Research 3

42 Arts &Arts Humanities & Humanities The Art of Expression

The Arts and Humanities Division offers a widely diversified range of disciplines, through 11 programs and departments. These courses of American study are the traditional humanities: american studies; communica- Studies tions; English; French, German, Japanese, and Spanish languages; philosophy; speech; fine and performing arts (art, dance, drama, The American Studies Program offers a music); and an occupational program with kinship to the arts - Interior study of American thought and character. Each course pursues a major theme and Design. In addition, the English Department provides directors for the leads students to explore this theme as it is treated by several disciplines. Students are Reading and Writing Labs. encouraged to develop individual and innovative projects incorporating ethnic and regional studies and to investigate the future implications of the topic. Instructors for AMST 114 AMST 180 various departments teach in the program. American Film as Literature • 5 Anthropology of American The courses are designed for both academic Introduces the critical study of the motion Life • 5 transfer (for such majors as business, picture as an expressive medium bearing Examines the nature of American culture international studies, art) and vocational close affinities to the forms and styles of from the standpoint of the social sciences. students to investigate the unique experience literary art. Focus of study is on the feature- The historical origins of cultural and political of American culture and to gain that length film as a novelistic form; may also values, the effects of economic changes, and broadening perspective as an aid to flexibility examine documentary. Special focus upon the impact of mass culture on American in careers. the American film’s history and cultural consciousness are among the issues tradition. considered. Same as ANTH 180. Either AMST 101 AMST 180 or ANTH 180 may be taken for Introduction to American AMST 150 credit – not both. Myth • V3-5 Mass Media in America • 5 Overviews American Studies by analyzing Deals with organization, operation, and AMST 200 the meanings and dimensions of the myth of control of the American mass media; Cultural Pluralism • 5 America as it appears in American life and influence upon social organization, social Course is designed to explore the role that thought, considering the form of the myth in values, and social change; relations between race, gender and class differences play in literature, the arts and mass media. Course media and government, media and their our social, economic and political structure. would enable students to determine the basis audiences. Credit given as humanities credit. Examines the impact that racism, classicism, of their value system by careful attention to See COMM 150 for social science credit. and sexism have on our lives and our society. critical thinking. Applications to most Either AMST 150 or COMM 150 may be disciplines will be considered. taken for credit – not both. AMST 260 Economic Development of the AMST 160 AMST 102 U.S. • 5 Introduction to American Introduction to American Course analyzes the industrialization and Culture • 2 Political Culture • 5 transformation of the U.S. economy from the Overviews separate disciplines in relation to Emphasizes a multidisciplinary approach to colonial period to the present. Major emphasis a central theme in American Studies. One to the understanding of the formation and will be on rapid transformations after the Civil two weeks of presentations by faculty from development of American political culture War, the Great Depression of the 1930’s, and other disciplines depending on the central and the various ways it has been interpreted the contributions of the social attitude toward theme requirements. Examples of themes: through time. Same as POLSC 160. Either immigrant and native groups. Prerequisite: American Myth in Life; Comparative AMST 160 or POLSC 160 can be taken for Recommend 30 prior college credits. Culture: U.S. and Central America. credit – not both.

43 Arts & Humanities

AMST 285 AMST 299 ART 103 American Humor • 5 Individual Studies in American American Art and Provides a history and analysis of American Studies • V1-5 Architecture • 5 humor. Topics may include: for the 19th Covers directed reading, special projects, and Looks at 5 regions of the U.S. with particular century - Down East, Old Southwest and independent study by an individual student. attention to the rich cultural diversity that has Literary Comedian; for the 20th century – shaped the character of art and architecture of the Purple Cow and Columnists humorists. each area. Contemporary forms of humor such as Art cartoons, cinema and stand-up comic routines ART 105 may also be included. Declared art majors – students whose focus is Art Appreciation • V3-5 the studio arts (painting, photography, etc.), AMST 286 Offers slide lectures to illustrate the visual commercial art, should take the courses components of art and artistic techniques. Popular Culture • 5 outlines as follows: Includes brief survey of art history. Off- Analysis of popular culture forms in mass First-Year foundation courses: campus assignments to gallery/museum media. Varying topics examined include: ART 101, 108, 110, 111, 112, 120 required. Suggested for non-art majors. western and romance novels, cartoons, advertisements, folklore, film, musical Second-Year: ART 108 comedy and other contemporary forms. ART 201, 202, 203 and ten credits of studio Introduction to Hand/Power courses. Tools • 2 AMST 287 Students who plan to transfer to a university American Heroes • 5 or art school should see an art advisor for Introduction to the safe use of hand and detailed schedule planning as early as power tools in the wood shop, through Investigates the American hero incorporated lectures, demonstrations, use and testing. within the American dream including the possible. different ideologies for men and women and Prerequisites: Students should be aware that ART 110* ethnic minorities. Interdisciplinary approach many courses have prerequisites which must Two-Dimensional Design • 5 indicates changing values of heroes in be followed in all cases. Teaches students the elements and principles literature, autobiography, history, film, art Admission to advanced studio courses is of two-dimensional design, with special and music. dependent upon the successful completion of emphasis on creative problem-solving. Six both foundation and basic studio course work. hours laboratory. Additional lab time required. AMST 288 Check with your advisor or instructor to make Frontiers – Land and Space • 5 certain you have met the prerequisites. ART 111* Explores land – wilderness, frontier, urban Transferability: Students in doubt about Design: Color • 5 development – and space as the major transferability of art courses from other Provides a continuation of principles used in symbol in the American myth. Historical colleges and art schools to Bellevue ART 110, with emphasis on color theory. view from Puritan New England Promised Community College should check with an Students learn to use and mix paint, Land to twentieth-century space exploration advisor in the Art Department. includes interdisciplinary perspective. understand environmental color and apply Retention of student work: The College these concepts to their design work. Six AMST 294/295/296/297 reserves the right to retain, from each hours laboratory. Additional lab time student, as many as three items from each required. Prerequisite: ART 110. Special Topics in American class each quarter, without monetary Studies • V1-5 compensation. ART 112* Provides opportunity for focused study of Three-Dimensional Design • 5 various American Studies topics by ART 101 Basic course of three-dimensional thinking, capitalizing on the special knowledge of Modern Architecture and working with wood, acrylic, metal, etc. college instructors. Appropriate subjects Design • 5 Students will create objects using mass, could be American Women Artists, Provides a look at the designed environment space, time and light. Additional lab time American Stages in Life, Modernity in and how various aspects of this environment required. Prerequisite: ART 108, 110,120. America, Immigrant Women. Subject can be interrelate. Course includes a history of influenced by student request and is design movements, styles and noted ART 120* announced before each quarter. designers since 1850, and surveys the fields Drawing I • 5 of architecture, planning, landscape, Instruction in visual and drawing skills. industrial and interior design. Students work from objects and structural

44 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

forms in the studio. Charcoal and pencil ART 201 ART 252* primary media used. Six hours studio lab. History of Western Art • 5 Basic Color Photo • 5 Additional lab time required. Introduces art history terms and concepts. Introduces basic color theory, processing ART 121* History of the art of prehistoric Europe, techniques of negative and positive materials ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, and color enlarging. Emphasis is on Drawing II • 5 Byzantium and the Medieval period are establishing a firm technical base for the A continuation of ART 120. Includes discussed with slide lectures. creative approach to color photography. drawing the human figure from studio Regular critique sessions on technique and model. Introduction of color media and ART 202 composition, as they apply to the process of expressive drawing. Six hours lecture, lab History of Western Art • 5 visual communication, are given. Prerequi- with additional outside work required. Offers a descriptive survey of the art of the site: ART 151 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: ART 120. western world, Italian and Northern ART 253* ART 150* Renaissance, Baroque and early 18th century Europe. Photo III • 5 Basic Photo I • 5 Advanced exploration of the history and Introduces basic camera handling, develop- ART 203 techniques of photography with assignments ing, printing and composition with black and History of Western Art • 5 in creative solving of visual problems. white film. Students should own a camera Offers a descriptive survey of the art of Prerequisite: ART 110, 151 or permission of with manual exposure control and are Europe and America from the late 18th instructor. expected to supply their own developing through the 20th century. tank, film, and photographic paper. Four ART 260* hours lecture, two hours laboratory per week. ART 221* Basic Ceramics I • 5 ART 151* Advanced Studio: Drawing • 5 Gives the student the opportunity to work Basic Photo II • 5 Provides studio experience in drawing primarily on hand building processes for high beyond the basic courses. Six hours lecture, fire clay bodies and glaze work. Limited Provides advanced techniques in black and lab with additional outside work required. work on the wheel is included. white photography, with emphasis on creative Prerequisite: ART 111, 121 and permission seeing and problem solving. Intro-duction to of instructor. ART 261* the zone system. Four hours lecture, two hours Basic Ceramics II • 5 laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 150 or ART 222* A continuation of work done in Ceramics I permission of instructor. Advanced Studio: Drawing • 5 with more emphasis on the wheel. Prerequi- ART 153* Gives studio experience in drawing beyond site: ART 261. Darkroom Laboratory ART 221. Six hours lecture, lab with ART 299 Techniques • 1 additional outside work required. Prerequi- site: ART 221 and permission of instructor. Individual Projects in Includes darkroom privileges for students not Art • V1-3 presently enrolled in a photography class. ART 240* Provides an opportunity for expansion of Designed for students with a working Oil Painting • V3-5 individual skills beyond the regular understanding of processes who wish to gain curriculum. The student must have taken the experience in darkroom work. Prerequisite: An introduction to painting, with instruction appropriate foundation level courses relative ART 150 or permission of instructor. Course in modeling in light and shade composition, to the basic studio course. Course may be may be repeated for a maximum of three (3) color theory and technique. Six hours lecture, repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission credits. lab with additional outside work required. of instructor. ART 199 ART 242* Individual Projects in Advanced Studio: Painting • 5 Art • V1-3 Offers studio experience in painting beyond Communications ART 240. Course offered alternate years. Provides an opportunity for expansion of Prerequisite: ART 111, 121 and 240 or individual skills beyond the regular curricu- COMM 101 permission of instructor. lum. Students must have taken the appropriate Exploring the Digital Future • 5 foundation level courses relative to the basic Surveys the spectrum of global digital studio course. Course may be repeated for communication, with emphasis on past, credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. present and future technologies; the effects of

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 45 Arts & Humanities

digital communication on our society; and succinctness). Includes classroom instruction COMM 161 career opportunities in digital communication and practical assignments to be submitted to Basic Broadcasting • 5 fields. Emphasis is made on the computer the student newspaper. Cannot be repeated Develops announcing skills and audio revolution, and its effect on daily life. Same as for credit. COMM 141 is equivalent to operations. Course includes preparation in MEDIA 101. Either COMM 101 or MEDIA ENGL 101. Prerequisite: Placement by radio history and regulations and introduction 101 may be taken for credit - not both. assessment into ENGL 101, or ENGL 092 or to commercials, news, production, and 093 at BCC with a “B-” or better. COMM 102 station organization. Techniques and Technology of COMM 142 COMM 163 Persuasion • 5 Intermediate Reporting • 5 Radio Operations: Announcing/ Presents technological and communication Improves skills in news gathering, interview- Production • 5 techniques of film, video and multimedia that ing and newswriting. Emphasizes investiga- Develops audio production skills and allow information to be targeted at specific tion, research and team reporting. Fulfills improvement of voicing skills. Tape editing individuals and groups to create opinions, basic skills writing requirement for Arts and and mixing are covered, and production generate sales, develop propaganda and other Sciences Degree. Prerequisite: ENGL 101 values are developed through class projects. forms of persuasion. Students have the and COMM 141. Prerequisite: COMM 161 and permission of opportunity to test persuasion techniques instructor. with simple media presentations. Same as COMM 143 Editing Techniques • 3 MEDIA 102. Either COMM 102 or MEDIA COMM 201 102 may be taken for credit - not both. Deals with techniques and responsibilities of newspaper editing; emphasizes copy reading, History of Communication • 5 COMM 103 headline writing. Prerequisite: COMM 141. Development of communication from Media and Messages: Media prehistoric times to the present. Influence of Literacy • 5 COMM 144 communication on historical changes in the Newspaper Design • 3 United States and in other nations. Covers Gives insight into the aesthetics of media social and technological change. production through the study of production Deals with newspaper design and coverage techniques including lighting, editing, color, strategies: headline schedules, page makeup, assignment planning, and picture editing. COMM 220 audio and interactivity. Lectures include clips Law of Mass from a variety of film, video and multimedia Prerequisite: COMM 141 and ENGL 101. resources as well as guest speakers to help Communications • 5 develop students’ interpretive skills in media. COMM 145 Examines communication law with authorita- Same as MEDIA 103. Either COMM 103 or Advertising Staff • 3 tive judicial reasoning on key principles. Most MEDIA 103 may be taken for credit – not both. Teaches typography, paste-up, design, sales, cases are drawn from Supreme Court and includes practical work on student decisions. Current issues and challenges to COMM 104 newspaper. established procedure are included. Recom- Multi-Cultural Media mend COMM 150 or COMM 201 or related Messages • 5 COMM 146 subjects; general interest in subject. Develops students’ critical viewing skills to News Staff • 3 Offers more practical application of skills COMM 241 analyze the origin, impact and meanings of Photo Journalism • 3 electronic and digital images from both a developed in COMM 141 and COMM 142. personal and multi-cultural perspective. Typically involves 10 major reporting assign- Involves the use of photography in print Reviews the history and future of global ments per quarter. May be repeated twice. communications: conventional pictures media networks and their effect on multi- (portraits, group pictures, feature stories, cultural issues. Same as MEDIA 104. Either COMM 150 sports pictures) and special occasion COMM 104 or MEDIA 104 may be taken for Introduction to Mass Media • 5 pictures. Publication values include news credit – not both. Deals with organization, operation, and angle, cut lines, legal constraints, cropping control of the American mass media; and half-toning. Prerequisite: ART 150 and COMM 141 influence upon social organization, social permission of instructor. values and social change; relations between Introduction to Media COMM 245 Writing • 5 media and government, media and their audiences. Credit given as social science Practicum in Journalism • 5 Introduces the fundamentals of reporting credit. See AMST 150 for humanities credit. Provides practical work in community (researching, covering events, interviewing); Either AMST 150 or COMM 150 may be journalism involving 10 hours per week and newswriting (story organization, style, taken for credit – not both. working on the staff of a local community

46 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

newspaper under the supervision of one or style, rhythm, and dynamics. Prerequisite: includes a company class, formal and more departmental editors. Prerequisite: DANCE 130 or permission of instructor. informal improvisation and solo or small Permission of instructor. Enrollment only group work. Prerequisite: Audition and by arrangement with the Communication DANCE 132* permission of instructor. Program. Jazz Technique III • 2 Emphasis is on improving technique and DANCE 202* COMM 261 expansion of movement vocabulary. Class is Dance Ensemble II • V1-5 Radio News Broadcasting • 5 designed to challenge the higher level inter- Continuation of Dance Ensemble I. Emphasis Offers writing, editing, producing, and mediate dancer and bridge the gap between is on rehearsing for specific dance works. delivering news for radio. Prerequisite: Jazz Technique II and the Dance Ensemble Choreographic experience is offered to those COMM 141, 161 and permission of instructor. class. Students will explore and develop with more experience and ability. Prerequi- advanced techniques and performance skills. site: DANCE 201 or permission of instructor. COMM 266 Practicum in Broadcasting • 5 DANCE 133* DANCE 203* Provides 10 hours a week spent working in a Jazz Technique IV • 2 Dance Ensemble III • V1-5 local broadcast outlet. The course may be Emphasis is on improving technique and Continuation of Dance Ensemble II. Stress is repeated for a maximum of ten (10) credits. expansion of movement vocabulary. The class on performance. Students combine technical Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. is designed to challenge the higher level inter- and performing skills and experience the mediate dancer and bridge the gap between production aspects of concerts. Prerequisite: COMM 294/295/296/297 Jazz Technique III and the Dance Ensemble DANCE 202 or permission of instructor. Special Topics in class. Students will explore and develop Communications • V1-10 advanced techniques and performance skills. Drama Allows students to pursue a specialized or in- DANCE 140* depth study of a particular subject relating to Ballet Technique I • 2 communications. Prerequisite: Permission DRAMA 101 of instructor. Introduction of principles, techniques and Introduction to the Theater • 5 vocabulary of classical ballet. Emphasis will COMM 299 be on placement, flexibility, strength and Surveys theater history starting with the Special Projects in coordination for the beginning and advanced Greek theater. Course includes lecture- beginning student. discussions, guest lectures and opportunity to Communications • V1-5 do one scene in class. Involves individual projects in broadcasting, DANCE 151* journalism and advertising, which will Contemporary Dance I • 2 DRAMA 110 enhance the knowledge, skills and experience Scene Technology • 4 gained in specific communication courses. No Introduces technique work at the bar and center floor. The purposes of the course are: Intensive lecture/lab course in basic theories more than 10 credits may apply to an AAS and techniques of set and property construc- degree. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. to gain flexibility and strength and to extend movement vocabulary. May be taken for PE tion and painting. Prerequisite: Concurrent or DANCE credit. enrollment in DRAMA 290. Dance DANCE 152* DRAMA 112 Contemporary Dance II • 2 Stage Lighting • 4 DANCE 130* Continues Contemporary Dance I. Studies Intensive lecture/lab course in basic theories, Jazz Technique I • 2 technique to include longer and more techniques and equipment in theater lighting. Consists of movement studies designed for challenging movement combinations. If Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in students interested in developing technique in uncertain of ability, confer with Dance DRAMA 290. Program Advisor. Course may be repeated a highly energized theatrical style of jazz DRAMA 125 dance. for a maximum of six credits. May be taken for PE or DANCE credit. Great Plays • 5 DANCE 131* An appraisal and analysis of great plays that Jazz Technique II • 2 DANCE 201* formulate changes in dramatic literature and philosophy. Includes concept, story, Continues DANCE 130. Students are Dance Ensemble I • V1-5 character, dialogue, and criticism with expected to perform at a more advanced level Consists of a performing group of dancers. reader’s theater component. Course is offered and pick up on the more subtle nuances of Emphasis is on dance as an art form. Course on alternate years.

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 47 Arts & Humanities

DRAMA 126 DRAMA 251* DRAMA 299 Contemporary Theater • 5 Advanced Acting: Scene Individual Research • V1-5 Studies scripts written in the past five years. Study • 5 Provides advanced individual study in the Emphasis is on analysis of scripts and trends Rehearsal and classroom performance of areas of acting, stage, costume and lighting of theater today with reader’s theater scenes from 19th century and contemporary design, publicity, playwriting, or directing. component. theater leading to a final in-class perfor- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. mance of selected scenes. Prerequisite: DRAMA 151 Permission of instructor and/or audition. Acting: Improvisation • 5 English Concentrates on working individually and DRAMA 252* with others; developing interplay through Advanced Acting: Scene ENGL 071 exercises focusing on developing a situation; Study • 5 Developmental English • 10 listening; playing objectives; and playing off Rehearsal and classroom performance of An intensive course in reading and writing partner’s behavior. scenes from dramatic literature of Greek and strategies for students placing below the Roman theater leading to a final performance ENGL 092 or 093 level or below the ENGL DRAMA 152 of selected scenes. Prerequisite: Permission 106 level. Students must also take one or two Acting: Movement • 5 of instructor and/or audition. credits of ENGL 080 (Reading Lab). The Concentrates on tuning the actors body; Developmental English course sequence may fluidity, flexibility, agility and developing DRAMA 253* be started in any quarter and students should specific skills such as stage fights, and Advanced Acting: Scene register in the following manner: ENGL 071, manipulation (mime). Work on specific Study • 5 Summer; ENGL 072, Fall; ENGL 073, dramatic situations that incorporate both Winter; ENGL 074, Spring. Courses may be Rehearsal and classroom performance of character work and strenuous physical repeated until student tests into ENGL 092 or scenes from dramatic literature of leading activity. 093. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. Elizabethan, 17th and 18th century theater DRAMA 153 leading to a final in-class performance of ENGL 072 selected scenes. Prerequisite: Permission of Developmental English • 10 Acting: Scene Study • 5 instructor and/or audition. Involves working with text: character and An intensive course in reading and writing text analysis; rehearsal tools; acting one’s DRAMA 280* strategies for students placing below the age; playing against type, underplaying, Studio Theater • 5 ENGL 092 or 093 level or below the ENGL overplaying; rhythm, timing, pacing and 106 level. Students must also take one or two Lecture/Lab course focusing on the history, achieving an objective through work on credits of ENGL 080 (Reading Lab). The analysis and performance of a play with scenes and monologues. Developmental English course sequence may limited production values in the studio theater. be started in any quarter and students should DRAMA 161 All members of the class will be cast in the register in the following manner: ENGL 071, Acting in the Media I • 5 play. May be repeated for a maximum of 15 Summer; ENGL 072, Fall; ENGL 073, credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Winter; ENGL 074, Spring. Courses may be The techniques of acting as they apply to the repeated until student tests into ENGL 092 or electronic and film media. Students will learn DRAMA 290* 093. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. to be comfortable in front of a lens and on- Technical Practice • 1 camera believability. Scenes will be shot in The course is offered as the crew component ENGL 073 continuity style including masters, two shots, of Drama 110 and 112. A minimum of 33 over-the-shoulders and close-ups, and Developmental English • 10 hours of backstage work on the studio theater students will take roles behind the camera. An intensive course in reading and writing production is required. strategies for students placing below the DRAMA 200 DRAMA 291* ENGL 092 or 093 level or below the ENGL Drama Colloquium • 3 106 level. Students must also take one or two Theater Practicum • 2 credits of ENGL 080 (Reading Lab). The This course is an in-depth analysis of the Offers the student hands-on experience in the Developmental English course sequence may history and literature of the period of the production of the yearly main stage show, or be started in any quarter and students should annual drama production and a dialogue with for advanced students, special projects on the register in the following manner: ENGL 071, the director, designers and technical director quarterly studio production. Prerequisite: Summer; ENGL 072, Fall; ENGL 073, of the production. Prerequisite: Concurrent Concurrent registration in DRAMA 200 or Winter; ENGL 074, Spring. Courses may be enrollment in DRAMA 291. permission of instructor. repeated until student tests into ENGL 092 or 093. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment.

48 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

ENGL 074 register for DEVED 081 or an English ENGL 105 Developmental English • 10 reading or writing course. Mechanics of English, A An intensive course in reading and writing ENGL 092 Survey • 5 strategies for students placing below the Developmental English IV • 5 College-level course emphasizing grammar, ENGL 092 or 093 level or below the ENGL usage, sentence structure, and punctuation. 106 level. Students must also take one or two Advanced editing skills and critical thinking The content and goals will be partly credits of ENGL 080 (Reading Lab). The are emphasized. Major writing objectives determined by the needs of the participants. Developmental English course sequence may must be met not only in papers written Prerequisite: Placement by assessment, or be started in any quarter and students should outside of class but in essays written, revised ENGL 092 or 093 with a “B-” or better. register in the following manner: ENGL 071, and edited in a single class period. Prerequi- Summer; ENGL 072, Fall; ENGL 073, site: Placement by assessment. ENGL 106 Winter; ENGL 074, Spring. Courses may be ENGL 093 College Reading and repeated until student tests into ENGL 092 or Analysis • 5 093. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. Composition for Non-Native Speakers IV • 5 For the student who reads at levels 12-13.9. This course emphasizes the development of ENGL 080 ESL students read, talk and write about major Improving Reading Skills critical reading and thinking skills (analysis, contemporary issues. Advanced editing skills synthesis, evaluation) necessary for (Reading Lab) • V1-2 and editing speed are emphasized not only in successful completion of college level Allows a student to work independently in the papers written outside of class but in essays courses in the humanities, social sciences Reading Lab. Each student works individually written, revised and edited in a single class and sciences. Parallel lab emphasizes under the supervision of the Reading Lab period. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. vocabulary and comprehension skills. Director and lab staff. Grades are Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. One hour credit equals 20 hours of lab work. ENGL 101 Written Expression • 5 ENGL 107 ENGL 089 Includes a variety of writing modes. Students English As A Foreign Reading IV • 5 learn that writing is a process. Instructors Language • 5 may organize the course in any number of Pre-assigned students whose assessment For non-native speakers only, after comple- ways so as to assist the student to achieve scores range from levels 8-11.9. Coordinated tion of 15 credits in English courses clear, effective writing skills. Prerequisite: with parallel reading lab sections, which numbered below 100. This course validates Placement by assessment, or ENGL 092 or emphasize acquisition of vocabulary and foreign language development for non-native 093 with a “B-” or better. development of literal and inferential speakers. Prerequisite: Permission of comprehension skills. Prerequisite: Program Chair. Placement by assessment. ENGL 102 Written Expression • 5 ENGL 108 ENGL 090 Emphasizes summary skills, analysis of English As A Foreign Strategies for Improving sources, development of Library research Language • 5 Writing Skills • V1-5 skills and a lengthy investigation of a thesis in a research paper. Students critique various For non-native speakers only, after comple- An independent studies program that allows a tion of an additional 15 credits in English student to work individually on an area of styles of argumentation. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. courses numbered below 100. This course special need by arrangement with an validates foreign language development for instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of non-native speakers. Prerequisite: Permission instructor. ENGL 103 Accessing Information of Program Chair. ENGL 091 Today • V1-3 ENGL 110 Basic Grammar and Sentence Familiarizes students with accessing Reading Poetry • 5 information through a variety of general Patterns • V2-5 Introduces the student to the style, structure, reference sources, indexes and databases. Reviews parts of speech, verb tenses and techniques and interpretation of poetry. Also examines social and psychological basic sentence patterns in context of Students read major poets and emphasis is barriers to free access to information. students’ own writing. Designed to help placed on analysis and interpretation of Recommend ENGL 101 placement. students at all levels combat writer’s block poems. Recommend ENGL 101 placement and understand what teachers say about their or higher. writing. Open to native speakers and non- native speakers. Prerequisite: Eligible to

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 49 Arts & Humanities

ENGL 111 to explore relationships between cultural ENGL 263 Reading Drama • 5 perspectives and to examine theories English Literature: Beowulf concerning origins and significance. Students discover drama as literature. Includes Through Shakespeare • 5 Recommend ENGL 101, 102 or a literature traditional and modern playwrights. Students course in the 100 series. Explores the relationship between language, enjoy drama more fully through understanding literature and cultural and intellectual context its conventions, styles and techniques. ENGL 221 in representative works of the period, Recommend ENGL 101 placement or higher. Popular Literature • 5 including Beowulf and works by Chaucer and Shakespeare. Evaluation by tests and papers. ENGL 112 Investigates the themes, conventions and Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, Reading Fiction • 5 cultural assumptions of genre-based popular 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. literature. Individual instructor’s specific Introduces a range of short fiction and one or focus is designated by added wording in more novels. Emphasizes close reading ENGL 264 course title. Recommend ENGL 101, 102 or techniques for analysis, the qualities of English Literature: Donne a literature course in the 100 series. fictional literature and how they are achieved. Through Johnson • 5 Recommend ENGL 101 placement or higher. ENGL 223 Surveys major literary figures, styles, and ENGL 114 Children’s Literature • 5 themes of the 17th and 18th centuries, including early periodicals and the begin- An examination of the imaginative literature The Film as Literature • 5 nings of the English novel. Typically features that forms a part of children’s experience and Introduces the critical study of the motion figures such as Donne, Milton, Pope, a portion of our larger literary heritage, with picture as an expressive medium bearing Goldsmith, Jonson, Swift and Johnson. attention to its moral, psychological and close affinities to the forms and styles of Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, political implications. Recommend ENGL literary art. Special focus upon cultural 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. tradition and values. Recommend ENGL 101, 102 or a literature course in the 100 101 placement or higher. series. ENGL 265 ENGL 231 English Literature: Blake ENGL 130 Through Hardy • 5 Introduction to Literature • 5 Introduction to Shakespeare • 5 Surveys the major Romantic (Blake, A course designed primarily for the evening Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, the student. It is an introduction to the literary Surveys the development of Shakespeare’s Shelleys, Keats) and Victorian (Tennyson, genres: poetry, drama, fiction. Recommend dramatic and literary art. Through a lecture/ the Brownings, G. Eliot, Hardy, Arnold) ENGL 101 placement or higher. discussion structure, the course offers study writers as they reflect the changing attitudes in representative comedies, tragedies, of their time in literature and culture. ENGL 131 romances and histories. Recommend prior Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, Introduction to Literature • 5 completion of ENGL 101, 102 or a literature 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. A course designed primarily for the evening course in the 100 series. ENGL 266 student. It is an introduction to the literary ENGL 232 genres: poetry, drama, fiction. Recommend English Literature: Twentieth ENGL 101 placement or higher. Introduction to Century Writers • 5 Shakespeare II • 5 ENGL 210 Surveys modern British writers with Is a continuation of English 231 offering emphasis on major movements and figures, Introduction to European comedies, tragedies and histories. Recom- including Eliot, Yeats, Conrad, Joyce, Literature • 5 mend prior completion of ENGL 101, 102 or Lawrence, Auden, Thomas, Woolf and Intensively examines the fiction, drama, and a literature course in the 100 series. Forster. Recommend prior completion of poetry from European cultures. Content ENGL 101, 102 or a literature course in the varies but mainly focuses on 19th and 20th ENGL 241 100 series. century works in translation. Recommend The Bible as Literature • 5 ENGL 101 placement or higher. A lecture/discussion course which explores ENGL 267 the oral and written traditions of literature in American Lit: Beginnings ENGL 215 the Old and New Testaments, emphasizing Through Civil War • 5 the cultural, historic and literary aspects of Folklore: Myth, Folktale and Provides readings from authors such as scripture. Recommend prior completion of Legend • 5 Edwards, Franklin, Thoreau, Hawthorne, ENGL 101, 102 or a literature course in the Surveys the stories of selected cultures in Melville, Twain and others, and considers 100 series. order to discover common motifs and styles, their respective contributions to the

50 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

American literary scene. Recommend prior ENGL 273 ENGL 281 completion of ENGL 101, 102 or a literature Verse and Short Story Series Creative Writing course in the 100 series. (Creative Writing) • 5 Conference • V1-5 ENGL 268 A fifteen credit sequence where students may Allows students to contract with the American Lit: Civil War to End elect to take the entire sequence, or may take instructor to complete a particular kind of any five credits within the sequence. English piece of writing. Open to students who have of World War I • 5 273 focuses on the creative process in completed the creative writing series in either Gives readings in American literature general. fiction or poetry, with high achievement. emphasizing the Realistic period and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. including such writers as Dickinson, James, ENGL 274 Adams, Howells, Crane, Dreiser and Twain. Verse and Short Story Series ENGL 294/295/296/297 Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, (Creative Writing) • 5 Special Studies in 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. A fifteen credit sequence where students may Literature • 5 ENGL 269 elect to take the entire sequence, or may take Provides opportunity for focused study of American Lit: End of World any five credits within the sequence. English various literature utilizing the special 274 focuses on the craft of writing poetry. knowledge of instructors. Subject matter War I to Present • 5 can be determined by student request and is Offers readings in American literature ENGL 275 announced before each quarter. May be emphasizing the expatriates and the Verse and Short Story Series repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. experimental, including such writers as (Creative Writing) • 5 Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Steinbeck, Faulkner, ENGL 299 Flannery O’Connor, Stevens, Eliot, Roethke, A fifteen credit sequence where students may Directed Reading and elect to take the entire sequence, or may take Lowell, Plath, Barth and Pyncheon. Research • V1-5 Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, any five credits within the sequence. English 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. 275 focuses on the craft of writing short Allows individual study of given authors or fiction with emphasis on the short story. areas of special interest by arrangement with ENGL 270 instructor. Course may be repeated for a ENGL 276 Professional Report Writing • 5 maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Women Writers • 5 Permission of instructor. Incorporates organization, development and expression of ideas with practical problems Combines lecture/discussion to explore the in writing. Technical periodicals and rich diversity of styles, themes and perspec- reference work with proper bibliographical tives in women’s writings from the 12th to Foreign usage are emphasized. Computer use is the 20th centuries. Students will explore the required. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. diversity of women’s experiences and Language perspectives over time and within diverse ENGL 271 social contexts. Recommend prior comple- FRNCH 101 Expository Writing • 5 tion of ENGL 101, 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. Beginning 1st-Year French • 5 Provides a chance for further development of The methods and objectives are primarily writing skills learned in ENGL 101 or 102. ENGL 279 audio-lingual, practice with cassettes being Emphasis is on personal essays, information King Arthur, The Round Table an integral part of the course. Basic reading and opinion papers, reviews, profiles, articles and the Grail • 5 and writing skills are gradually introduced. based upon interviews and upon individual projects. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. Explore the Celtic and medieval origins of the FRNCH 102 legends of King Arthur through lecture, semi- Intermediate 1st-Year nar discussions and writing. Were Arthur and ENGL 272 French • 5 Expository Writing • 5 his knights real people? How have the stories and characters evolved over time? What did Is a continuation of FRNCH 101. Prerequi- Course is planned for those wishing to they mean in their original cultural context? site: FRNCH 101 or permission of instructor. continue work begun in ENGL 271. Recommend prior completion of ENGL 101, Prerequisite: ENGL 271. 102 or a literature course in the 100 series. FRNCH 103 Advanced 1st-Year French • 5 Is a continuation of FRNCH 102. Prerequi- site: FRNCH 102 or permission of instructor.

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 51 Arts & Humanities

FRNCH 201 GERM 202 writing about the theme in an integrated Basic 2nd-Year French • 5 Intermediate 2nd-Year fashion. Acquisition of vocabulary is paramount. Prerequisite: JAPAN 103 or Reviews French grammar for experienced German • 5 permission of instructor. students. Introduces French life, history and Continues GERM 201. Prerequisite: GERM literature. Emphasis is given to the conditions 201 or permission of instructor. JAPAN 202 and situations of modern life, including Intermediate 2nd-Year relevant historical and literary perspectives. GERM 203 Prerequisite: FRNCH 103 or permission of Advanced 2nd-Year German • 5 Japanese • 5 instructor. A continuation class focusing on the same Continues GERM 202. Prerequisite: GERM goals as JAPAN 201. Prerequisite: JAPAN 202 or permission of instructor. FRNCH 202 201 or permission of instructor. Intermediate 2nd-Year JAPAN 101 French • 5 JAPAN 203 Beginning 1st-Year Advanced 2nd-Year Continues FRNCH 201. Prerequisite: Japanese • 5 FRNCH 201 or permission of instructor. Japanese • 5 A beginning course in contemporary Japanese. A continuation class focusing on the same Includes oral and written activities to assist in FRNCH 203 goals as JAPAN 202. Prerequisite: JAPAN the development of skills in listening, 202 or permission of instructor. Advanced 2nd-Year French • 5 speaking, reading, writing and cultural Continues FRNCH 202. Prerequisite: awareness that will allow people to communi- FRNCH 202 or permission of instructor. SPAN 101 cate, interact and negotiate meaning. Beginning 1st-Year Spanish • 5 GERM 101 JAPAN 102 Is primarily audio-lingual in its methods and Beginning 1st-Year German • 5 Intermediate 1st-Year objectives. Practice with video and audio Methods and objectives are primarily audio- Japanese • 5 cassettes is an integral part of the course. lingual. Practice with cassettes is required. Basic reading and writing skills are gradually An intermediate first year course continuing introduced. GERM 102 with the goals of JAPAN 101. Prerequisite: JAPAN 101 or permission of instructor. SPAN 102 Intermediate 1st-Year Intermediate 1st-Year German • 5 JAPAN 103 Spanish • 5 Continues GERM 101. Prerequisite: GERM Advanced 1st-Year 101 or permission of instructor. Japanese • 5 Continues SPAN 101. Prerequisite: SPAN 101 or permission of instructor. GERM 103 An advanced first year course continuing with the goals of JAPAN 102. Prerequisite: SPAN 103 Advanced 1st-Year German • 5 JAPAN 102 or permission of instructor. Advanced 1st-Year Spanish • 5 Continues GERM 102. Prerequisite: GERM 102 or permission of instructor. JAPAN 194/195/196/197 Continues SPAN 102. Prerequisite: SPAN Special Topics in 102 or permission of instructor. GERM 104 Japanese • V1-5 SPAN 201 Individualized 1st-Year Provides opportunities for focused study by Basic 2nd-Year Spanish • 5 German • V1-10 students capable of devising, carrying out Reviews Spanish grammar and is designed for Self-paced, self-directed learning of all and completing an independent program of students who have a basic knowledge of all language skills. Variable credit course: 1 to study under the supervision of an instructor. four Spanish language skills: listening, 10 credits. JAPAN 201 speaking, reading, and writing. Its aim is to GERM 201 continue to reinforce and expand fluency in Basic 2nd-Year Japanese • 5 Spanish while acquainting students with Spain Basic 2nd-Year German • 5 A second year course designed to teach and the Spanish-speaking world. Emphasis is Business, economic and scientific German students how to use language in real life given to the conditions and situations of for the experienced student to increase situations for varying communicative modern life, including relevant historical and language versatility. Prerequisite: GERM 103 purposes. Grammar is de-emphasized since literary perspectives. Prerequisite: SPAN 103 or permission of instructor. this is best learned outside class. Activities or permission of instructor. are related to a main theme and students practice listening, speaking, reading and

52 Arts & Humanities

SPAN 202 ■ who want to review first-year college INDES 151 Intermediate 2nd-Year grammar in one quarter in order to carry Twentieth Century Furniture • 5 on in foreign language study at BCC or the Spanish • 5 Continues INDES 150 with same format. transfer college of their choice. Continues SPAN 201. Prerequisite: SPAN Class includes study of furniture designers In the second year, students may choose 201 or permission of instructor. and movements from Victorian period to academic or vocational tracks congruent with present. Furniture of each period is analyzed SPAN 203 their objectives, or a combination of both. in terms of human values, social conditions, Emphasis is placed on oral expression technology and design criteria. Advanced 2nd-Year through the study of culture and civilization. Spanish • 5 Special audio-visual materials are used to INDES 152 Continues SPAN 202. Prerequisite: SPAN meet the above objective. Students may also Furniture Design and 202 or permission of instructor. have a choice of any individual approach with a great emphasis on reading and writing Construction • 3 SPAN 299 skills, as well as a grammar review. Is a studio course in which students will design, draft and construct furniture and learn Individual Studies in The FLAP Program includes arrangements about materials for the construction of Spanish • V1-5 through which we combine our second year furniture, engineering basics, manufacturing classes with our most advanced first-year Covers directed readings, special projects processes, joinery and finishes. Prerequisite: group each quarter. and independent study by an individual ART 108, INDES 150, 151, 160 & 190 or student. permission of instructor. Interior Design INDES 160 Foreign Graphic Communication I • 5 INDES 110 Introduces the variety of graphic tools, Language Textiles • 5 techniques and conventions used for effective Alternative Textiles is a comprehensive course covering visual communication in design. The course the information that designers need to know focuses on three basic aspects of graphic Program (FLAP) for selecting and specifying textiles. It communication: architectural drafting, includes a general, scientific study of natural lettering and freehand pencil sketching. Prerequisite: ART 110 and 120. Students who are interested in the FLAP and synthetic fibers, yarns, fabric structure, fabric finishes, application, regulations and program register for the language of their INDES 162 choice and for the designated hour and end-use performance. Information will be location of that section. FLAP students have conveyed via lecture/discussion and Introduction to Computer Aided a different emphasis on the basic four laboratory work. Design • 3 language skills of comprehension, speaking, Computer aided design using AutoCAD on reading and writing than regular language INDES 140 the PC. Covers important elements of CAD classes. In their second year, they may expect Introduction to Interior systems, including hardware and software; greater individualization of instruction as the Design • 3 describes the role of CAD in graphic instructor offers materials more congruent Surveys Interior Design. Course is open to all communication, and discusses appropriate with student objectives, whether vocational interested students and includes lectures, applications for use in interior design. or academic. discussions and slides, with assigned Students use hands-on time in the CAD lab to These classes are designed for students: readings and projects. Some topics include learn the capabilities of the system and to create drawings in two dimensions. Prerequi- ■ who have the ability and want to share the color, space, form, light, furniture, windows, site: INDES 160; AOS 161 or IT 105, or PC- classroom activities within the same floors and accessories. DOS experience, or permission of instructor. structured units and earn 5 credits. INDES 150 ■ who had French, German or Spanish in the History of Furniture • 5 INDES 165 past and need to review it in an individual- Visual Presentations • 5 ized situation, earning 5 to 15 credits. Provides lectures, discussions and slides and Introduces tools and techniques for ■ who need to review an appropriate section covers the dominant characteristics and motifs of furniture from antiquity to the 20th illustrative graphic presentations of design or course offering so as to be able to sign ideas, concepts, and final products. Course up for the highest sequential offering. century. Class explains how people, social conditions and technology influenced the concentrates on relatively simple and rapid design of furniture in each period. techniques, in both black and white and colored media, including graphite, ink,

53 Arts & Humanities

colored pencils, felt-tipped markers, pastel, INDES 185 Information about specification, building watercolor and collage, along with various Practicum in Interior trades, building materials and methods is reproduction, transfer and mounting Design • 3 included. Prerequisite: INDES 160 and 190. techniques. Prerequisite: INDES 160 and ART 111. Provides individually tailored experiences in INDES 270 either residential or commercial interior Interior Design II • 5 design. The student, with his/her advisor, INDES 170 Focuses on the problem-solving discipline of Interior Design I - Methods • 5 selects a work experience with future employment expectations. Prerequisite: the design process and its application to any Applies the design process to the interior INDES 170 or permission of instructor. interior design problem with special emphasis environment and introduces fundamental on barrier-free and residential design. Involves concepts for planning, organizing and INDES 190 working with instructors, who are practicing arranging spaces. It deals with space needs Materials and Construction • 3 professionals, on a variety of professionally- based on human factors, activities and relevant interior design studio projects. priorities and concentrates on making the Provides basic knowledge of the physical Prerequisite: INDES 165, 170 and 260 and best functional and aesthetic use of minimum components used in the building trades. permission of Program Chair. space. Prerequisite: ART 112, INDES 140 Industry-wide classification systems, and 160. standards and resources, the basic physical INDES 271 properties of building materials, and the Interior Design III • 5 basics of building construction systems are INDES 175 Focuses on the problem-solving discipline of Design Theory • 5 covered, along with interior finishing systems, millwork and cabinetry, equipment, the design process and its application to any Introduces the exploration of philosophical and mechanical and electrical systems. interior design problem with special approaches to design and the weighing of Prerequisite: INDES 140, 160 or concurrent. emphasis on hospitality design, retail design various aesthetic and judgmental concerns. It or design for public spaces. Involves working deals with ideas related to the enclosure of INDES 191 with instructors, who are practicing space and systems of organizing sequences of Lighting • 3 professionals, on a variety of professionally- space through conceptual exercises designed relevant interior design studio projects. to stimulate students’ critical thinking and An introduction to the design of lighting for Prerequisite: INDES 165, 170 and 260 and creative problem solving. the interior environment. Information about permission of Program Chair. properties of light, perception and how we INDES 180 see, natural and artificial light sources, INDES 272 Professional Practices I • 3 lighting devices and controls, and specific Interior Design IV • 5 design problems is included. Prerequisite: Prepares students to work as professional INDES 160 and 190. Focuses on the problem-solving discipline of interior designers. Emphasis is on becoming the design process and its application to any a residential interior designer. Provides INDES 194/195/196/197 interior design problem with special emphasis information about available resources and Special Topics in Interior on commercial and office space planning. services, responsibilities for working with Involves working with instructors, who are showrooms, service personnel, and clients. Design • V1-5 practicing professionals, on a variety of Course also includes information about Allows the student to pursue a specialized or professionally-relevant interior design studio managing a small business. Prerequisite: in-depth study of a particular subject relating projects. Prerequisite: INDES 165, 170 and INDES 170. to interior design. Supplements the informa- 260 and permission of Program Chair. tion in the required courses in a subject area INDES 181 in order to accommodate student interests. INDES 285 Professional Practices II • 3 The credits count as electives. Course may Practicum in Interior be repeated for a maximum of 10 credits. Continues to prepare students for work as Design • 3 Prerequisite: Permission of program chair or professional interior designers. Emphasis is instructor. A second work-study experience that on working with commercial interior design provides the student with perspective on firms. Students learn about aspects of INDES 260 interior design work opportunities similar to commercial interior design work, employ- Graphic Communication II • 5 the type desired in future employment. ment opportunities in the design industry, Prerequisite: INDES 150, 160, 170. and job search skills. Includes development Introduces specific professional applications of portfolio and review. Prerequisite: for graphic communication skills; delineates INDES 180. the design and construction process, and specifically deals with the technical drawings needed by tradespersons for construction.

54 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

INDES 294/295/296/297 maximum of 6 credits. Prerequisite: Prior credits. Prerequisite: MUSIC 106 or Special Topics in Interior enrollment in MUSIC 101 or permission of permission of instructor, ability to read music Design • V1-5 Program Chair. and competency on student’s instrument. Allows students to pursue a specialized or in- MUSIC 102* MUSIC 107 depth study of a particular subject relating to Community Band • 1 Fundamentals of Music • 5 interior design. Supplements the information in the required courses in a subject area in Presents two existing community bands, A lecture/demonstration class, which studies order to accommodate student interests. composed of high school graduates, the structure of music and its notation. Some Course may be repeated for a maximum of community members and college students of these include reading and writing basic 10 credits. Credits count as electives. from the Bellevue/Renton area. The bands pitch and rhythm notation, constructing Prerequisite: Permission of Program Chair or meet once a week to rehearse symphonic scales, chords and melodies. The course is instructor. band literature. Membership for student open intended for non-majors with little or no by consent of director of band. Course may musical experience. INDES 299 be repeated for a maximum of six credits. MUSIC 108 Individual Studies in Interior Prerequisite: Prior enrollment in MUSIC 102 or permission of Program Chair. Listening to Music • 5 Design • V1-5 A class that helps develop a more direct Studies selected topics or approved work MUSIC 104* awareness of music. Class emphasizes experience in the field of interior design Small Instrumental and Vocal listening in order to recognize how a technology. May be repeated for a maximum Ensembles • 2 composer uses the musical materials to create of 10 credits. Prerequisite: INDES major and different effects. Studies include texture, permission of instructor. Includes woodwinds, strings, brass and jazz combos. Literature and performance are to rhythm, melodic motion and shape, harmony, develop technique, independence of part, and instruments, form and its function. Music sensitivity. Two hours minimum rehearsal per week is required. The course may be MUSIC 110 Suggested minimum program for music repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. First-Year Theory • 5 majors and minors is: FIRST YEAR: MUSIC Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, and for A series of three courses which comprise the 110, 111, 112 – First-Year Theory; MUSIC vocal students only, concurrent enrollment in first three quarters of a two-year, six-quarter 140 – First-Year Private Instruction I; and MUSIC 100/200. sequence of Music Theory. Primarily participation in at least one performing group intended for music majors but also for each quarter. SECOND YEAR: MUSIC 210, MUSIC 105* students who wish to compose. The course 211, 212 – Second-Year Theory; MUSIC 240 Vocal Jazz and Recording covers notation, rhythm, scales, keys, – Second-Year Private Instruction I and Ensemble • 3 intervals, chords, voicing, chord progression, participation in at least one performing group A performance class that consists of a vocal harmony and composition. Sight-singing and each quarter. jazz ensemble selected by audition from the ear-training are included as well. Prerequi- site: A basic knowledge of music notation MUSIC 100* membership of the college concert choir. This group explores and develops the vocal and performance capability on an instrument College Choir • 3 techniques, performance and recording skills or voice. A performance class open to all students necessary to the contemporary recording interested in singing. Choir includes 5 hours studio singer. It may be repeated for a MUSIC 111 of rehearsal per week plus scheduled outside maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisite: First-Year Theory • 5 rehearsals and performances. Course is Concurrent enrollment in MUSIC 100 and A series of three courses which comprise the designed to promote understanding and skills prior enrollment in MUSIC 105, or entry code. first three quarters of a two-year, six-quarter essential to group and choral singing. It may sequence of Music Theory. Primarily be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. MUSIC 106* intended for music majors but also for Jazz Band • 3 students who wish to compose. The course MUSIC 101* A performance class open to all instrumental- covers notation, rhythm, scales, keys, Community Symphonies • 1 ists within the Stage Band instrumentation. intervals, chords, voicing, chord progression, Provides college credit for BCC students Auditions for available chairs are held during harmony and composition. Sight-singing and playing in approved community or symphony the first week of the quarter. Emphasis is on ear-training are included as well. Prerequi- groups. Usual rehearsal time is one evening jazz improvisation, performance and site: MUSIC 110 or equivalent. per week. See Music Chair for approved interpretation of Big Band jazz literature. The groups. Course may be repeated for a course may be repeated for a maximum of 9

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 55 Arts & Humanities

MUSIC 112 sound characteristics, microphones, single Piano/Jazz-Popular First-Year Theory • 5 and multi-track recording techniques and Saxophone sound reinforcement and enhancement. Trombone A series of three courses which comprise the Students work on a production team to create Trumpet first three quarters of a two-year, six-quarter finished audio productions. Same as MEDIA Tuba sequence of Music Theory. Primarily 122. Either MUSIC 122 or MEDIA 122 can Violin/Viola intended for music majors but also for be taken for credit – not both. Voice students who wish to compose. The course covers notation, rhythm, scales, keys, MUSIC 130* MUSIC 143* intervals, chords, voicing, chord progression, harmony and composition. Sight-singing and Group Piano Instruction I • 2 First-Year Private ear-training are included as well. Prerequi- Presents a studio class that prepares the Instruction II • 2 site: MUSIC 111 or equivalent. beginning music major for the eventually Provides individual studio instruction at required piano competency and provides advanced and intermediate levels for serious MUSIC 113 basic keyboard experience for non-majors. music students. Forty-five minutes to one Survey of Music History Course includes basic music reading, hour lessons are held each week for ten (Antiquity to 1800) • 5 keyboard technique, interpretation and weeks with a college-approved instructor. simple chording. There is a fee for private study in addition to A lecture/demonstration class that presents normal college fees. Maximum 6 credits in an overview of the origins of music from its MUSIC 131* three quarters. Prerequisite: Permission of earliest forms to its development as a major Group Piano Instruction II • 2 Program Chair or instructor. art form by 1800. Course work includes A studio class that expands basic keyboard reading, research work on prominent MUSIC 150 composers and styles and development of and music reading skills taught in MUSIC some listening skills. 130 to more keys, chord combinations and Music Technology • 5 performance of more complex compositions. Music 150 is a lecture/demonstration course MUSIC 114 Prerequisite: MUSIC 130 or permission of designed to familiarize students with Survey of Music History (1800 Program Chair. electronic and synthesized music. It presents to Present) • 5 an overview of sound theory, description and MUSIC 140* demonstration of hardware and software A class that presents an overview of the First-Year Private presently available for music sequencing and composers and music of the Romantic period Instruction I • 1 writing activities. through the music of the 20th century. Course work includes lectures, demonstrations, Provides individual studio instruction on all instruments listed below with college- MUSIC 151 listening exercises and research work on Midi Lab • 3 composers and their most famous works. approved teacher. Beginning through Though this course begins where MUSIC 113 advanced levels are half-hour lessons weekly A lab experience designed to give MUSIC 150 ends, it is intended to be non-sequential, and for 10 weeks. Fee for private study is in graduates some hands-on opportunities to does not require MUSIC 113 as a prerequisite. addition to normal college fees. Maximum 6 create music on the equipment covered in the credits in three quarters. Prerequisite: lecture class. A minimum of three sequences MUSIC 120* Permission of Music Chair. must be completed by quarter’s end. Class Voice (Group Vocal Accordion Prerequisite: MUSIC 150 required; and music Instruction) • 2 Baritone Horn theory, performance group recommended. It Bassoon may be repeated for a maximum of 18 credits. Is a studio class intended for major and non- Cello major students having never received vocal Clarinet MUSIC 153 training on an individual basis. Prior know- Classical Guitar/Mandolin Digital Recording ledge of music notation is not necessary as it Double Bass Production • 5 is covered in the course. Voice science, vocal English Horn Course covers recording and editing skills as production, pronunciation, style, music nota- French Horn tion and some music literature are included. they exist in the digital media. Digital Flute recording, computer-based mix down, digital Folk Guitar/Jazz Guitar I/O, utilizing digital effects, and sampling MUSIC 122 Harp Introduction to Audio and will be covered in a 24 channel ADAT and Oboe direct-to-disk recording studio. Same as Recordings • 5 Organ MEDIA 153. Either MUSIC 153 or MEDIA Introduces basic audio for use in video and Percussion 153 can be taken for credit – not both. computer media applications. Includes basic Piano Prerequisite: MUSIC 122 or MEDIA 122.

56 * Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. Arts & Humanities

MUSIC 200* MUSIC 211 Prerequisite: MUSIC 140 or 143; and College Choir • 3 Second-Year Theory • 3 permission of instructor. A performance class open to students Is a lecture/demonstration class that MUSIC 299 interested in singing and having completed continues 110, 111, 112 Music Theory three quarters at the 100 level. Choir includes sequence. MUSIC 211 covers Neapolitan Individual Projects in 5 hours of rehearsal per week plus scheduled chords, augmented 6th chords, chromatic Music • V1-3 outside rehearsals and performances. Course modulation, harmonic analysis and composi- An individual course of study with an is designed to promote understanding and tion. Prerequisite: MUSIC 210. instructor in any area of music approved by skills essential to group and choral singing. It instructor. It includes at least 5 hours of may be repeated for a maximum of 18 MUSIC 212 individual consultation with instructor, with a credits. Second-Year Theory • 3 summary paper, performance or presentation. Is a lecture/demonstration class that Credit levels vary with the nature of the MUSIC 205* continues 110, 111, 112 Music Theory project. The course may be repeated for up to Vocal Jazz Ensemble • 3 sequence. MUSIC 212 covers 20th century 12 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of A performance class that consists of a vocal compositional techniques: planning, jazz, instructor. ensemble selected by audition from the notation, extended tertian harmony, modes, membership of the college concert choir and synthetic scales, pandiatonicism, quartal and having completed three quarters at the 100 secondal harmony and more. Prerequisite: Philosophy level. This group explores and develops the MUSIC 211 or equivalent. vocal techniques, performance and recording PHIL 100 MUSIC 231 skills necessary to the contemporary Introduction to Philosophy • 5 recording studio singer. It may be repeated History of Jazz • 3 Investigates the problems and history of for a maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisite: Provides a lecture/demonstration class that philosophy through a careful study of some Concurrent enrollment in MUSIC 100, prior surveys the development of jazz from its original writings of the great philosophers on enrollment in MUSIC 105 or permission of origins through the 20’s, the big bands of the issues of lasting importance. instructor. Swing Era, the development of Bop, and foundations of modern jazz to contemporary PHIL 102 MUSIC 206* experiments of recent years. This class is BCC Jazz Band • 3 usually offered once a year. Contemporary Moral A performance class open to all instrumental- Problems • 5 ists within the Stage Band instrumentation MUSIC 240* Provides philosophical consideration of some having completed three quarters at the 100 Second-Year Private of the main moral problems of modern level. Auditions for available chairs are held Instruction I • 1 society and civilization such as abortion, during the first week of the quarter. euthanasia, war and capital punishment. Presents individual studio instruction that Emphasis is on jazz improvisation, perfor- Topics vary. Course transfers as social consists of half-hour weekly lessons with mance and interpretation of Big Band Jazz science credit. college-approved teacher on all instruments literature. The course may be repeated for a listed in MUSIC 140. A special fee, in maximum of 18 credits. Prerequisite: Prior PHIL 115 addition to normal college fees, is required. enrollment in MUSIC 106 or permission Maximum of 3 credits in three quarters. Practical Reasoning • 5 of instructor. Prerequisite: MUSIC 104 or 143; and Introduces concepts and methods useful for permission of instructor. practical analysis of arguments in everyday MUSIC 210 contexts. Meaning, syllogisms, logical Second-Year Theory • 3 MUSIC 243* diagrams, inductive and statistical inference, Is a lecture/demonstration class that Second-Year Private informal fallacies, argument structure and continues 110, 111, 112 Music Theory Instruction II • 2 some beginning symbolic logic are included. sequence. MUSIC 210 covers review of first year theory techniques, secondary dominant, Consists of individual studio instruction that PHIL 120 modulation, linear embellishing, chords, is a continuation of MUSIC 143 and is Introduction to Logic • 5 intended for the serious music student. The harmonic analysis, figured bass and Provides a thorough study of the formal course consists of a minimum of 45 minutes composition. Prerequisite: MUSIC 112 or conditions of valid argumentation. The to one-hour lesson weekly for 10 weeks with one year of college level music theory. student may profitably apply this knowledge a college-approved teacher. A special fee, in in all fields of inquiry. This course transfers addition to normal college fees, is required. as a science credit. Prerequisite: Eligible to Maximum 6 credits in three quarters. register for ENGL 101 or PHIL 115.

* Use of this performance class in the distribution area of the Arts and Sciences transfer degree is limited to 5 credits. 57 Arts & Humanities

PHIL 267 SPCH 199 SPCH 285 Introduction to Philosophy of Individual Studies in Speech Nonverbal Communication • 5 Religion • 5 Communications • V1-5 Course examines non-verbal behavior and its Offers a systematic study of philosophical Covers directed readings, special projects role in the communication process. Body writings designed to affect the understanding and independent study by an individual language, space, touch, dress and cultural of religion and the relation of religion to student. norms will all be explored. Students will truth, morality, good, and salvation. have the opportunity to examine their own SPCH 200 non-verbal communication and techniques Interpersonal for increasing non-verbal sensitivities will be Speech Communication • 5 explored. Course focuses on the analysis of interper- SPCH 294/295/296/297 SPCH 090 sonal communication in relationships. Special Topics in Developmental Speech • 3 Perception, language, self-concept, disclosure, listening and conflict are all Speech • V1-5 Course is designed for non-native speakers of explored. Students will have the opportunity Offers the opportunity to explore specific English. Goals include increased speaking to experience the concepts through class focuses in the field of speech communication and listening proficiency, confidence in the activities. not offered by the core courses. Subjects may multi-cultural classroom, and understanding include: parliamentary procedure, voice of cultural influences on communication SPCH 220 improvement, forensics, expository speaking, practices. Introduction to Public Greek and Roman rhetoric and contemporary Speaking • 5 public address. Course contents are SPCH 100 announced in the quarterly schedule. Basic Principles of Oral Course explores the essentials of effective Students may retake the course for credit as Communication • 5 public speaking. Topic selection, research content changes. Course may be repeated for methods, organization, analysis of material a maximum of 15 credits. Explores effective communication in the one- and audience, use of visuals, and delivery to-one, small group, and one-to-many skills are all explored. Students will have the settings. Students analyze their communica- SPCH 299 opportunity to prepare and deliver various Individual Studies in Speech tion skills and practice techniques to become types of speeches. more effective. Course includes public Communications • V1-5 speaking experience. SPCH 225 Covers directed readings, special projects Small Group and independent study by an individual SPCH 102 student. Survey of Speech Communication • 5 Communication • 5 Course explores effective communication in small groups. Various aspects of group Provides the learner with a basic understand- process will be explored including leader- ing of speech communication. Course ship, conflict management, decision making, includes a general overview of the communi- conformity and critical thinking. The student cation process. Intrapersonal, interpersonal, will be involved in group experiences to test organizational and intercultural communica- group theories and practice group skills. tion will be explored. Transfers as social science credit. SPCH 195 SPCH 230 Special Topics in Intercultural Speech • V1-5 Communication • 5 Course explores specific topics in the field of Course studies the effect that culture has on speech communication not offered by the the communication process. Students will core courses. Course content is announced in learn about the different elements of cultures the quarterly schedule. Students may retake and the influence of culture on language and the course for credit as content changes. This non-verbal communication. Students will course may be repeated for a maximum of 15 practice skills that contribute to intercultural credits. effectiveness.

58 BusinessArts & Humanities Preparing for the High Performance Workplace The Business Division offers eight vocational programs and two academic transfer degrees. Students can obtain Associate in Arts degrees Accounting in the following vocational programs: Administrative Office Systems; General Business Management; Information Technology – Programming; ACCT 101 Information Technology – Technical Support; Marketing Management; Survey of Accounting • 5 Accounting Paraprofessional; and Real Estate. Introduction to fundamental concepts involved in financial accounting. Focus is on understanding financial statements and how The Business Division offers a wide array of educational opportunities in they are used in the management planning, several of its programs including short-term Certificates of Achievement control and decision making process. Note: For all vocational business majors. and/or Accomplishment, as well as internships. For more information, ACCT 102 contact the Business Division Office. Practical Accounting I • 5 For reporting business transactions; makes use of special journals, general and problems using analytical tools. Same as subsidiary ledgers. Covers periodic ACCT 172 GBUS 215. Prerequisite: ACCT 101. adjustments, closing procedures and Integrated Accounting on preparation of financial statements. Not Microcomputer • 5 ACCT 240 recommended for students transferring to Course applies specific accounting problems Advanced Computerized four-year colleges. to the microcomputer using pre-programmed software to manage accounts receivable, Problems for Accounting • 5 ACCT 103 accounts payable, depreciation, payroll, Introduces the accounting student to the use Practical Accounting II • 5 ledgers and to produce financial statements. of the PC to solve accounting problems. Covers accounting procedures for corpora- Prerequisite: ACCT 102 or permission of Students create accounting applications using tions and partnerships; introduction to basic instructor. various software programs. Prerequisite: First analysis of financial statements; fundamen- year accounting courses or permission of tals of accounting for manufacturers, and cost ACCT 199 instructor. accounting. Not recommended for students Individual Studies in ACCT 250 transferring to four-year colleges. Prerequi- Accounting • V1-10 site: ACCT 102 or permission of instructor. Intermediate Accounting • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects Provides in-depth coverage of accounting ACCT 135 and independent study by an individual student. Courses are arranged by individual and its theoretical foundation. Covers FASB Business Payroll Tax students with instructor. Prerequisite: standards and more advanced aspects of Accounting • 5 Permission of instructor. accounting issues such as Cash Flow, Revenue Recognition, Lease Accounting and Covers Payroll Tax Accounting in depth; Advanced Financial Reporting issues. introduces students to Fair Labor Standards ACCT 234 Prerequisite: One year of accounting classes Act, Social Security Act, payroll accounting Managerial Accounting • 5 or permission of instructor. systems and operations. Preparation of Form Provides instruction in making business 941, 940 and W-2’s. Students utilize a decisions with the aid of managerial computerized payroll system. Prerequisite: accounting techniques; including various ACCT 102 or permission of instructor. aspects of short-range and long-range financial planning. Emphasis is on manage- ment planning, control and solving business

59 Business

ACCT 260 AOS 102 includes word processing, electronic Accounting For Non-Profit Document Formatting • 3 spreadsheets, charting and electronic databases. Agencies • 5 Provides experience in formatting and Overview of framework for accounting and producing documents found in a typical AOS 163 financial reporting for governmental and not- business office: letters, memos, tables, forms Microsoft Word on the PC • 5 for-profit organizations. Fund accounting and reports. Prerequisite: Previous keyboard- work for general and special funds for ing experience required. Beginning through advanced features of hospitals, United Way agencies, colleges, Microsoft Word for Windows taught on IBM universities and other governmental agencies. AOS 104 PC or compatible computers. Formatting Prerequisite: One year of accounting classes Keyboarding Review and skills emphasized. Prerequisite: Previous or permission of instructor. Speed Building • 3 computer experience. ACCT 270 Designed for the student who wishes to AOS 164 increase keyboarding speed. Prerequisite: DOS/Windows 95 • 5 Cost Accounting • 5 Previous keyboarding and computer Covers the accounting fundamentals and experience required. Students learn to distinguish between and use principles of cost accounting. Cost control is IBM’s systems software (DOS) and studied by learning application of process, AOS 108 Windows ’95 software. Prerequisite: job and standard cost procedures. Prerequi- Keyboarding on the Previous computer experience. site: One year of accounting classes or Computer • 1 permission of instructor. AOS 165 An intensive introductory keyboarding Spreadsheet Applications: ACCT 285 course taught on personal computers. Excel • 5 Students learn to keyboard by touch and are Federal Income Taxes • 5 encouraged to increase speed and accuracy. Explores the concepts of a spreadsheet and Introduces the student to the concepts and shows how an electronic spreadsheet should preparation of personal federal income tax AOS 130 be planned, constructed and manipulated. returns. Prerequisite: One year of accounting Machine Transcription • 3 Provides students opportunities to solve classes or permission of instructor. realistic problems using spreadsheet software Teaches students to use transcription and helps them become more marketable to ACCT 299 equipment and to develop good listening the business community. Prerequisite: skills. Spelling, grammar and punctuation Previous computer experience. Individual Studies in proficiency emphasized. Prerequisite: Accounting • V1-10 Previous keyboarding and computer AOS 167 Covers directed readings, special projects experience recommended. Desktop Publishing with and independent study by an individual student. Courses are arranged by individual AOS 150 Pagemaker • 5 students with instructor. Prerequisite: Office Administration • 5 Introduces students to Aldus Pagemaker software on the IBM-PC. This course covers Permission of instructor. Introduces modern office procedures and design and other elements necessary to prepares students to work successfully in a produce professional looking publications variety of office situations. Prerequisite: such as newsletters, advertisements, Administrative AOS 102 and computer experience. stationary and announcements. Prerequisite: Office Systems AOS 161 Previous computer experience. Beginning Computer AOS 168 AOS 101 Applications • 5 Database Applications • 5 Keyboarding I • 3 A beginning computer course in which the Introduces students to database software and An introductory course in which students use student will learn to operate the IBM prepares them to work in an environment personal computers to develop basic compatible desktop personal computer. The where data is managed electronically. Basic keyboarding and formatting skills. No student will be able to identify the basic principles of form analysis and design, previous computer experience necessary. ‘hardware’ components of a computer system creation, storing, retrieval and manipulation and will also learn the difference between of electronic files and report generation. applications software and system/operating Prerequisite: Previous computer experience. software. The student will learn how to use an integrated software program which

60 Business

AOS 170 ACCTG 245 Introduction to the Internet • 1 Accounting Special Computer Introduction to the use of the internet. Projects • V1-3 Science–Transfer Students access and use a variety of Provides training in accounting for special resources and information, participate in projects. Prerequisite: Entry code from Program electronic communication and gain first hand instructor. knowledge of the information superhighway. ACCTG 295 CS 110 AOS 199 Seminar in Accounting • 2 Introduction to Computers and Individual Studies in Studies special problems in accounting and/ Applications • 5 AOS • V1-10 or training of teaching assistants for ACCTG Computer competency: Components and Covers directed readings, special projects 210. Prerequisite: Entry code from instructor. functions of computers; introduction to word and independent study by an individual processing, electronic spreadsheets and data student. Courses are arranged by individual ACCTG 296 base management systems. Broad overview students with instructor. Prerequisite: Seminar in Accounting • 2 of computer concepts and applications. Permission of instructor. Studies special problems in accounting and/ CS 120 or training of teaching assistants for ACCTG 220. Prerequisite: ACCTG 210 and entry Introduction to Fortran Business code from instructor. Programming • 4 Includes programming and use of the Administration– ACCTG 297 computer; pseudo code; problem organiza- Seminar in Accounting • 2 tion; basic computer statements; real-world Transfer Studies special problems in accounting and/ applications. Prerequisite: MATH 105 with a or training of teaching assistants for ACCTG “C” or better or entry code. Program 230. Prerequisite: ACCTG 220 and entry code from instructor. CS 150 ACCTG 210 COBOL Programming • 5 Fundamentals of Accounting • 5 BA 200 Introduces ANS COBOL with emphasis on Includes the nature and social setting of Business Law – Legal structured coding techniques. Students accounting; uses of accounting information; Foundations • 5 develop and code programs. COBOL verbs, edits, updates, control breaks and table are introduction to basic accounting concepts; Examines legal institutions and processes; covered. Students write their own program and accounting procedures. The first law as a system of social thought and and run them on BCC’s computer on campus accounting course required of business behavior, a frame of order and authority outside of classroom hours. Prerequisite: administration students planning to transfer within which rival claims are resolved and Previous computer experience or permission to a four-year college or university. compromised; legal reasoning; the interaction of instructor. of law and business. ACCTG 220 CS 199 Fundamentals of Accounting • 5 BA 240 Statistical Analysis • 5 Independent Study in Computer Overviews basic concepts used in financial Science • V1-10 reporting; interpretation of financial Surveys techniques used in decision making statements. Prerequisite: ACCTG 210 and research. Descriptive and inferential Covers directed readings, special projects receiving a “C” or better. statistics covered; probability, central and independent study by an individual tendency, variability, normal and t-distribu- student. Courses are arranged by individual ACCTG 230 tions, hypothesis testing and regression. students with instructor. Prerequisite: Basic Accounting Analysis • 5 Transfers to four-year institutions in business, Permission of instructor. Incorporates analysis and evaluation of health care, etc. Prerequisite: MATH 156 with CS 210 accounting information as part of the a “C” or better or entry code. managerial process of control, planning, and Fundamentals of Computer decision making. Course concentrates on the Science I • 5 use of information by those managing the Introduction to computer science. Intended as business and making decisions. Prerequisite: the first programming course for CS majors. ACCTG 220 receiving a “C” or better. Design and implementation of algorithms; programming in a structured, modular

61 Business

language. Emphasis on problem solving, G BUS 130 G BUS 210 program design and style. Prerequisite: Principles of Real Estate • 5 Stock Market Investment MATH 105 with a “C” or better or entry code. Entry level course designed for buyers, Strategy • V1-5 CS 211 sellers, investors and preparation for the Interactive competition that gives students a Fundamentals of Computer Washington State Salesperson’s Exam. Legal hands-on opportunity to manage a stock titles and instruments, finance, appraisal, portfolio. Students begin with a fictional Science II • 5 contracts, agency, land economics. Sixty $100,000 on account and 20 trades. Course Continuation of CS 210. Data structures, clock hours. Same as R EST 130. covers: money, capital markets, stocks, programming and design techniques using a bonds, fiscal and monetary policies, business structured modular language. Data structures G BUS 145 cycles and financial statement analysis. include arrays, records, lists, stacks queues, Business Mathematics • 5 binary trees, strings and sets. Other topics Presents practical problems in computing G BUS 215 include searching and sorting, abstract data simple and compound interest, present Management Accounting & types, recursion and hashing. Prerequisite: values, annuities, amortization and other Financial Analysis Tech • 5 CS 210 or entry code from instructor. applications of mathematics to business and Provides instruction in making business CS 299 consumer financing. decisions with the aid of managerial Independent Study in Computer accounting techniques; including various G BUS 150 aspects of long-range and short-range Science • V1-10 Entrepreneurship • 5 financial planning. Emphasis is on manage- Covers directed readings, special projects and Deals with organizing and operating a small ment planning, control and solving business independent study by an individual student. business. Topics include: development of a problems using analytical tools. Same as business plan, failure factors in small ACCT 234. Prerequisite: ACCT 101. business, source of capital, recordkeeping, General Business financial statements, taxation, marketing, G BUS 221 legal and regulatory issues and management Human Resource Management principles. Same as R EST 150. Management • 5 G BUS 155 The functional areas of Human Resource G BUS 101 Management and the laws that govern this Basic Statistics – Introduction to Business • 5 field. Topics include: job analysis, recruit- Descriptive • 5 ment, testing, interviewing, selection, Examines the role of business in a modern Introduces problems and methods of col- placement, training, wage and salary economy; its growth, structure, organization lecting, organizing, analyzing, and presenting administration, performance evaluation and and relationship to the environment. Business data as an aid to management decision- labor management, and introductory course firms; their objectives, functions and making. Also included: characteristics of for the line or staff person. management will also be looked at, as well as frequency distributions, central tendencies, problems of organization, decision-making, variability. Course is not recommended for G BUS 241 controls and related aspects. Transfers as the transfer student. Prerequisite: GBUS 145 Organization and Management social science for non-business majors. or permission of instructor. Skills • 5 G BUS 120 Details the principles of organization and G BUS 199 Human Relations • 5 management as applied to both profit and Individual Studies in General non-profit organizations. Realistic case Looks into the dynamics of the business Business • V1-10 problems in business are used to help the organization and its human resources. student apply principles to actual manage- Attitudes are examined to develop a positive Covers directed readings, special projects ment problems. Same as FCA 232. Either attitude toward the human element in and independent study by an individual GBUS 241 or FCA 232 may be taken for business. Topics include: motivation, student. Courses are arranged by individual credit not both. Prerequisite: GBUS 120 and leadership, group dynamics, organization students with instructor. Prerequisite: 210 or permission of instructor. theory, participatory management and Permission of instructor. communication. G BUS 202 G BUS 291 Law and Business • 5 Business Internship • 2 Surveys laws applicable to business trans- Provides students with skills necessary for an actions. Course emphasizes law of contract effective job search. Topics covered include: sales, negotiable instruments and agency. resumes, cover letters, interviews, job search

62 Business

and developing a portfolio. Grading is on a IT 110 skill in problem solving. Emphasizes credit/no credit basis. Prerequisite: Entry Introduction to Programming • 5 creative/lateral thinking techniques and good code required. communication skills. Uses both technical Use Visual Basic to learn fundamental and non-technical problems to practice skill programming techniques. Design procedures G BUS 292 development. Prerequisite: IT 105 and ENGL and write instructions for a computer to solve 101 eligibility recommended. Business Internship II • V1-10 business problems. Learn procedural Continues GBUS 291. Students work at least programming, develop a graphical user IT 199 15 hours weekly in industry on projects interface in Windows, and work with events outlined during GBUS 291. Projects may and objects. Prerequisite: Placement by Individual Studies in include: maintenance, coding, designing, assessment into college algebra, or MATH Information testing and running programs, or documenta- 092, 095, 099 or 101 with a “C” or better, or Technologies • V1-10 tion. Students keep journals of time spent and entry code. Covers directed readings, special projects activities, as well as meeting weekly with and independent study by an individual other students to discuss projects. Grading is IT 127 student. Courses are arranged by individual on a credit/no credit basis. Prerequisite: Entry Application Development with students with instructor. Prerequisite: Entry code required. VBA I • 5 code required. G BUS 299 Develop integrated solutions to business IT 217 Individual Studies in General problems using Access (database), Excel (spreadsheet) and Word (word processor). Microcomputer Hardware & Business • V1-10 Emphasis on Visual Basic for applications to Software Installation • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects store, retrieve, manipulate and display data. A lecture/lab combination. Students learn and independent study by an individual Oriented to a programmer’s use of standard basics of PC hardware installation and student. Courses are arranged by individual software products. Prerequisite: IT 105 or configuration, and in-depth levels of DOS students with instructor. Prerequisite: AOS 168 receiving a “C” or better. Eligible and Windows configuration including Permission of instructor. for ENGL 089 or 092. memory management. Topics on application software installation/configuration, computer IT 129 boot process and memory management are Information Application Development with also covered. Prerequisite: IT 101 and 170. VBA II • 5 Technology Develop integrated solutions to business IT 219 problems using database (MS Access), Data Communications and IT 101 spreadsheet (MS Excel) and word processor Networking • 5 Introduction to Information (MS Word) tools. Emphasis on Visual Basic A lecture/lab combination. Covers hardware Technology • 5 for applications to store, retrieve, manipulate and software components of a LAN, uses and display data. Oriented to a programmer’s Novel NetWare to gain hands-on experience Survey course which covers most aspects of use of standard software products. Prerequi- configuring a network. Focus is on network information technology. Includes how site: IT 127, eligible for ENGL 089 or 092. hardware basics, network operating system computers work, different types of comput- administration and configuration. Prerequi- ers, input and data storage devices, different IT 160 site: IT 101, AOS 164; IT 170 recommended. operating systems, ethics, data communica- Systems Analysis • 5 tions, systems analysis and design. Not a IT 221 ‘hands-on’ course. Includes problem solving cycle, problem identification, information gathering Desktop Media IT 105 techniques, structured analysis concepts, Presentation • 5 Introduction to PCs and report analysis, systems flow charts, decision Utilization of software and hardware for the Applications • 5 tables and data dictionary. In-depth initiation creation of computer-based presentations for to the system development life cycle. business, industry and education. Includes a A hands-on, introductory, survey course on Prerequisite: IT 101 plus eligibility for survey of equipment resources, software computer applications. Covers Microsoft ENGL 101 and 106. applications, presentation planning and Windows, Word, Excel and Access. Both design, development and execution. Also personal and business uses of the software IT 170 includes the utilization of external, digital, programs are covered. Problem Solving Strategies • 5 multimedia resources. Note: Basic computer A lecture/lab combination. Presents a wide literacy essential. variety of problem solving strategies to build

63 Business

IT 223 IT 237 the techniques for their manipulation. Multimedia Authoring I: Client Programming I (Visual Prerequisite: IT 245 or equivalent experience. Macromedia Director • 5 Basic) • 5 IT 249 Covers the hardware requirements and Develop applications for client computers in a Programming in C++ • 5 software application for the creation of client/server environment. Emphasis on data interactive multimedia materials as well as validation, debugging and error handling, file Introduction to C++ language. Object-oriented the processes for multimedia development manipulation, and database management using programming; data objects implemented as including message design, interactive the data control. Use Multiple Document classes; stream input/output; inheritance; and authoring language, and the step-by-step Interface (MDI) forms. Prerequisite: IT 110 or templates. Programs will be designed, written, development of a multimedia application as permission of instructor. tested and debugged. Prerequisite: IT 245 or part of a production team. Prerequisite: equivalent experience. IT 238 MEDIA 121 or permission of instructor. IT 250 Client Programming II (Visual COBOL II • 5 IT 227 Basic) • 5 Continues COBOL I and emphasizes tables, Graphics I: Basic Design & Continue application development for client subroutines and file organization methods. Illustration • 5 computers with emphasis on database Introduces students to the basic theories, operations using Data Access Objects. IT 260 principles and processes of computer-based Develop on-line transaction processing and design and illustration as they apply to the decision support system projects. Work with Systems Design • 5 development of on-screen multimedia Access, SQL Server and other databases. Continuation of the system development life applications. Acquaints students with the Prerequisite: IT 237 or permission of cycle introduced in IT 160. Students illustration software (e.g. FreeHand) so they instructor. complete a group project oriented to the can apply the principles in their own analysis of an existing system. Prerequisite: creative endeavors. Note: Basic computer IT 239 IT 160 and eligibility for ENGL 102 and 106. literacy essential. SQL Server: Server IT 265 Programming • 5 IT 229 COBOL III • 3 Programming the server in a client/server Multimedia Authoring II: environment. Create and manipulate Provides practical experience by giving the Macromedia Director • 5 databases, tables and views. Ensure data student existing programs to update and Provides students with practical experience integrity with defaults, rules and triggers. document. Debugging, program testing, in the design and production of interactive Develop stored procedures. Server and validating changes, and core dumps are also multimedia applications through the creation security. Database tuning and troubleshoot- discussed. Emphasis is placed on practical of working interactive modules with ing. Prerequisite: IT 238 or permission problems the programmer faces in industry. Macromedia Director, a common multimedia of instructor. Prerequisite: IT 250 receiving a “C” or better. authoring tool. Students work in teams to create Director-based multimedia products. IT 245 IT 290 Prerequisite: IT 223 or MEDIA 223 or Programming in “C” • 5 Database Management • 5 permission of instructor. Introduction to the C programming language. Develop in-depth understanding of database Structured programming techniques are used concepts and terminology, with emphasis on IT 235 to solve general, scientific and mathematical the relational databases model. Understand Operating Systems • 5 problems. Programs will be designed, coded, the role of Structured Query Language Operating system concepts with emphasis on tested and debugged. Prerequisite: Previous (SQL), data modeling, and normalization of definition, configuration and concepts. computer experience and previous language. database tables. A group project will be a Resource allocation and control of peripheral focus of the course. Prerequisite: Eligibility devices. Learn to assess systems and make IT 247 for ENGL 102 or 106. use of their resources, applications and Advanced “C” With Data IT 293 utilities. Prerequisite: Computer experience Structures • 5 and previous programming experience. Help Desk I • 4 Emphasis is on advanced ANSI/POSIX/X - Required for and restricted to two-year Open standards; i.e., techniques not peculiar to Information Technology Degree program. any one particular architecture. Learn how to Students intern at BCC’s Help Desk and best apply the capabilities of the language to provide technical support to campus faculty implement some advanced data structures and and staff via phone and on-site visits. First

64 Business

quarter of a two-quarter series. Academic MKTG 154 MKTG 290 credit only, non-paying. Prerequisite: Entry Principles of Marketing • 5 Marketing Activities in code required. Study of the business activities concerned DECA • 3 IT 294 with planning, pricing, promoting and A class/organization affiliated with National Help Desk II • 4 distributing goods and services. Provides an DECA. Students develop occupational skills understanding of the role of marketing in our and skills in leadership, communication, Continuation of IT 293. Required for and economy and the processes used to make human relations. Participation in community restricted to two-year Information Technol- business decisions. service projects. Class is managed by a ogy Degree program students. Students intern chapter officer team and advisor. at BCC’s Help Desk and provide technical MKTG 199 support to the campus faculty and staff via Individual Studies in MKTG 299 phone and on-site visits. Academic credit Marketing • V1-10 Individual Studies in only, non-paying. Prerequisite: IT 293 and entry code required. Allows students to explore in-depth areas of Marketing • V1-10 special interest in marketing or an opportu- Covers directed readings, special projects IT 299 nity to receive credit for their current on-the- and independent study by an individual Individual Studies in job experience. Prerequisite: Permission of student. Courses are arranged by individual Information instructor. students with instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Technology • V1-10 MKTG 200 Covers directed readings, special projects International Marketing • 5 and independent study by an individual Focuses on strategies to incorporate the Real Estate student. Courses are arranged by individual marketing concept into global markets. students with instructor. Prerequisite: Entry Topics include mode of entry, micro and code required. R EST 130 macro forces, barriers and restrictions and Principles of Real Estate • 5 cultural dynamics. Entry level course designed for buyers/ Marketing MKTG 210 sellers, investors and preparation for Marketing Research • 5 Washington State Salesperson exam. Covers legal titles and instruments, finance, MKTG 110 Structure and use of marketing research as a appraisal, contracts, agency and land Client/Customer Relations • 5 tool for managerial decision making. Includes economics. Sixty clock hours. research objectives, methods and techniques Provides oral and written skill development of research, analysis and interpretation of data focusing on efficient ways to deliver quality R EST 131 and creation of the report. service to customers. Includes trouble Real Estate Finance • 3 shooting, complaints, ethical issues and MKTG 234 Policies, problems and methods involved in company service policies/programs. Advertising • 5 financing real property. Loans and lenders, debt and security, money markets, financing MKTG 131 Recognizes the place of advertising in alternatives, institutional and government Principles of Professional society and its relationship to marketing sources. Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: Selling • 3 activities and the communication process. R EST 130 recommended. Includes media terminology, planning and Study of the principles and techniques of selection, copy writing and art direction. professional selling as a form of persuasive R EST 133 communication basic to business relation- MKTG 236 Real Estate Law • 3 ships. Course uses cases, examples and real- Merchandise Management • 5 Studies the principles of statutory and life applications to bridge the gap from common law governing interests in real theory to practice. Prepares students to effectively perform the estate. Includes acquisition, encumbrances, functions concerned with buying merchan- transfer, rights and obligations of the parties MKTG 135 dise. Topics include customer demand, and Washington State regulations. Thirty Principles of Retailing • 5 budgeting, buying plans, market trips, clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 selection of merchandise. Prerequisite: recommended. Examines the fundamental principles and MKTG 135 and GBUS 145 recommended. practices of retail merchandising. Examines types of retail outlets, location, layout, orga- nization, profit planning and operating costs.

65 Business

R EST 134 R EST 141 medium-size apartment structure. Thirty Real Estate Sales Practices • 3 Foundations of Real Estate clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 143 or permission of instructor. The essentials of salesmanship and Appraisal • 3 advertising as they specifically relate to real The introductory course required for appraiser R EST 150 estate. The qualification of clientele, listing certification. Provides the foundation Real Estate Business and sales techniques and agreements, agency necessary to progress through increasingly relationships and time management. Thirty complex courses. Designed to assist real estate Management • 3 clock hours. professionals gain a basic understanding of For real estate agents and those seriously appraisal. Thirty clock hours. considering the field. The considerations and R EST 135 strategies necessary to open one’s own Real Estate Forecasting and R EST 142 business. Valuable for 100% agents. Economics • 3 Appraising the Single Family Required for Washington Brokers Exam. Business planning and financing; site Forecasting techniques and urban economics Residence • 3 location; technology; office management and applied to the local real estate market. Student Second course in the Appraiser Certification marketing; growth and strategic planning. is introduced to economic principles, series. Provides students with a working Recommend real estate agent’s license or projecting tools and local data sources. These knowledge of the procedures and techniques R EST 130. are applied to a forecasting of supply and required to estimate the market value of demand in the real estate market. Thirty clock single-family residential properties. Thirty R EST 151 hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 recommended. clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 141 Real Estate Brokerage recommended. R EST 136 Management • 3 Real Estate Agency and R EST 143 Required for Washington Brokers Exam. Ethics • 3 Real Estate Appraisal Legal requirements and liabilities involved in operating a real estate brokerage; trust No professional agent or consumer can afford Methods • 3 accounting and recordkeeping; recruitment to be ignorant of the potential liability that Third course of the Appraiser Certification and training; agent retention and productiv- exists with conflicting interests and multiple series. Focuses on the particular aspects of ity. Recommend real estate agent’s license or agency representation. A five week study of property that create value. The methods used R EST 130. agency relationships and agency law followed to apply the sales comparison and cost by a five week study of ethical considerations approaches are emphasized. Direct capitali- R EST 160 in real estate. Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: zation is demonstrated with emphasis on Real Estate Escrow • 3 R EST 130 recommended. expense/income analysis. Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 142 or permission. The basic concepts of closing a real estate R EST 137 transaction. Title clearance prorations, lien Real Estate Financial R EST 144 rights, escrow and agency law. Interrelation- Calculator • 1.5 Principles of Capitalization • 3 ship of escrow, realty and lender. Problems covered include: cash, contract, assumption, Provides an introduction to calculator Fourth course in the Appraiser Certification conventional and government loans. Thirty function and input of data to achieve a series. Procedures used to analyze data to clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 desired result. Incorporates basic real estate derive sound value estimates for income- recommended. investment and financial data together to producing properties. The assessment of obtain investment strategy analysis. significance of available data; procedures to R EST 161 Programming methods and key functions are derive necessary information; interpretation Advanced Real Estate applied to the real estate strategy of and testing of mathematical calculations. investments. Uses HP 12C. Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 143 Escrow • 3 or permission of instructor. Designed for working and potential escrow R EST 140 officers and closers. Following R EST 160, Standards of Professional R EST 146 this course enters into more complicated Appraisal Practice • 1.5 Appraising Apartments • 3 areas of escrow. Exchanges, wraps, mobile homes, personal property, equity interests, Focuses on the requirements for ethical Fifth course in the Appraiser Certification condos and coops and various mortgage behavior and competent performance set forth series. The appraisal of multi-family closings are covered. Thirty clock hours. in the Uniform Standards of Professional dwellings. Market data, cost and income Prerequisite: R EST 160 or permission Appraisal Practice in Washington State approaches are used. Students are expected to of instructor. regulations. Pass/Fail. Fifteen clock hours. complete appraisal reports on a small and a

66 Business

R EST 165 with the idiosyncrasies of lenders. Thirty the analysis process and their interrelation- Land Titles Insurance and clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 ship. Students examine how the investments Clearance • 3 recommended. and their changing characteristics might relate to their own goals and financial Designed for individuals entering the real R EST 172 circumstances. Thirty clock hours. Prerequi- estate, mortgage, escrow or title insurance Real Estate Loan Officer • 3 site: R EST 130 recommended. fields. Title insurance and coverages, liens, exceptions and clouds that affect real Prepares student for a career in mortgage lending as a real estate loan officer. FNMA R EST 240 property, formal and informal methods of Land Planning and title clearance, legal rights and responsibili- applications and requirements. Basic loans ties are covered. Thirty clock hours. and consumer benefits. Qualifications of Development • 3 Prerequisite: R EST 130 recommended. borrowers, and the creation of a personal The study of the legislation, ordinances and marketing plan. Thirty clock hours. procedural requirements involved in land use R EST 166 Prerequisite: R EST 130 recommended. and development processes. Covers the areas Land Titles: Examining • 3 of zoning, subdivision, comprehensive R EST 230 planning, environmental and land use The why, what, where and how of searching Elements of Commercial Real legislation, highest and best use, building and land titles. Students compile all relevant data land economics. Thirty clock hours. from public records and examine the title for Estate • 3 Prerequisite: R EST 130 or permission of all insurable and uninsurable matters Designed for the potential commercial instructor. including liens, court matters and other investor or agent. Course focuses on the encumbrances. A ‘chain’ of title is con- various types of commercial real estate R EST 241 structed. Thirty clock hours. dealings and investments. Industrial, office and retail leasing: investment, mobile home Advanced Land Planning and R EST 167 and apartment sales are examined. Thirty Development • 3 Land Titles: Underwriting • 3 clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 Residential subdivision and commercial recommended. Through lecture and case study the course development. Case studies, problem analysis and income evaluation on site-specific covers title underwriting problems including: R EST 231 encroachments, legal authority, marital developments. Thirty clock hours. Prerequi- status, probate, liens, homestead, foreclosure, Commercial Real Estate site: R EST 240 or permission of instructor. bankruptcy, easements, wetlands and many Finance • 3 others. Risk, insurability and/or amelioration. The financing of various types of commercial R EST 251 Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 166 properties: retail, shopping centers, office Residential Property or permission of instructor. and industrial, land development, mobile Management • 4 home parks, etc. Financing patterns and Geared to the property manager, rather than R EST 170 methods. Leasehold and fee title financing. an on-site manager. Class meets outside of Mortgage Loan Packaging the loan and lender negotiations. classroom hours (7-10 hours) for develop- Administration • 3 Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 ment of an apartment management plan. recommended. This course covers lending practices including Students receive 5 elective credits from the Institute of Real Estate Management toward land development, construction, FHA/VA and R EST 233 conventional financing. Various loans are the Certified Property Manager designation. followed from underwriting, insuring, closing, Real Estate Exchanges • 1.5 Forty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 servicing, marketing and shipping. Thirty Provides an introduction into basic real estate recommended. clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 exchange methods and formats while recommended or currently employed in identifying tax benefit procedures. Reviews R EST 252 escrow or related mortgage field. IRC 1031 and 1034 regulations, adjustment Commercial Property of basis, identification of unlike property and Management • 3 R EST 171 cash flow analysis methods. Focuses on the application of the manage- Mortgage Loan Processing • 3 R EST 235 ment and leasing processes of shopping For individuals considering employment in centers, office and medical buildings and the field of real estate, mortgage or escrow. Real Estate Investment industrial properties. The student will gain a The nuts and bolts of processing various Strategy • 3 background on the techniques of operating, types of conventional, FHA and VA The fundamentals of analyzing real estate managing and leasing commercial properties. mortgages. Qualifying borrowers. Dealing investments. Covers the various elements in Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 130 recommended.

67 Business

R EST 260 Commercial Escrow • 3 The third course in the escrow series. This course deals with the escrowing of income producing entities and non-standard properties. Business escrow, industrial and shopping complexes, developmental properties and farm and land escrow. Thirty clock hours. Prerequisite: R EST 160 and 161 or permission of instructor. R EST 299 Individual Studies in Real Estate • V1-10 Covers directed readings, special projects and independent study by an individual student. Courses are arranged by individual students with instructor. Prerequisite: Entry code required.

68 Educational DevelopmentArts && HumanitiesHealth SciencesBusiness The Helping Professions

The Educational Development and Health Sciences Division provides a diverse array of program and course offerings.

Alcohol/Drug The health science programs of Nursing, Diagnostic Ultrasound, Radio- Studies logic Technology, Radiation Therapy and Nuclear Medicine provide instruction and preparation to enable students to pass the licensing ALDAC 101 examinations required for entry into these career areas. Classes and Survey of Chemical Dependency • 3 workshops in Continuing Nursing Education assist registered nurses in Provides an overview of drinking and drug expanding their knowledge and skills in preparation for today’s changing use, alcoholism and drug addiction, relevant theories and research, definitions, treatment health care environment. Developmental Education courses and services rationale and modalities. Covers social, assist students in developing their basic and sometimes pre-college level psychological, physical and legal aspects of chemical dependency. academic skills to the point that they can compete positively in collegiate- ALDAC 102 level educational opportunities. The programs of Early Childhood Educa- Physiological Actions of tion, Home Economics and Parent Education provide skills and training Alcohol & Other Drugs • 3 for students whose educational objectives are in parenting, child develop- Covers the nature of alcohol and other psychoactive drugs, including ingestion, ment and/or productive personal and family living concepts. The Alcohol absorption, metabolism, action and and Drug Studies courses and workshops prepare students for counseling interaction. Includes the physiological and psychological effects of alcohol and other in substance abuse programs and offers continuing education opportuni- psychoactive drugs on the individual and the ties. Preparation in American Sign Language assists students in develop- consequences of use and abuse. ing specialized communication skills and applies as a foreign language ALDAC 103 Introduction to Chemical transfer course. The Fire Service programs are designed for fire-service Dependency Counseling • 3 personnel seeking advancement and improved performance. Physical Introduces various counseling theories, Education, Recreation Leadership and Health provide the basis for modalities and techniques used in the treatment of chemical dependency. Covers developing and maximizing fitness, health and safety competencies. theory, understanding of process and skill development. Provides a basic understanding Educational and preparatory skill development programs for paraprofes- about counseling. sional health care workers are available through the division. ALDAC 105 Chemical Dependency in the Family • 3 Addresses how families are impacted by chemical use and discusses treatment modalities designed to intervene in this dysfunctional system. Provides opportunities for counselors to clarify their own issues and

69 Educational Development & Health Sciences

understand their limitations when treating ALDAC 198 ALDAC 210 families/clients. Prerequisite: ALDAC 101 or Seminar in ALDAC • V1-3 ADIS Instructor Training • 3 coordinator permission. Includes seminars and workshops in alcohol/ Designed to teach chemical dependency ALDAC 106 drug studies for which college credit is counselors or trainees how to conduct the offered. Classes are announced in the course required by the WAC for non- Chemical Dependency quarterly schedule. chemically dependent persons convicted of Counseling Techniques • 3 driving while intoxicated. Attendance at all Didactically reviews the theories, practices ALDAC 199 sessions is required to earn a DASA and techniques of chemical dependency Individual Studies in Alcohol/ certificate. Prerequisite: ALDAC 101 and 102. counseling and the counselor’s responsibili- Drug Studies • V1-3 ties and relationship to the client. Includes ALDAC 212 Covers directed readings, special projects some role playing and case review. and independent study by an individual Ethics in Chemical Prerequisite: ALDAC 101, 102, 103 or student. Dependency Treatment • 3 coordinator permission. Provides an overview of codes of ethics of ALDAC 108 ALDAC 204 various disciplines and compares them to Case Management: Chemically Youth Chemical Dependency Chemical Dependency Codes, such as Assessment/Counseling • V1-3 CDPWS and NAADAC. Helps the student Dependent Client • 3 identify origins of personal and professional Reviews signs, symptoms and patterns of Seminar to assist the counselor/health care values. Prerequisite: ALDAC 106 or drug use and abuse, and provides useful professional in case file management coordinator permission. screening and evaluation methods applicable (designed for drug and alcohol abuse to adolescent needs. Prerequisite: ALDAC counselors). Prerequisite: ALDAC 106 or ALDAC 215 106 or coordinator permission. coordinator permission. Chemical Dependency and the Law • 3 ALDAC 150 ALDAC 206 Relapse Prevention • V1-3 Group Process in Chemical This course is designed for alcohol/drug Dependency Treatment • 3 abuse counselors to provide up-to-date Addresses the processes and behaviors information on addictions and the law as Deals in theory and experientially with leading to alcohol/drug relapse. Provides the found in the Washington Administrative dynamics, goals and methods of chemical chemical dependency counselor with Code. Prerequisite: ALDAC 106 or dependency group work. Group facilitating information on how to prevent relapse and coordinator permission. promote recovery for a client. Prerequisite: skills are developed and enhanced. Prerequi- ALDAC 106 or coordinator permission. site: ALDAC 106 or coordinator permission. ALDAC 220 Addictions Counseling Clinical ALDAC 160 ALDAC 207 Practicum • 3 Cultural Diversity/Chemical HIV/AIDS Risk Intervention for Counselors • 2 Field experience which provides training and Dependency Counseling • V1-3 supervised work in an agency, treatment Provides the DASA approved HIV/AIDS and Provides the knowledge and tools required facility or court probation. Prerequisite: air/blood borne pathogens training, as one of for cross-cultural counseling of chemically ALDAC 101, 102, 105, 106, 108, 206 and the requirements for Chemical Dependency dependent clients. Assists the student in 207 or coordinator permission. developing treatment strategies which Counselor (CDC). To earn the DASA incorporate cultural elements and address certificate, students must attend all sessions. ALDAC 230 barriers to recovery. Prerequisite: ALDAC 101 Advanced Chemical ALDAC 194/195/195/197 ALDAC 208 Dependency Counseling Special Topics in Alcohol/Drug Overview of Mental Health and Tech • 3 Studies • V.5-3 DSM-IV • 3 Examines techniques for early and long term Covers the assessment and treatment treatment of chemical dependency with a Offers the opportunity to explore specific focus on effective treatment models topics not offered by the core courses in strategies of the mentally ill, chemically addicted client and familiarizes the student including the “developmental model of alcohol/drug studies. Courses are announced recovery”, working with other addictions and in the quarterly schedule. with the DSM-IV and psychotropic medications. Required for CCDC II or CDS special and minority chemical dependency II certification. Prerequisite: ALDAC 106 or populations. Prerequisite: ALDAC 101, 106, coordinator permission. 206, 220 or coordinator permission.

70 Educational Development & Health Sciences

ALDAC 294/295/296/297 based on NURS 102 lectures, reading Special Topics in Alcohol/Drug Developmental and clinical experiences. Prerequisite: Studies • V.5-3 Education DEVED 073 Offers the opportunity to explore specific DEVED 081/082 topics not offered by the core courses in Strategies for Learning alcohol/drug studies. Courses are announced DEVED 071 in the quarterly schedule. Strategies for Learning English • 5 Nursing Content Part I • 12 Course is designed for English-as-a-second language students to prepare for credit ALDAC 298 Developmental education course designed for classes. Course emphasizes building reading Seminar in ALDAC • V1-3 nursing students who are non-native speakers skills in the areas of comprehension and Includes seminars and workshops in alcohol/ of English. Focuses on development of four vocabulary. Listening and speaking activities drug studies for which college credit is skill areas (speaking, reading, writing and are coordinated with the reading material. offered. Classes are announced in the listening) integrated into thematic modules Course may be taken for credit three times. quarterly schedule. based on nursing content. Part I is an Prerequisite: Placement by assessment. intensive introductory pre-nursing course. ALDAC 299 Prerequisite: Acceptance into the ADN Individual Studies in Alcohol/ nursing program. Diagnostic Drug Studies • V1-3 DEVED 072 Covers directed readings, special projects Strategies for Learning Ultrasound and independent study by an individual student. Nursing Content Part II • 2 Developmental education course designed for DUTEC 101 nursing students who are non-native speakers Concepts of Patient Care • 3 American Sign of English. Focuses on development of four Prepares the student for patient care and skill areas (speaking, reading, writing and communication skills required in Language listening) integrated into thematic modules sonography. Legal, ethical and psychological based on nursing content. Part II builds on aspects of patient care are emphasized. Part I and is based on NURS 100 lectures, Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. ASL 135 readings and clinical experiences. Prerequi- American Sign Language I • 5 site: DEVED 071 DUTEC 105 Provides an introduction to the basic Pathophysiology I • 3 DEVED 073 vocabulary and grammar in ASL for the Studies the pathogenesis (sequence of events) beginning student. Focus is also directed on Strategies for Learning in the development of a disease. Emphasis is the cultural aspects of deafness. Nursing Content Part III • 2 placed on pathological conditions identifiable Developmental education course designed for with diagnostic imaging techniques. An ASL 136 nursing students who are non-native speakers extensive review of normal physiology is American Sign Language II • 5 of English. Focuses on development of four also presented. Prerequisite: ZOOL 113 and The course is designed for the student who skill areas (speaking, reading, writing and 114 and acceptance into the program. has an introductory knowledge of ASL. The listening) integrated into thematic modules focus of the course is on the rules of based on nursing content. Part III builds on DUTEC 106 grammar, idioms, vocabulary building, Part II and is based on NURS 101 lectures, Pathophysiology II • 3 signing and reading of signs. Prerequisite: readings and clinical experiences. Prerequi- A continuation of Pathophysiology I. The ASL 135. site: DEVED 072 course focuses on the disease process and disease states relevant to obstetrics, gynecol- ASL 137 DEVED 074 ogy and neurology. Prerequisite: DUTEC 105 American Sign Language III • 5 Strategies for Learning and acceptance into the program. Continues ASL 136. Emphasis is placed on Nursing Content Part IV • 2 rules and syntax, introduction of Stokoe Developmental education course designed for rotation using a linguistic text as reference, nursing students who are non-native speakers and use of illustrated techniques to describe of English. Focuses on development of four signs. Prerequisite: ASL 136. skill areas (speaking, reading, writing and listening) integrated into thematic modules

71 Educational Development & Health Sciences

DUTEC 107 DUTEC 135 DUTEC 170 Human Cross-Section Ultrasound Equipment I • 2 Ultrasound Physics and Anatomy • 7 Course covers knobology and annotation for Instrumentation I • 3 Presents the human anatomy in orthogonal state-of-art diagnostic ultrasound equipment. Acoustical physics including heat energy, planes of cross-sectional longitudinal, coronal Prepares student for hands on live scanning. light and sound, fluid dynamics wave theory and oblique. Emphasis is on correlation with Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or including reflection, refraction, resonance clinical diagnostic imaging techniques. permission of instructor. and the Doppler effect. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. Acceptance into program. DUTEC 145 DUTEC 110 Ultrasound Equipment II • 4 DUTEC 171 Ultrasound I – Abdominal Course involves hands-on live scanning in Ultrasound Physics and Scanning and Techniques • 4 cardiac, vascular and gyn applications. Instrumentation II • 3 Studies basic ultrasound techniques and Prepares student for hospital based live Continuation of DUTEC 170 and ultrasound/ terminology, as well as scanning techniques scanning on patients. Prerequisite: Acceptance tissue interaction, transducers, Doppler of the abdomen. Emphasis is on both normal into program or permission of instructor. techniques, bio effects and acoustic power and pathological states. Prerequisite: measurements, computers in ultrasonics and Acceptance into program. DUTEC 150 quality assurance procedures. Prerequisite: Basic Echocardiography • 3 Acceptance into program. DUTEC 112 Studies basic ultrasound scanning techniques Pathophysiology III • 3 of the heart. Emphasis is on anatomy, DUTEC 180 A continuation of Pathophysiology II. physiology, pathology and echocardiographic Advanced Studies & Clinical Emphasis is on the physiology and pathology pattern recognition. Prerequisite: Acceptance Application of DUTEC • 3 into program or permission of instructor. of the cardiovascular and the peripheral Designed specifically for the student vascular system. Prerequisite: Acceptance DUTEC 155 entering clinical practicum in abdominal into program or permission of instructor. and obstetrics/gynecology. Prerequisite: Ultrasound IV – Acceptance into program or permission of DUTEC 113 Echocardiography • 3 instructor. Pathophysiology IV • 3 Continues basic echocardiography. Emphasis Presents a continuation of Pathophysiology is on Doppler echocardiographic techniques DUTEC 181 III. Emphasis is on the physiology and the and congenital heart disease as it applies to Advanced Studies Echo- pathology of the cardiovascular and cerebral the practice of adult echocardiography. Vascular • 3 Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or vascular lesions. Prerequisite: DUTEC 105, Specifically designed for the student entering permission of instructor. 106, 112 and acceptance into program or clinical practicum. Covers advanced studies permission of instructor. DUTEC 160 in echocardiology and vascular technology. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or DUTEC 120 Ultrasound V – Peripheral permission of program chair. Ultrasound II – Obstetrics & Vascular Scanning Gynecological Tech • 5 Technique • 3 DUTEC 210 Provides current theory and scanning Provides current theory and scanning Clinical Practicum I • 15 techniques for medical sonographers focusing techniques for medical sonographers Provides clinical experience in an ultrasound on obstetrics, gynecology procedures and focusing on Doppler techniques used to department under the supervision of a pathologies. Prerequisite: Acceptance into diagnose peripheral vascular and cerebral sonographer. Prerequisite: Successful program or permission of instructor. vascular disease. Prerequisite: Acceptance completion of all prerequisite coursework into program or permission of instructor. with a passing grade of “C” or better and DUTEC 130 acceptance into program. Ultrasound III – Small Part & DUTEC 165 Intraoperative Tech • 4 Ultrasound Equipment III • 3 DUTEC 220 Emphasis is on anatomy and pathophysiology Course involves hands on live scanning in Clinical Practicum II • 15 of small human body parts. Intraoperative advanced vascular and gyn. Terminal Provides clinical experience in an ultrasound scanning focuses on surgical procedures. competency will be required to enter the department under the supervision of a Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or clinical practicum. Prerequisite: Acceptance sonographer. Prerequisite: Successful permission of instructor. into program or permission of instructor. completion of all prerequisite course work

72 Educational Development & Health Sciences

with a passing grade of “C” or better, ECED 150 DUTEC 210 and acceptance into program. Early Childhood Special Experiences – DUTEC 230 Education Childcare/Preschool Clinical Practicum III • 15 Teachers • V1-2 A sequence of courses designed to give Provides clinical experience in an ultrasound ECED 131 family day care, child care and preschool department with the supervision of a Orientation to the Special teachers opportunities to explore different sonographer. Prerequisite: Successful Needs Child • 5 skill areas of science, language, parent completion of all prerequisite coursework with contacts, child development and others. a passing grade of “C” or better, DUTEC 210, Acquaints students with the educational, 220 and acceptance into program. social and developmental patterns of the disabled child. The impact of a disability on ECED 151 DUTEC 240 the child, on his family, and on his future is Special Experiences – Clinical Practicum IV • 15 also explored. Course includes lecture and Childcare/Preschool participation. Provides clinical experience in an ultrasound Teachers • V1-2 department with the supervision of a ECED 132 A sequence of courses designed to give sonographer. Prerequisite: Successful Techniques for Teaching the family day care, child care and preschool completion of all prerequisite coursework teachers opportunities to explore different with a passing grade of “C” or better, Special Needs Child • 3 skill areas of science, language, parent DUTEC 210, 220 and 230 and acceptance Overviews information related to systematic contacts, child development and others. into program. instruction of children with special needs. Subjects to be covered are initial and on- ECED 152 DUTEC 269 going assessment, individualized education Special Experiences – Physics Review • 2 programs, measurements and management of Childcare/Preschool child change and performance. Strong emphasis on physics and ultrasound Teachers • V1-2 instrumentation. Prepares student for ECED 135 A sequence of courses designed to give certifying exams. Course highlights family day care, child care and preschool mathematical analysis and physics theories. Practicum for Special Education • 5 teachers opportunities to explore different Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. skill areas of science, language, parent Presents supervised learning experiences in a contacts, child development and others. DUTEC 296 school setting for special needs children at Special Topics – Vascular the primary or preschool level. Participation ECED 171 Technology • 3 is closely supervised by a qualified Introduction to Early Childhood instructor. Course includes seven hours Provides current theory and scanning directed participation and two hours lecture. Education • 5 techniques for medical sonographers focusing Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Presents theories and practices of Early on Doppler techniques used to diagnose Childhood Education, as well as observations peripheral vascular and cerebral vascular ECED 136 in preschools, day care centers, Headstart pathologies. Prerequisite: Acceptance into agencies, kindergartens and elementary program or permission of instructor. Practicum for Special Education • 5 schools. DUTEC 299 Presents supervised learning experiences ECED 172 Individual Studies – Diagnostic in a specific school setting for special needs Fundamentals of Early Ultrasound • V1-12 children at the primary or preschool level. Participation is closely supervised by a Childhood Education • 5 Provides clinical experience in a diagnostic qualified instructor. Course includes seven Presents materials, methods and professional imaging facility with the supervision and hours directed participation and two hours practices relevant to the subject. Considers direction of a medical sonographer or doctor lecture. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. the influence of the cultural environment on of medicine or osteopathy or associate the developing child. Course includes research fellow. Prerequisite: Permission of laboratory participation. program chair.

73 Educational Development & Health Sciences

ECED 181 center, or Headstart agency. Seven hours lab ECED 203 Children’s Creative time. Participation is closely supervised by a Exploring Day Care Activities • 5 qualified instructor. Prerequisite: Permission Curriculum • V1-5 of instructor. Gives practical aspects of planning, selecting, Explores developmentally appropriate preparing and presenting creative curriculum ECED 193 curriculum used with the day care child. materials and activities to the young child. Practicum in Early Childhood Students learn through lecture, on-site Covers techniques of using creative activities observations and participation, demonstra- in group-time presentations. Laboratory Education • 5 tion, videos, films and discussions; will participation included. Focuses on multi-cultural, anti-bias develop specific curriculum to use in curriculum with the young child and teaching. ECED 183 broadens the teacher’s perspectives in Art Experiences for Early embracing individual differences. Examines ECED 204 Childhood Education • 3 the world outside the classroom to broaden Child Health and Safety • 3 children’s perspectives. Prepares students for Emphasizes setting up and maintaining a safe Studies creativity and art in the development entry into the world of work. Gives and healthy learning environment for the of the young child. Provides experiences in supervised learning experience in a specific young child. Course content includes working with various media and materials as school situation at the primary levels or information about the basic nutritional needs used with the young child. Lecture, preschool, child care center, or Headstart of children, accident prevention in the home discussion and participation are included. agency. Seven hours lab time. Participation is and classroom, and the identification of good closely supervised by a qualified instructor. health practices. ECED 184 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Music for Children • 3 ECED 206 Focuses on developmentally appropriate ECED 198 musical activities with emphasis on Special Seminar in Early Childcare Management movement, songs and simple dances. Childhood Education • V1-5 Techniques I • 3 Students learn basic skills on the audioharp Provides an in-depth but practical look at the Studies selected topics or special seminars in or other simple musical instruments. Lecture, fundamentals of directing a quality childcare, early childhood education. Course may be discussion and participation. early childhood education program. repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. ECED 191 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ECED 207 Practicum in Early Childhood ECED 199 Childcare Management Education • 5 Independent Studies in Early Techniques II • 5 Focuses on lesson planning skills, visual Childhood Education • V1-5 This course is a continuation of ECED 206. It materials and audio-visual equipment as is designed to continue building and Studies selected approved topics in the field teaching tools, and the implementation of developing practical skills needed to be an of early childhood education through developmentally appropriate practices with effective administrator in the various day supervised independent work. Course may be the young child. Gives supervised learning care fields. Prerequisite: ECED 206 repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. experience in a specific school situation at recommended. the primary levels or preschool, child care ECED 201 ECED 293 center, or Headstart agency. Seven hours lab Parent Involvement in Early time. Participation is closely supervised by a Basic Techniques & Ideas for qualified instructor. Prerequisite: Permission Childhood Education • 5 Preschool Teachers • 3 of instructor. Provides a lecture and discussion class in Explores fundamental aspects of preschool interviewing techniques, emphasizing the techniques. Special topics explore new ECED 192 development of competency in parent approaches in the field. Resource speakers contacts. Skills learned involve the parent in Practicum in Early Childhood include transitions, music, puppetry, science understanding the child’s home and school Education • 5 and special techniques with the individual environment. Community resources and Focuses on the understanding of children’s child. referral agencies are used. learning processes involved in the acquisition of language skills through a variety of processes. Gives supervised learning experience in a specific school situation at the primary levels or preschool, child care

74 Educational Development & Health Sciences

ECED 295 operations and fire stream development. safety considerations, personnel accountabil- Special Topics – Early Includes a study of municipal water supply ity and application of the management Childhood Education • V1-5 systems and rural water supply operations. process to a variety of emergency situations. Studies selected topics or approved work FCA 120 FCA 170 experience in the field of early childhood Basic Fire Investigation • 3 Hazardous Materials I • 3 education. The course may be repeated for a Establishes a base on which all individuals maximum of 15 credits. Includes determining fire origin, causes, and spread; recognition of accidental and who find themselves in a command situation, ECED 296 incendiary fires; securing and preserving at a hazardous materials incident, will be able Special Seminar in Early evidence; witness interrogation, arson laws, to: identify the material involved, evaluate court procedures, coordination with other the information gained from shipping papers, Childhood Education • 5 agencies and compilation of reports. and know where assistance can be obtained. A study of selected topics or special seminars in early childhood education. FCA 137 FCA 177 Fire Protection Systems • 3 Wild Land/Urban Interface • 3 ECED 298 Topics include water type fire extinguishing Designed to provide the student with the Special Seminar in Early sprinkler systems for special hazards and fire necessary information and skills required to Childhood Education • V1-5 alarm protection systems. Opportunity for contain fires that develop in open land such Studies selected topics or special seminars in visits to local facilities that have fire as forests, grassland, wheat fields, and other early childhood education. Course may be protection equipment and systems so that rural areas that may interface with urban/ repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. critical appraisals may be made. suburban environments. ECED 299 FCA 152 FCA 190 Independent Studies in Early Building Construction • 3 Uniform Fire Code and Childhood Education • V1-5 Covers the classifications of buildings, what Inspection Procedures • 4 Studies selected approved topics in the field a rated building is, and the fire and life safety A study of the Uniform Fire Code as it of early childhood education through devices required by the Uniform Building applies to fire prevention inspections at the supervised independent work. Course may be Code. Includes the installation of fire fire company level and the relationship of the repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. assemblies and appliances. UFC to the Uniform Building Code and other recognized standards. Course provides a FCA 155 realistic approach to field applications. Fire Service Instructor • 3 Education FCA 231 Primary emphasis is placed on the study, application and evaluation of teaching/ Fire Service Supervision • 5 EDUC 110 instructional methodology and techniques This class provides current information on Introduction to Education • 5 that can be used to present educational the roles and responsibilities of company Details the history, development, purposes information and skills. This course meets officers through concepts, examples and and processes of education. Class sessions NFPA 1041 standards. practice. Topics cover those skills necessary and laboratory experiences are used to clarify for effective supervision, including goal and focus feeling and thought involved in the FCA 160 setting, delegation, counseling, coaching, teaching-learning process. Fire Tactics I • 3 problem solving, decision making, total quality management, leadership, communica- The planning, implementation and evaluation tions and the supervisor’s role in labor of basic fire tactics at the responding officer relations. Fire Command & level. Includes: pre-fire planning, size-up, Administration fire simulation, fire behavior, organizational FCA 232 structures, strategy, resource requirements Fire Service Management • 5 and proper allocation of resources. FCA 105 Details the principles of organization and Fire Service Hydraulics • 3 FCA 161 management as applied to organizations. Incident Management I • 3 Realistic case problems are used to help the Study of a branch of fluid mechanics dealing student apply principles to actual manage- with the mechanical properties of water at rest Study of emergency incident management at ment problems in the fire service. Same as and in motion. Emphasis is on the application the fire company level. Emphasizes basic G BUS 241. May take FCA 232 or G BUS of the properties of water to fire suppression command structure and components, incident 241 for credit - not both.

75 Educational Development & Health Sciences

FCA 233 FI 240 FS 111 Fire Service Crime Scene and Physical Fundamentals of Administration • V4-5 Evidence • 4 Firefighting • 7 Focuses on the political and legal issues Course will familiarize the Fire Investigation Introductory level training in basic skills. related to fire service operation and student with Washington State and Federal Includes safety, communications, behavior of administration and how these apply to the laws regarding search and seizure. Topics fire, protective equipment, forcible entry, decisions required of a fire service adminis- covered include: functions of crime introduction to ladders and hoses, fundamen- trator. laboratories; concepts of physical evidence; tals of water supply and rescue techniques. protection of the crime scene and techniques FCA 261 for crime scene processing. FS 113 Incident Management II • 3 Intermediate Firefighting • 8 Study of emergency incident management FI 250 A follow-up course to fundamentals of process as it applies to emergency response Juvenile Fire Setter • 2 firefighting. Continues the basic skills services at the disaster management level. A study of Washington State laws as they training for fire service personnel. Includes Emphasis to include advanced command pertain to the juvenile criminal offender. fire extinguishers, ventilation, ropes/knots, structure and components, pre-incident Covers interview techniques; the function of ladders, salvage and sprinkler systems. planning and application of the management the juvenile justice system; and recognition process to a variety of large scale emergency of the criminal and non-criminal juvenile fire FS 115 situations. Prerequisite: FCA 161. setter. Advanced Firefighting • 2.5 Final course in the basic skills training series. FCA 270 FI 260 Includes fire cause, multi-company Hazardous Materials II • 3 Arson Fraud Investigation • 4 operations, foam agents, and fundamentals of Designed to assist the incident responder in Theory and case study of fraud and arson fire education and public relations. handling an incident involving hazardous fraud. Provides a set of procedures to use materials and discusses actions that can be when investigating arson fraud; indications to FS 117 taken during a spill or fire situation involving look for and where to look to determine Hazardous Materials: hazardous materials. Prerequisite: FCA 170. motivation and method in arson fraud fires. Recognition/Identification • .5 Basic hazardous materials course for emergency responders. Focuses on identifica- Fire Investigation Fire Science tion, recognition and resource information available. FI 130 FS 100 Investigative Interview Introduction to Fire Service • 1 FS 119 Live Fire Control • 2.5 Techniques • 2 An initial exposure course that introduces the A live fire mini-series made up of flammable Designed to familiarize the student with the student to the fire service. Included is typical liquid and liquefied petroleum gas training basic interview techniques used during a fire department structure, authority of the fire for emergency responders. Focuses on criminal investigation. Covers techniques for chief and fire marshal as well as how fire special techniques and equipment used to developing elements of a complete case departments interface with other local, state control these emergencies. Lab performance report, and for interviewing criminal suspects and federal agencies. is required for all students. and witnesses. FS 101 FI 220 First Responder • 3.5 Advanced Fire Scene Designed to help first responders deal with Health Investigation • 4 medical emergencies with emphasis on the A study of advanced and very detailed fire first responder who responds in their own HLTH 120B scene investigation and criminal case follow- vehicle with nothing more than a personal Basic Life Support/Adult and up. Students will learn how to take data and first aid kit. Emphasizes the use of special- Pediatric • 1 evidence from the fire scene and formulate a ized equipment that may be brought to the scene on a fire apparatus. Provides knowledge and skills necessary for case report for criminal prosecution. successful treatment of victims of life threatening cardiac/respiratory problems or cardiac arrest.

76 Educational Development & Health Sciences

HLTH 250 IMAGE 271 Health Science • 5 MRI Clinical Practicum II • 12 Nuclear Allows student involvement; health visitation Clinical practicum is designed to provide Medicine in the community; discussions on drugs; students with “hands-on” experience in the health sexuality; marriage and family; clinical setting. Students will perform Technology emotional problems; environment; physical designated tasks associated with MRI well-being consumer health; communicable scanning and procedures under direct and and degenerative diseases; and subjects indirect supervision. Completion of this NMTEC 200 selected by students. course will enable the student to begin work Applied Anatomy and at entry level position in a CT or MRI Physiology • 1 HLTH 292 department. Studies human anatomy and physiology as First Aid and CPR • 4 they apply to nuclear medicine imaging. A lecture laboratory course. The student may Specific organ systems covered include meet requirements of both a Standard Red Independent skeletal, circulatory, cardiac, pulmonary, Cross First Aid Certificate and Cardiopulmo- gastrointestinal, immune, excretory, nary Resuscitation (CPR) Certificate. Studies endocrine and central nervous systems. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or Home IS 295 permission of instructor. Independent Studies • V1-5 NMTEC 201 Economics Course work and project in specific student- Physics of Nuclear initiated topical areas. Approval of project dependent upon thoroughness of initial Medicine • 2 HOMEC 130 design, plan of student-faculty consultation Explores the basic science of nuclear Human Nutrition • 5 relative to learning objectives, progress and medicine, including types of radiation, half- Studies foods and nutrition in relation to evaluation. Process must be approved by the life and radioactive decay, interactions of health and disease, and the processes by Division Chair. Achievement level deter- radiation with matter, detection instruments, which nutrients function in the human body. mined by nature of project. Each class may production of radionuclides, statistics of Only one of the following courses which are be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. radiation counting and basic radiation cross-listed can be taken for credit - HOMEC Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. protection. Prerequisite: Acceptance into 130, BIOL 130 or NUTR 130. program or permission of instructor. HOMEC 256 Individual NMTEC 202 Child Development and Instrumentation • 2 Guidance • 3 Development An in-depth study of the nuclear medicine Studies the physical, social, and emotional gamma camera, covering basic electronics, development of the child from infancy to ID 080 collimators, digital cameras, on-line correction systems and necessary modifica- adolescence and the guidance necessary for Improving Reading Skills Lab - optimal development. tions needed to acquire tomographic studies. Level 1 • V1-2 Emphasis is placed on quality control and Allows a student to work in the Reading Lab troubleshooting camera problems. Prerequi- Image to improve reading skills. Skills are assessed site: Acceptance into program or permission so that each student works on an individually of instructor. prescribed program of study, under the IMAGE 270 supervision of the Reading Lab Director and NMTEC 203 CT Clinical Practicum I • 12 other lab staff. Grades will be a pass/fail. One Computers in Nuclear Clinical practicum is designed to provide hour of credit equals 20 hours of lab work. Medicine • 2 students with “hands-on” experience in the Deals with the use of computers in nuclear clinical setting. Students will perform medicine, emphasizing analysis of static, designated tasks associated with CT scanning dynamic and tomographic images. Prerequi- and procedures under direct and indirect site: Acceptance into program or permission supervision. Completion of this course will of instructor. enable the student to begin work at entry level position in a CT or MRI department.

77 Educational Development & Health Sciences

NMTEC 205 NMTEC 230 therapy. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Laboratory Exercises I • 1 Clinical Education I • 11 program or permission of instructor. Provides hands-on experiences related to Supervised instruction in all clinical aspects NMTEC 241 the major topics of NMTEC 201 and 210. of nuclear medicine technology, including Exercises include half-life determination, imaging, patient care, radiopharmacy, Radiation Biology • 1 radiation protection, dose calibrators, Geiger- camera quality control, and computer Focuses on the potential harmful effects of Muller meters, scintillation detectors, white analysis. Students are expected to advance radiation on humans. Topics include the blood cell labeling and body mechanics. in proficiency according to a pre-defined set basic chemistry of radiation interactions in Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or of objectives. Prerequisite: Acceptance into living cells, the effects of large amounts of permission of instructor. program. radiation exposure and the potential long term effects of accumulated radiation NMTEC 206 NMTEC 231 damage. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Laboratory Exercises II • 1 Clinical Education II • 11 program or permission of instructor. Offers exercises on all aspects of gamma Supervised instruction in all clinical aspects NMTEC 260 camera imaging, including collimators, of nuclear medicine technology, including uniformity, resolution, sensitivity and image imaging, patient care, radiopharmacy, Clinical Nuclear Medicine I • 1 enhancement, as well as dynamic and camera quality control and computer Presents nuclear medicine from the tomographic techniques. A session is devoted analysis. Students are expected to advance standpoint of the nuclear medicine physician, to the theory and practice of intravenous in proficiency according to a pre-defined set emphasizing the technical aspects and pitfalls injections. Prerequisite: Acceptance into of objectives. Prerequisite: Acceptance into of nuclear medicine procedures. NMTEC 260 program or permission of instructor. program. lectures are coordinated with NMTEC 200. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. NMTEC 207 NMTEC 232 Laboratory Exercises III • 1 Clinical Education III • 11 NMTEC 261 Provides hands-on experiences related to the Supervised instruction in all clinical aspects Clinical Nuclear major topics of NMTEC 211, including of nuclear medicine technology, including Medicine II • 1 calibration and precision analysis of pipettes, imaging, patient care, radiopharmacy, Presents nuclear medicine from the use of an analytical balance, solution camera quality control and computer standpoint of the nuclear medicine physician, preparation, Schilling test performance, analysis. Students are expected to advance emphasizing the diagnosis of disease and dilution assays, and several assays of blood in proficiency according to a pre-defined set ways in which the technologist can improve using radioimunoassay and immuno- of objectives. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the physician’s ability to make a correct radiometric techniques. Prerequisite: program. diagnosis. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Acceptance into program. program. NMTEC 233 NMTEC 210 Clinical Education IV • 13 NMTEC 275 Radiopharmacy • 1 Supervised instruction in all clinical aspects Board Preparation • 1 Studies all commonly used nuclear medicine of nuclear medicine technology, including Prepares the student for taking the NMTCB pharmaceuticals, their preparation, indica- imaging, patient care, radiopharmacy, exam by giving practice exams and providing tions for use, dosages and contraindications. camera quality control and computer assistance as the student reviews all aspects Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or analysis. Students are expected to advance of nuclear medicine technology. Emphasizes permission of instructor. in proficiency according to a pre-defined set the practical application of the basic science of objectives. Prerequisite: Acceptance into knowledge the student has gained through the NMTEC 211 program. program. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Non-Imaging Studies • 1 program or permission of instructor. Covers areas of nuclear medicine which NMTEC 240 do not involve imaging per se, including Radiation Safety • 1 laboratory skills, Schilling tests, blood Provides instruction in calculation of radiation Nursing volume determination and radioimunoassay. absorbed doses from nuclear medicine Prerequisite: Acceptance into program procedures, personnel monitoring, radiation NURS 100X or permission of instructor. safety principles, licensing of a nuclear medicine department, handling and disposal Nursing I: Fundamentals • 8 of radioactive materials and radionuclide Serves as the framework for nursing theory. Cognitive, psychomotor, assessment and communicative skills are developed to assist

78 Educational Development & Health Sciences

the student to meet the biophysiological, implements nursing theory. Prerequisite: nursing process in the provision of client- psychosocial needs of the client. Relevant NURS 101, ZOOL 114, PSYCH 100. centered care. Prerequisite: NURS 102, concepts in pharmacology and basic human BIOL 250, PSYCH 204. needs are discussed. Clinical experiences in NURS 210X extended care facilities are utilized. This Nursing IV: Pediatrics • 3 NURS 213X course consists of two components: 100X and Focuses on the normal growth and develop- Contemporary Nursing 100Z. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. ment of the child and the fundamental Issues • 4 NURS 100Z concepts underlying the care of hospitalized The final course in medical surgical nursing. children. Emphasis is placed on adaptation Students integrate nursing theory from all Nursing I: Lab • 4 and the maintenance of homeostasis for both previous courses while providing comprehen- Cognitive, psychomotor, assessment and the family and child. Prerequisite: NURS sive nursing care to a group of clients with communicative skills are developed to assist 102, BIOL 250, PSYCH 204. complex health problems. Elements of role the student to meet the biophysiological, transition from student to an RN are psychosocial needs of the client. Relevant NURS 210Z integrated. Acute care settings are utilized for concepts in pharmacology and basic human Nursing IV: Lab • 4 clinical experience. This course consists of needs are discussed. Clinical experiences in Clinical includes direct care of the hospital- two components: NURS 213X and 213Z. extended care facilities are utilized. This ized child plus observations of the develop- Prerequisite: Any two of the following: course consists of two components: 100X and mentally delayed child and the well child. NURS 210, 211 or 212. 100Z. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. Written work is part of the clinical experi- ence. Prerequisite: NURS 102, BIOL 250, NURS 213Z NURS 101X PSYCH 204. Nursing VII: Lab • 6 Nursing II: Medical/ Advanced medical-surgical nursing. Special Surgical I • 7 NURS 211X emphasis is on the health team, nursing The first of three medical-surgical courses Nursing V: Maternity • 3 organizations, legal aspects of nursing and focusing on acute and chronic health Focuses on the care of the childbearing professional licensing. Experience in dysfunctions in the adult client. Acute care family through the maternity cycle from agencies focuses on community nursing, long settings are utilized for clinical experience. conception to post partum and care of the term illness and perspectives in nursing care. This course consists of two components: newborn. Prerequisites: NURS 102, BIOL Prerequisite: Any two of the following: 101X and 101Z. Prerequisite: NURS 100, 250, PSYCH 204. NURS 210, 211 or 212. ZOOL 113. NURS 211Z NURS 214X NURS 101Z Nursing V: Lab • 4 Nursing VIII: Gerontological Nursing II: Lab • 5 Clinical experiences include community- Nursing • 3 Clinical laboratory. Prerequisite: NURS 100 based observation as well as in-hospital Is an introduction to the care of the older and ZOOL 113. experiences in labor and delivery and mother/ adult. The course includes the biological and baby care. Prerequisite: NURS 102, BIOL psychosocio-cultural aspects of aging with NURS 102X 250, PSYCH 204. emphasis on identification of deficits in basic Nursing III: Medical/ needs and how these deficits or problems Surgical II • 6 NURS 212X impact the client’s functional ability. The second of three medical-surgical courses Nursing VI: Psychiatric • 3 Prerequisite: Any two of the following: focusing on acute and chronic health Focuses on the nurse’s therapeutic role in NURS 210, 211, 212. dysfunctions associated with medical- maintaining and enhancing mental health, surgical nursing. Acute care settings are and in meeting the needs of clients with NURS 214Z utilized for clinical experience. The course challenged emotional and/or cognitive Nursing VIII: Gerontological consists of two components: NURS 102X abilities which impair their day-to-day Nursing • 2 and 102Z. Prerequisite: NURS 101, ZOOL functioning. Prerequisite: NURS 102, BIOL Clinical settings include community-based 114, PSYCH 100. 250, PSYCH 204. as well as long term care facilities. Prerequisite: Any two of the following NURS 102Z NURS 212Z NURS 210, 211, 212. Nursing III: Lab • 6 Nursing VI: Lab • 4 Clinical Laboratory. Planned experiences in Acute inpatient psychiatric facilities and health agencies which correlates with and various community-based mental health programs provide opportunities to utilize the

79 Educational Development & Health Sciences

PARED 135 PE 107** Nursing– Special Topics in Parent Basketball • 1 Continuing Education • V1-5 Presents fundamentals of ball handling, Studies selected topics or special seminars in passing, shooting, pivoting, dribbling; Nursing parent education. Prerequisite: Permission of practice in basic elements of offensive and instructor. defensive play; and rules. Education PE 108** The Continuing Nursing Education Program Physical Tennis • 1 is accredited by the American Nurses Presents fundamental techniques of the serve, Credentialing Center’s Commission on Education forehand drive, backhand drive, volley, grip Accreditation. All courses and workshops are and footwork; rules; and etiquette. recognized at the state and national levels. PE 101 PE 109** Offerings are designed to meet the needs of Introduction to Health, registered nurses, facilitating learning the Pickleball • 1 Physical Education & updates, expands and enriches the role of the Takes the beginner in pickleball through the nurse in health care. Courses are listed in the Recreation • 3 basic skills in both singles and double quarterly class schedule. Includes the various aspects of a professional pickleball and develops proficiency in play physical education career. Students are and strategy. expected to take this course their first quarter Parent or as soon as practical thereafter. History PE 110** and philosophies; personnel qualifications, Life Fitness Training • 2 training and preparation opportunities; Education Course will assist students to upgrade their organizations; and related fields are covered. Fall Win Spr present levels of functioning in aerobic PE 102** capacity, major muscle strength and Parent and Infant 011 021 031 endurance, flexibility, and body composition. Toddler 012 022 032 Aerobic Dance • 1 Each student will undergo testing prior to Child Study 013 023 033 Improves muscle tone, flexibility and participating in the training program. endurance. Relaxation techniques, isometric Child Study 014 024 034 exercises and exercises for figure control are PE 111** Child Study 015 025 035 included. The major portion of the course Life Fitness Training • 2 Creative Activity 016 026 036 consists of exercising to music. Course will assist students to upgrade their Parent Education is a community based PE 103** present levels of functioning in aerobic program dedicated to the understanding of capacity, major muscle strength and children of all ages. Parent and child learn Aerobic Exercise • 2 endurance, flexibility and body composition. together in the Parent Education Child Study Provides cardiovascular improvement, Each student will undergo testing prior to Laboratories. Students will learn methods changes metabolism and burns body fat. This participating in the training program. and techniques through observation, active fun exercise class is done to music the entire Prerequisite: PE 110. participation and classes. Programs are period. A low impact option of coed aerobic located throughout the Eastside, as well as on exercise is also available. This section PE 112** main and upper campus. Registration for fall promotes cardiovascular benefit; fat burning; Life Fitness Training • 2 classes begins in March of each year. Parents and toning without the stress of jumping. Course will assist students to upgrade their may enroll in any one of the programs: present levels of functioning in aerobic ■ Parent/Infant Classes PE 106** capacity, major muscle strength and Beginning Golf • 1 ■ Parent/Pre-Toddler Observation Classes endurance, flexibility and body composition. Designed to provide the basic knowledge Each student will undergo testing prior to ■ Parent/Toddler Observation Classes needed for beginning golfers to play the participating in the training program. ■ Cooperative Preschools game of golf. This includes but is not limited Prerequisite: PE 111. ■ Creative Development, Discovery, and to grip, stance, swing, driving, putting and Early Activities Laboratories approach shots, as well as the rules of golf PE 117** and golf etiquette. Jogging • 2 Provides cardiovascular improvement, burns body fat, and lifetime skills in aerobic

80 **PE activity courses which may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Educational Development & Health Sciences

fitness. Emphasis on stretching, safety, PE 125** PE 176 motivation and enjoying jogging. Done in a Skiing • 1 Principles and Techniques of supportive environment, mostly on soft Provides fundamentals and skills in skiing; Track and Field • 3 terrain. Offered for the beginning jogger, mastery of techniques and knowledge of walker through competitive runner. Designed to teach the techniques of all the skiing, emphasizing its recreational phase track and field events, and by active PE 118** with some instruction in competitive skiing; participation in the events, help the student Volleyball • 1 rules and ethics; equipment; cold weather gain proficiency and knowledge about track survival; and first aid. and field. Presents basic skills of serving, setting up and spiking the ball; strategy of play in front PE 137** PE 178 and back courts and at nets; and rules of Sports Conditioning • 2 Intermediate Volleyball • 1 rotation, scoring and playing the sport. Provided to condition athletes for varsity Challenges the better volleyball player by PE 119** sports. The class includes general condition- learning new and better techniques of Racquetball • 1 ing skills and techniques. serving, spiking, placement, and team play. There is tournament play with two- to six- Offers beginning course for those individuals PE 151** man teams. Prerequisite: PE 118. who wish to enter into a new world of Contemporary Dance I • 2 racquetball through basic instruction, taking Introduces technique work at the bar and PE 198 the novice from the beginnings of racquetball center floor. The purposes of the course are: Advanced Tennis • 1 to game situations. Emphasis is placed on to gain flexibility and strength and to extend acquiring basic skills, knowledge of rules, Instructs students in the advanced techniques movement vocabulary. Open to men and and developing the ability to enjoy game of tennis. Strategy for singles and doubles are women. May be taken for PE or DANCE situations. thoroughly examined, along with instruction credit. on the lob, drop shot, overhead and other PE 120** advanced elements of tennis. Prerequisite: PE 152** Permission of instructor. Karate • 1 Contemporary Dance II • 2 Emphasizes the philosophy, as well as the Continues Contemporary Dance I. Studies PE 209 skills and etiquette of karate. The class techniques to include longer and more Skills and Materials of stresses the development of self-reliance and challenging movement combinations. If self-confidence. Recreation Dance • 2 uncertain of ability, confer with Dance Allows practice of skills in folk, square and PE 121** Program Advisor. Course may be repeated social dance, and presents background, Intermediate Karate • 1 for a maximum of six credits. Open to men terminology and rhythmic analysis of dances. and women. May be taken for PE or Methods of teaching and presenting dances Offers intermediate skills and techniques of DANCE credit. are also included. Karate. Instruction and the practice in defensive and offensive methods used in self- PE 158** PE 221 defense is also provided. Prerequisite: PE Intermediate Tennis • 1 120 or instructor permission. Fundamentals of Fast Pitch Covers techniques beyond those of beginning Softball • 3 tennis. Serve and volley is stressed along PE 122** Designed to introduce coaching and playing with review of basic strokes. Strategy and techniques with an emphasis upon current Badminton • 1 basic principles of doubles play is also concepts, materials and skill development in Gives the fundamental techniques; grips, discussed. footwork, body balance, forehand and women’s fast pitch softball. backhand strokes, serves; rules; and PE 166 techniques of singles and doubles games. PE 223 Skills and Materials in Team Fundamentals of Baseball • 3 Sports • 2 PE 123** Applies general teaching, coaching and Archery • 1 Provides practical experience in baseball, playing techniques for baseball with basketball, field hockey, football, volleyball, emphasis upon current concepts, materials, Presents the fundamental techniques of softball, soccer and touch football. stringing and handling a bow; handling an and skills in this area. Practical experience in arrow and shooting; safety; and upkeep fundamentals of baseball and perfection of of equipment. these skills are also provided. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

**PE activity courses which may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. 81 Educational Development & Health Sciences

PE 224 PE 234 PE 266 Fundamentals of Basketball • 3 Techniques in Golf • 3 Skills & Materials: Individual Teaches modern techniques and methods of Designed for advanced golfers to review and and Dual Sports • 2 basketball training and conditioning. Course improve on the basics of golf to include grip, Provides practical experience in archery, designed primarily for those students swing, timing, approach shots, course bowling, badminton, golf, tennis, fencing, interested in developing fundamental skills strategy, special lies, putting and the mental track and field, wrestling and recreational for competitive basketball. approach to golf. games. PE 225 PE 240 PE 270 Fundamentals of Soccer • 3 Self Defense • 2 Principles of Athletic Applies general teaching, coaching and This course in self defense is designed to Training • 3 playing techniques for soccer with emphasis introduce self defense techniques and Offers experience in the area of athletic upon current concepts, materials and skills in applications that would be practical in a training for those entering the fields of this area. Practical experience in fundamen- variety of self defense situations. Along with physical education, recreation and coaching. tals of soccer and perfection of these skills the training and development of self defense Course content includes recognition of are also provided. applications, the class will be involved with athletic injuries, emergency care and theory and learning general awareness treatment, rehabilitation and experience in PE 227 concerning personal safety. treatment and prevention of injuries. Fundamentals of Tennis • 3 Prerequisite: HLTH 292 or permission of Familiarizes students with necessary skills PE 245 instructor. and knowledge to be a competitive partici- Fundamentals of Volleyball • 3 pant in the sport of tennis. Students learn Allows students to develop new and PE 271 behavior and movements to prepare them for advanced levels of movements and knowl- Athletic Injury Management • 3 on and off court action. Prerequisite: PE 198 edge involved in the sport of volleyball. Provides information and development of or permission of instructor. Students learn skills and acquire knowledge skills for follow-up after the initial recogni- which prepares them for competitive tion and treatment phase. Use of various PE 230 programs and coaching volleyball in physical modalities: ice packs, hydroculator packs, Techniques of Basketball • 3 education and recreational settings. whirlpools, etc. are discussed as they relate to Presents an advanced class in the theories Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. different injuries. Rehabilitation programs for and methods of modern basketball. Course regaining range of motion and strength; content covers such areas as philosophy, PE 264 functional tests to determine the athlete’s program organization, training and condition- Skills & Materials: Track/Field; readiness to return to action; use of protective ing, care and treatment of injuries, funda- Weight Training • 2 pads and advanced techniques of taping are mentals, offensive and defensive play, game Studies principles of training; development also discussed. Prerequisite: PE 270 or strategy and psychology. of performance for each track and field permission of instructor. event; selection of individuals for the various PE 231 events; coaching philosophy; practice PE 290 Techniques in Volleyball • 3 organization; conducting meetings and Sports Officiating • 3 Provides an advanced class in the theories of administrative problems. Principles and Includes rules, mechanics, and procedures for volleyball. Topics include philosophy, methods of weight training, as well as competitive sports; enforcement of rules, use physiology, psycho-social aspects of human development of weight training programs are of signals; personal appearance and conduct; movement involved in the sport. covered. public relation duties of officials; suggestions for coaches; code of ethics; and qualifica- PE 232 PE 265 tions for officials’ ratings. Techniques in Tennis • 3 Skills & Materials: Activities Teaches an advanced class in the theories of for the Elementary Child • 2 competitive tennis. Topics include philoso- Deals with progressive activity skills for phy, physiology, and psycho-social aspects games, relays, team activities; practical of human movement involved in the sport. instruction; and opportunity to analyze performance of children of various ages.

82 Educational Development & Health Sciences

be required. Prerequisite: Acceptance into RADON 199 Radiation program. Individual Study in Radiation Therapy RADON 113 Therapy Technology • V1-5 Clinical Education III • 5 Covers a variety of topics to acquaint the radiation therapy student with the role of RADON 100 The student receives approximately 16 hours radiation oncology in cancer management. Introduction to Radiation per week of supervised clinical instruction, Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. Therapy Technology • 2 progressing through a competency-based educational process. Evening or one Saturday This course is an orientation to the basic RADON 201 attendance may be required. Prerequisite: Radiation Therapy Physics • 3 concepts of radiation oncology including Acceptance into program. modes of treatment, clinical application and Topics include basic concepts of radiation basic radiation protection. Prerequisite: RADON 114 therapy physics, high energy treatment units, Acceptance into program. Clinical Education IV • 13 interaction of ionizing radiation with matter, measurement of radiation, brachytherapy RADON 101 Student receives 40 hours per week (for 11 techniques, radioactive decay, and radiation Clinical Applications • 2 weeks) of supervised clinical instruction protection. Prerequisite: Acceptance into progressing through a competency-based program. Studies the basic principles and techniques educational process. The student may be for calculation of monitor unit/minute assigned to a clinical education center settings to administer radiation therapy RADON 202 outside of the greater Seattle area. Prerequi- Clinical Dosimetry I • 3 treatments. Prerequisite: Acceptance into site: Acceptance into program. program. Topics include dose calculation methods RADON 120 (Percentage Depth Dose, Tissue Air Ratio, RADON 102 Nursing Procedures • 2 Tissue Maximum Ratio and Tissue Phantom Radiographic Physics • 2 Ratio), radiation therapy treatment equipment Explores general care of the patient with the Studies the components of x-ray circuit and basic treatment planning technique. emphasis on the role of the radiation therapist Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. tubes, x-ray equipment, design and in various nursing situations. Medical application, test equipment, image intensifi- terminology, medical ethics and patient cation and cineradiography. Prerequisite: RADON 203 lifting techniques are covered in this course. Clinical Dosimetry II • 3 Acceptance into program. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. Topics include calculation of monitor unit RADON 103 RADON 150 settings and treatment times, isodose Radiographic Techniques • 2 Pathology • 4 distributions, off-axis calculations and Studies the prime factors of radiographic special treatment planning techniques. Acquaints the student with certain changes Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. technique. Prerequisite: Acceptance into which occur in disease and injury; and their program. application to radiologic technology. Also RADON 211 RADON 111 covered are basic concepts of oncologic Clinical Education V • 8 pathology. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Clinical Education I • 5 program. The student receives approximately 24 hours Students receive an orientation to the hospital per week of supervised clinical instruction setting. The student also receives 16 hours RADON 194/195/196/197 progressing through a competency-based per week of supervised clinical instruction at Special Topics in Radiation educational process. Attendance is also one of the clinical education centers affiliated Therapy • V1-5 required two evenings per quarter. Prerequi- with BCC Radon Program. Evening or site: Acceptance into program. Course is designed to explore issues of Saturday attendance may be required. special interest to students and radiation Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. RADON 212 therapists. These courses can be used as Clinical Education VI • 8 continuing education classes for certified RADON 112 The student receives approximately 24 hours Radiation Therapy Therapists. Prerequisite: per week of supervised clinical instruction Clinical Education II • 5 Acceptance into program. The student receives 16 hours per week of progressing through a competency-based supervised clinical instruction, progressing education process. Attendance is also through a competency-based educational required two evenings per quarter. Prerequi- process. Evening or Saturday attendance may site: Acceptance into program.

83 Educational Development & Health Sciences

RADON 213 examination. Prerequisite: Acceptance Clinical Education VII • 8 into program. Radiologic The student receives approximately 24 hours RADON 225 Technology per week of supervised clinical instruction progressing through a competency-based Quality Assurance in Radiation educational process. Attendance is also Therapy • 1 RATEC 101 required two evenings per quarter. Prerequi- This course provides an introduction to the Introduction to Radiologic site: Acceptance into program. concepts of a quality assurance program in Technology • 1 radiation therapy and provides specific Covers medical ethics, types and operation of RADON 214 procedures for quality assurance testing. radiology departments in hospitals. Also Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. Clinical Education VIII • 13 included are basic radiation protection, Student receives 40 hours per week (for 11 RADON 230 chemistry of film processing, methods of weeks), of supervised clinical instruction processing and construction of film. progressing through a competency-based Psycho-Social Aspects of Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. educational process. The student may be Chronic Illness • 2 assigned to a clinical education center This course provides information on RATEC 102 outside the greater Seattle area. Prerequisite: psychosocial issues related to the care of Radiographic Physics • 5 Acceptance into program. patients with chronic illness. Lectures, role- Deals with components of x-ray circuits; playing and outside resources will be RADON 220 tubes; x-ray equipment, design and utilized. Prerequisite: Acceptance into application, troubleshooting and mainte- Radiation Oncology program. nance; test equipment, image intensification Technique I • 3 and cineradiography and advanced imaging An introduction to the principles of cancer RADON 240 procedures. Prerequisite: Acceptance into management. This course provides informa- Radiation Biology • 3 program or permission of instructor. tion on cancer epidemiology, etiology, Covers the various types of radiation, their detection, diagnosis, classification, treatment interaction with matter and the effects of RATEC 103 and management of treatment side effects. those interactions in human tissue. Also Principles of Radiographic Other topics include an introduction to the covers principles of radiation protection for Exposure • 3 principles of chemotherapy and an introduc- both occupational workers and the general Studies the prime factors of radiologic tion to the principles of hypothermia. public. Prerequisite: Acceptance into technique and other factors influencing Selected sites of cancer will be studied. program. radiographic technique. Two hours lecture Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. RADON 294/295/296/297 and two hours of lab each week are included. RADON 221 Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or Special Topics in Radiation permission of instructor. Radiation Oncology Therapy • V1-5 Technique II • 2 Course is designed to explore issues of RATEC 104 A continuation of RADON 220 covering special interest to students and radiation Advanced Radiographic additional sites of cancer. Prerequisite: therapists. These courses can be used as Procedures • 4 Acceptance into program. continuing education classes for certified Presents the theory and principles of the use Radiation Therapy Therapists. Prerequisite: of contrast media in radiologic examinations RADON 222 Acceptance into program. and special positioning. Prerequisite: Radiation Oncology RADON 299 Acceptance into program or permission of Technique III • 2 instructor. A continuation of RADON 221 covering Individual Study in Radiation additional sites of cancer. Prerequisite: Therapy Technique • V1-5 RATEC 105 Acceptance into program. Covers a variety of topics to acquaint the Introduction to Radiographic radiation therapist with the role of radiation Technique • 2 RADON 224 oncology in cancer management. Prerequi- Course introduces the concepts of electro- site: Acceptance into program. Concept Integration • 2 magnetic radiation from the aspect of Comprehensive review of all areas in developing a basic understanding of the preparation for sitting for the American production and control of x-radiation. Also Registry of Radiologic Technologist included is the understanding of creation of

84 Educational Development & Health Sciences

the radiographic image and the factors that RATEC 111 RATEC 127 contribute to the appearance of that image. Clinical Education II • 6 Introduction to Sectional Prerequisite: Acceptance into the program. Provides the second in a series of clinical Anatomy • 2 RATEC 107 education courses. The student is assigned 19 Expands the knowledge of anatomy through Positioning and Related hours per week at a clinical education center. the introduction of transverse and sagittal During this supervised experience, the orientation of anatomy. Normal anatomy of Anatomy I • 2 student observes and performs diagnostic the brain, chest, abdomen, pelvis, and neck Studies basic positioning principles and radiologic procedures. Prerequisite: and spine are presented. Prerequisite: terminology. Demonstration and lab Acceptance into program or permission of Acceptance into the program. experience in positioning and related instructor. anatomy of the chest, abdomen and upper RATEC 207 extremities plus film evaluation is included RATEC 112 Concept Integration • 2 with two hours lecture and two hours of lab Clinical Education III • 6 Comprehensively reviews all areas in each week. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Provides the third in the series of clinical preparation for taking American Registry of program or permission of instructor. education courses which demands 19 hours Radiologic Technologists exam. Prerequisite: RATEC 108 per week at a clinical education center. Acceptance into program or permission of Specific performance objectives are provided instructor. Positioning and Related for the student. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Anatomy II • 3 the program or permission of instructor. RATEC 210 Provides demonstration and laboratory Clinical Education V • 13 RATEC 113 experience in positioning and related Is the fifth in the series of clinical education anatomy of the spine, pelvis and lower Clinical Education IV • 6 courses which demands 40 hours per week extremities including film evaluation. Two Presents the fourth in the series of clinical for 11 weeks. Specific performance hours lecture and two hours lab each week. education courses which demands 19 hours objectives are provided for the student. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or per week at a clinical education center. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or permission of instructor. Specific performance objectives are provided permission of instructor. for the student. Prerequisite: Acceptance into RATEC 109 program or permission of instructor. RATEC 211 Positioning and Related Clinical Education VI • 8 RATEC 120 Anatomy III • 3 Teaches the sixth in the series of clinical Gives demonstration and laboratory Nursing Procedures • 2 education courses which demands 24 hours experience in positioning and related Includes basic nursing procedures to acquaint per week. Specific performance objectives anatomy of the skull, facial bones, sinuses the radiologic technology student with are provided for the student. Prerequisite: and mastoids including film evaluation with nursing procedures and techniques used in Acceptance into program or permission of two hours lecture and two hours laboratory general care of the patient with emphasis on instructor. each week. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the role of radiologic technologist in various program or permission of instructor. nursing situations. Seven hours of AIDS RATEC 212 education and bloodborne pathogen Clinical Education VII • 8 RATEC 110 information is incorporated in this course. Provides the seventh in the series of clinical Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or Clinical Education I • 3 education courses which demands 24 hours permission of instructor. During this experience the beginning student per week. Specific performance objectives of RATEC is assigned to one of the clinical RATEC 125 are provided for the student. Prerequisite: education centers affiliated with the BCC- Acceptance into program or permission of RATEC program for 2 weeks, 40 hours per Medical Terminology • 1 instructor. week. The student receives an orientation to Presents a systematic approach to medical hospital and department procedures, terminology by using a word building RATEC 213 participates in ancillary radiology activities process which utilizes word roots, combining Clinical Education VIII • 8 and observes and performs diagnostic vowels, prefixes and suffixes. Prerequisite: Is the eighth in the series of clinical education radiologic procedures. Prerequisite: Accep- Acceptance into program or permission of courses which demands 24 hours per week. tance into program or permission of instructor. instructor. Specific performance objectives are provided for the student. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program or permission of instructor.

85 Educational Development & Health Sciences

RATEC 220 and facilities; organizations providing Pathology I • 3 recreational services; field trips, visitations, visiting lecturers. Acquaints the student with certain changes which occur in disease and injury, and their RECED 244 application to radiologic technology. Systems covered include respiratory, skeletal, Camp Counseling • 3 gastrointestinal and urinary. Prerequisite: An introduction to organized camping in Acceptance into program or permission of America. Studies qualifications and instructor. responsibilities of the counselor; planning, organizing, and operation of camping RATEC 221 programs. Practice leadership skills in a class Pathology II • 2 laboratory and camp setting. A continuation of RATEC 220 designed to RECED 245 acquaint the student with the etiology, symptoms, prognosis and imaging of disease Recreational Use of Art processes of the cardiovascular, nervous, Crafts • 3 hemoparetic, endocrine and reproductive Covers various mediums of interest to age systems. Prerequisite: Acceptance into groups, hobby interests, cost of equipment program or permission of instructor. and materials. RATEC 230 RECED 254 Quality Assurance • 2 Practicum in Playground Presents the student with theory and practical Leadership • 5 experience to develop a proficiency for Methods and materials for leading play- operating a successful quality assurance ground activities. Techniques of program program in a diagnostic radiology department. planning, organization and operational The student should become aware of the methods. Class includes directed on-the-job importance of such a program with respect to experience. rising costs of health care, radiation exposure to patients, and improvement of the diagnostic RECED 274 quality of films. Prerequisite: Acceptance into Practicum in Social program or permission of instructor. Recreation • 2 RATEC 240 Introduction to methods and materials used Radiation Biology and for planning and conducting social activities. Directed on-the-job experience in recre- Protection • 3 ational activities with adults is included. Covers the various types of radiation, their interaction with matter and the effects of RECED 290 those interactions. Emphasis is placed on Adaptive Recreation • 3 protection to be afforded the patient and the An introduction to history and philosophy of technologist. Prerequisite: Acceptance into therapeutic recreation with a focus on the program or permission of instructor. setting and participant, and the design of a program for special populations. Includes visiting lecturers, field trips and on-the-job Recreation experience. Leadership

RECED 154 Recreational Resources • 5 Historical, philosophical basis; theories of play, economic importance; types of agencies

86 HumanHuman Development Development Reaching Your Potential

Human Development classes help students meet academic and personal goals. These classes also offer students the opportunity to learn to help Human other students as peer counselors. Development HD 120 is scheduled to enhance personal awareness HD 092 Learning Strategies for Student and interpersonal skills. Prerequisite: College Survival • 3 Success • V1-5 Interview and permission of instructor. Covers the basic study skills and strategies for Provides students with the opportunity to HD 166 learning that will enable students to handle adopt effective study techniques and learning Peer Counseling II • 5 college level course work. Includes time strategies, explore and utilize campus management, test taking, note taking and resources and develop the skills that support The second course of a two-quarter memory techniques. Recommended for college success. Recommend placement in sequenced training program (see HD 165) students with reading skills below ENGL 089. ENGL 089 or above. which provides higher level skills, more comprehensive information and specific HD 101 HD 140 training. A three to five hour per week Self-Esteem and Life Goals • 3 Cultural Pluralism • V1-5 internship placement either on or off campus is required in addition to regular class time. Includes theory and practice of positive self- Course is designed to explore race, gender One extended session (10 hours) is held for esteem through small-group discussion, and class differences in our social, economic personal growth and awareness. Prerequisite: structured exercises and readings. Emphasis and political structure. It examines the impact HD 165 and permission of instructor. on changing cognitive beliefs and learning that racism, classism and sexism have on our behavioral skills that build self-confidence. lives and our society. HD 173 HD 110 HD 157 Career Exploration • V1-5 Stress Management • V1-3 Assertive Addresses concepts and skills relating to: 1) self-assessment (interests, skills, values, Course is based on the assumption that Communication • V1-3 personality styles, etc.); 2) occupational and learning to manage stress has lifelong Course will help you to become more aware career information and research; 3) career benefits for people. Course helps students to of how you communicate and will present planning and decision-making; and 4) identify stress to be more aware of stress you with life long skills that will enable you relation of career to educational and training sources, and to understand the consequences to be more assertive in ways of your own options. Career testing, career computers and of stress in terms of thought processes, choosing. Assertiveness is behavior that the job library are used; includes group feelings and actions. A variety of methods enables a person to communicate directly and activities, guest speakers, informational for reducing unwanted stresses will be to get their needs met without denying the interviews, etc. discussed and practiced. rights of others. HD 185 HD 115 HD 165 Managing Career Understanding Addictive Peer Counseling I • 5 Change • V1-7 Behaviors • 3 Provides the first course in a two-quarter Variable credit course designed for Course presents a context for understanding training program designed to prepare Workforce Training students consisting of addictions of all kinds. Students will have the students for peer counseling positions both four modules: career exploration; job search; opportunity to explore the forms and roots of on and off campus. Students learn counsel- education/training orientation; study skills. addictive behavior. Students will also ing/advising skills, knowledge of campus and The purpose of the course is to assist career examine a unifying addictions model and community services and programs, referral transition. Prerequisite: Permission of determine the implications that this model skills and educational/career guidance instructor. has for recovery. information. One extended session (10 hours)

87 Human Development

HD 190 Staying on Track • V1-5 Course designed for students of color and students from nontraditional backgrounds. Course will help students succeed in college by developing the skills necessary for them to reach their educational objectives and to enhance their personal and cultural identity. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. HD 194/195/196/197 Special Topics in Human Development • V1-10 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes for college credit, and television courses. See quarterly schedule for details. HD 199 Individual Studies in Human Development • V1-5 Covers directed readings, special projects, and independent study by an individual student. See current quarterly schedule for details. May be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

88 Science Science A Discovery in Life’s Elements

The Science Division offers a variety of first and second year courses in engineering, life sciences, mathematics and physical sciences (including Astronomy developmental mathematics). These courses are used extensively as program requirements across campus, as distribution credit in the natural ASTR 101 sciences and as prerequisites or requisites for a wide variety of majors. Introduction to Astronomy • 5 Students should check courses for prerequisites, transferability, sequence Offers a general non-math survey of astronomy including the moon, planets, solar starts and other pertinent data prior to registration. system, stars, galaxies and cosmology. Classes will meet in the planetarium. ASTR 199 living organisms, with the human example. Individual Studies in Basic Science Emphasis is on biological applications in today’s society. Laboratory included. Astronomy • V1-5 BASCI 098 Deals with individual projects related to BIOL 101 Basic Science Skills • 5 planetarium/astronomy topics. Prerequisite: General Biology • 5 Permission of instructor. Developmental course designed to prepare Introduces major concepts of cell biology as students for success in introductory college they relate to structural and functional analysis ASTR 201 science courses. Content includes a cross of biological organization. Includes survey of section of material relating to biology, Observational Astronomy • 5 cell physiology, cell chemistry, cell structure, chemistry and physics, with the emphasis on Presents a follow-up course to ASTR 101, cell reproduction, molecular biology, genetics problem solving, terminology and study skills. emphasizing observation and instrumental and evolution. Intended as an introduction to techniques in the study of astronomy. BASCI 106 BIOL 102 and a prerequisite to professional Attention is given to the scientific and programs. This course includes a laboratory. experimental process involved in the Problem Solving Structure and Prerequisite: Strongly recommended CHEM investigation of celestial objects. The course Methods • 5 100 or CHEM 101 or BASCI 098; or one year may include the use of the college telescope Course focuses on good habits and methods of high school chemistry. and night observation. A good understanding for solving problems in science courses. A of basic mathematics is recommended. hands on introduction to optics, electricity and BIOL 102 Prerequisite: ASTR 101. motion will provide the context for learning General Biology • 5 problem solving methods. Example problems ASTR 299 Surveys systems and processes of living will be drawn from these topics and from organisms. The diversity of organisms which Individual Studies in other real life situations. Same as PHYS 106. inhabit the world is studied. This course Astronomy • V1-5 Either BASCI 106 or PHYS 106 may be taken includes a laboratory. BIOL 101 and BIOL for credit — not both. Prerequisite: MATH Deals with individual projects related to 102 complete the general introduction to 092, 095 or 099 or permission of instructor. planetarium/astronomy topics. Prerequisite: biology for the non-major. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. BIOL 101 or permission of instructor. Biology BIOL 130 Nutrition and the Human BIOL 100 Body • 5 Introductory Biology • 5 Studies human nutrition and health. Course An introduction to biology for the non- includes digestion and absorption of science student, emphasizing fundamental nutrients, carbohydrates, fat, protein, vitamin life processes and concepts common to all and mineral requirements. Food additives,

89 Science

food fads and diet are also discussed. World aspects of modern microbiological research. includes lecture/discussion and laboratory. hunger is addressed. Only one of the This course includes laboratory. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: MATH 085, 090 or 091. following courses which are cross-listed can BIOL 101 or permission of instructor. be taken for credit - BIOL 130, NUTR 130 or CHEM 102 HOMEC 130. Prerequisite: BIOL 101 Introduction to Organic strongly recommended. Botany Chemistry • 5 BIOL 199 Presents organic and biochemistry. Emphasis Special Problems • V1-5 BOTAN 110 is on functional groups and reaction Introductory Plant Biology • 5 synthesis. This course includes lecture/ Offers students the opportunity to investigate discussion and laboratory. Prerequisite: special biological phenomena and taxa. Basic concepts in plant biology for the non- CHEM 101 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. major, with emphasis on the attributes of living plants, unity and diversity, plant CHEM 103 BIOL 201 growth and reproduction. Current ideas on Introduction to agricultural, horticultural, medicinal uses, Introductory Biology for Biochemistry • 5 Majors • 5 biotechnology, ecology, conservation and environmental issues are discussed. Introduces the student to the structures and This is a course for science majors and pre- Laboratories include greenhouse and field functions of biochemical compounds. It professional students. The major topics studies. includes a study of biotechnology and uses covered are: cellular structure, metabolism some of these new techniques in laboratory and energetics, genetic regulation and BOTAN 113 work. Prerequisite: CHEM 101 and 102. development, diversity, vertebrate systems, Plant Identification and the nature and evolution of species, Classification • 5 CHEM 140 taxonomy and ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL General Inorganic and 101 and CHEM 140 or equivalent. Topics covered include nomenclature, classification, field study and laboratory Physical Chemistry • 5 BIOL 202 identification of the common plant families Sequential lecture/discussion courses Introductory Biology for with emphasis on the conspicuous flora of including laboratory for science and Majors • 5 Western and Central Washington. Laboratory engineering students. These courses includes several local area and two full-day quantitatively teach concepts including This is a course for science majors and pre- field trips to Central Washington. atomic structure, stoichiometry, solutions, professional students. The major topics gas laws, periodic law, bonding, molecular covered are: cellular structure, metabolism and orbital theory, colligative properties, energetics, genetic regulation and develop- Chemistry radioactivity, thermochemistry, equilibrium, ment, diversity, vertebrate systems, the nature acids, base, oxidation-reduction, electro- and evolution of species, taxonomy and chemistry, kinetics, simple organic chemistry ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 201. CHEM 100 and appropriate related topics. Prerequisite: Chemical Concepts • 5 MATH 099 or equivalent and 1 year of high BIOL 203 Relatively non-mathematical approach to school chemistry or CHEM 101. Introductory Biology for chemical principles of dimensional analysis, Majors • 5 atomic and molecular structure, the CHEM 150 This is a course for science majors and pre- difference between chemical and physical General Inorganic and professional students. The major topics change, equilibrium, acids and bases, the Physical Chemistry • 5 covered are: cellular structure, metabolism and periodic table. Some general topics will be Sequential lecture/discussion courses energetics, genetic regulation and develop- included such as the social and environmen- including laboratory for science and ment, diversity, vertebrate systems, the nature tal role of chemistry. engineering students. These courses and evolution of species, taxonomy and quantitatively teach concepts including ecology. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. CHEM 101 atomic structure, stoichiometry, solutions, Introduction to Chemistry • 5 gas laws, periodic law, bonding, molecular BIOL 250 Looks into simplified atomic and molecular orbital theory, colligative properties, Microbiology • 5 theory. Quantitative relationships in chemical radioactivity, thermochemistry, equilibrium, Explores the nature of bacterial cells, process, which require basic mathematical acids, base, oxidation-reduction, electro- bacterial process in nature, relationship of skills, are presented, as well as the chemistry chemistry, kinetics, simple organic chemistry microbes to humans and other living of solutions, gases, and solids. This course and appropriate related topics. Prerequisite: organisms; the nature of viruses and some CHEM 140 or equivalent.

90 Science

CHEM 160 Permission of instructor and two quarters of ENGR 170 General Inorganic and college chemistry. Fundamentals of Materials Physical Chemistry • 5 Science • 4 Sequential lecture/discussion courses Computer Explores elementary principles underlying including laboratory for science and the structure and properties of materials. The engineering students. These courses Science properties of inorganic and organic materials quantitatively teach concepts including are related to atomic, molecular and atomic structure, stoichiometry, solutions, See Business Division crystalline structure. Metals, ceramics, multi- gas laws, periodic law, bonding, molecular phase systems and natural and synthetic orbital theory, colligative properties, polymeric materials are included. Mechanical radioactivity, thermochemistry, equilibrium, stress, electromagnetic fields, irradiation and acids, base, oxidation-reduction, electro- Engineering thermal and chemical changes are also chemistry, kinetics, simple organic chemistry considered. Prerequisite: CHEM 150. and appropriate related topics. Prerequisite: ENGR 110 CHEM 150 or equivalent. Engineering Orientation • 2 ENGR 200 Computer-Aided Drafting I • 3 CHEM 199 Includes lectures, discussions, and reading assignments on the functions of engineering Uses a commercial CAD software package to Individual Studies in and the various fields of the profession. introduce the fundamentals of drawing with a Chemistry • V1-5 Offered on pass/fail basis only. CAD system. Students use drawing and Offers individualized projects dealing with editing commands to create and revise a chemistry-related problems. Course may be ENGR 111 variety of drawings. Includes description of repeated to a maximum of ten (10) credits. Engineering Problems • 3 CAD systems, advantages, applications and This course may include laboratory work. Introduces some engineering fundamental operational skills. Prerequisite: ENGR 123 or Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and principles, including dimensional analysis, permission of instructor. two quarters of college chemistry. theory of measurements, vector algebra and ENGR 201 engineering statistics. The course is designed CHEM 231 to develop the ability to analyze and solve Computer Aided Drafting II • 3 Organic Chemistry • 5 problems related to engineering. Prerequisite: Continuation of ENGR 200 with applications Is for students planning two or three quarters MATH 120 or permission of instructor. involving more complex CAD techniques. of organic chemistry. Structure, nomencla- Prerequisite: ENGR 200 or permission of ture, reactions, and synthesis of organic ENGR 123 instructor. compounds are studied. Laboratory is Engineering Graphics • 4 ENGR 210 included. Prerequisite: Complete chemistry Freehand sketching, lettering, scales, use of series of CHEM 140, 150, 160. instruments, drawing layout, orthographic Statics • 4 projection, pictorials, auxiliary views, section Principles of statics, vector algebra, force- CHEM 232 views, dimensioning, descriptive geometry, couple relationships, equilibrium analysis, Organic Chemistry • 5 thread and fastener specifications and structures, area properties, beams and Provides a continuation of CHEM 231. Labo- tolerances. Includes communication of friction. Vector algebra used throughout the ratory is included. Prerequisite: CHEM 231. technical information in engineering design course. Prerequisite: PHYS 121 or MATH and research, and an introduction to 126 or ENGR 111. CHEM 233 computer-aided drafting. A user fee of $5 for Organic Chemistry • 4 computer time will be charged. Prerequisite: ENGR 215 MATH 092 or 099. Offers a continuation of the lecture portion Electrical Circuits • 4 of CHEM 231 and 232. Topics include ENGR 125 Fundamental concepts of electrical science functional groups and biologically important are introduced. Resistors, sources, capacitors, compounds. Prerequisite: CHEM 232. Applied Descriptive inductors and operational amplifiers are Geometry • 3 presented as individual components and as CHEM 299 Treats the principles and techniques of circuit systems. Solution methods using Individual Studies in descriptive geometry and includes intersec- simultaneous algebraic equations and Chemistry • V1-5 tion and development revolution principles differential equations are applied. Prerequi- and graphical solution of engineering site: PHYS 122 and MATH 238. Offers individualized projects dealing with problems. Prerequisite: ENGR 123 or chemistry-related problems. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

91 Science

ENGR 220 and dynamics of natural communities and GEOL 199 Introduction to Mechanics of the identification of current environmental Individual Studies in Materials • 4 problems. This course provides a broad Geology • V1-5 picture of the basic processes changing Introduces the concepts of stress, deformatic natural environments and reviews some Covers directed readings, special projects, and strain in solid materials. Development of implication of ecosystem alterations and independent study by an individual basic relationships between loads on associated with human activities. Written student. See current quarterly schedule for structural and machine elements such as rods, projects are a significant part of this course. details. Course may be repeated for a shafts and beams, and the stresses, deflection maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: and load-carrying capacity of these elements ENVSC 207 Permission of instructor. under tension, compression, torsion, bending Field and Laboratory and shear forces. Prerequisite: ENGR 210. GEOL 208 Environmental Science • 5 Geology of the Northwest • 5 Course provides opportunities to practice ENGR 230 Is a course in geologic processes, using local current scientific methods of investigation Dynamics • 4 examples to enable full understanding of the and analysis of a variety of environmental Offers a general treatment of the dynamics evolution of present landscapes. The elements. Includes approximately equal of particles and rigid bodies using vector approach is historical in nature and begins components of field experiences and analysis. Kinematics, kinetics, momentum with the oldest rocks and mountain chains. laboratory exercises. and energy principles for particles and Prerequisite: GEOL 101 or GEOG 206 or rigid bodies are all considered, as well as ENVSC 250 permission of instructor. Euler’s Equations of Motion. Prerequisite: ENGR 210. Puget Sound Ecology • 5 GEOL 299 Explores the geological formation, present Individual Studies in ENGR 260 physical characteristics, major biological/ Geology • V1-5 Thermodynamics • 4 ecological components, and the prominent environmental issues of the Puget Sound. Covers directed readings, special projects, Introduction to the basic principles of Course includes lectures, labs, guest speakers and independent study by an individual thermodynamics, from a predominately and field trips. Prerequisite: ENVSC 204 student. See current quarterly schedule for macroscopic point of view. Development of strongly recommended. details. Course may be repeated for a the basic laws of thermodynamics together maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: with application to energy transformations ENVSC 299 Permission of instructor. and state changes in engineering problems. Prerequisite: Recommend CHEM 150 and Individual Studies in MATH 125. Environmental Science • V1-5 Mathematics Allows the student to take up individual ENGR 299 projects dealing with environment-related Math Lab Individual Studies in problems. Prerequisite: ENVSC 204 or The Math Lab Tutorial Center offers free Engineering • V1-5 current enrollment in ENVSC 204 and drop-in tutorial assistance to students permission of instructor. Covers directed readings, special projects, currently enrolled in courses offered by the and independent study by an individual BCC mathematics program. The Math Lab is student. Course may be repeated for a located in C204. See the Student Services maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Geology chapter for more information about lab Permission of instructor. services. GEOL 101 ID 270 Survey of Geology • 5 Tutorial Practicum • 3 Environmental Studies the physical processes which have Offers students the opportunity to work as been important throughout geological times, tutors in a lab setting with a variety of students Science both on and beneath the surface, in giving and topics. ID 270 tutors provide assistance to the earth its present form. The course students seeking help and, in doing so, includes field and laboratory study of ENVSC 204 reinforce their own skills in the subject matter. minerals and rocks. Ecology and the Biosphere • 5 Discussions/instruction of tutorial methods are Surveys the nature of ecosystems, including included. For more information contact the the processes of energy flow, matter cycling, Writing Lab Director or Math Lab Director. climate, weather patterns, the organization Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

92 Science

MATH 070 algebra courses. The arithmetic of signed MATH 105 Basic Math for the Math numbers, scientific notation, manipulation of Precalculus I • 5 linear equations are presented, along with an Avoiders • 5 Is a precalculus course with emphasis on emphasis on linear functions, linear graphs and functions. It includes polynomial Designed to build confidence and skills in modeling, and basic algebra in the context of functions, graphs, the theory of equations, arithmetic and pre-algebra. Discussion of the other disciplines. various symptoms related to math anxiety rational functions, exponential functions, and avoidance, as well as suggestions for MATH 092 inverse functions and logarithmic functions. overcoming math anxiety, are incorporated Combined Algebra II • 5 Credit cannot be obtained for both MATH into the course. Topics include operations 105 and MATH 156. Prerequisite: Placement with whole numbers, fractions, decimals and Covers the non-linear topics generally by assessment, or MATH 092, 099 or 101 percentages as well as geometry and pre- contained in the usual elementary and with a “B-” or better. algebra. This course is graded pass/fail. intermediate algebra courses. The properties of basic polynomials, quadratics, rational and MATH 107 MATH 075 radical functions are presented. Exponential Mathematical Models and Improving Basic Math and logarithmic equations and functions are Applications • 5 dealt with, in the context of other disciplines. Skills • 5 Prerequisite: MATH 091 with a “C” or better. Some applications of contemporary Provides opportunity to improve math skills mathematics for liberal arts students: through an individualized program. Topics MATH 095 networks, scheduling, data analysis, voting may include arithmetic, pre-algebra, and/or Intermediate Algebra for methods. Additional topics will be selected beginning algebra. Course uses self/group Liberal Arts • 5 from linear programming, game theory, study format. Instructor provides guidance, growth and decay and fair division problems. assistance and testing. May be repeated for Offered as an alternative to the traditional Readings of a cultural/historical nature up to 10 credits. Not intended as a substitute one-quarter MATH 099, Intermediate supplement problem solving. Prerequisite: for MATH 092, 095, 099. Algebra, course. Designed specifically for Placement by assessment, or MATH 092 or the liberal arts major. Primarily a lecture 095 or 099 or 101 with a “C” or better. MATH 080 course incorporating group work with an Elementary Algebra I • 5 emphasis on applications. Not intended for MATH 120 business majors who will need MATH 156, Precalculus II • 5 First of a two-quarter sequence of basic or other majors that require MATH 105. Functions as intensive preparation for the algebra using a lecture/workshop format. Prerequisite: Placement by assessment, or MATH 124, 125, 126 sequence. It includes Workshops provide self/group study and indi- MATH 085 or 090 with a “B-” or better. vidual assistance. Intended for students with functional trigonometry; polar coordinates; little or no algebra. Includes linear equations, MATH 096 translation and rotation of axes, as well as exponents, polynomials, applications. Student Using Graphing Calculators • 2 plane analytic geometry; lines and planes in must also complete the second quarter MATH space; quadric surfaces and non-linear 085 to complete the equivalent of MATH 091. A course designed to teach students how to systems. Prerequisite: MATH 105 or “B” Prerequisite: Basic arithmetic skills. use their graphing calculators. No particular average in 3.5 years of high school math. math prerequisites will be needed for the MATH 085 examples we will use. The focus will be on MATH 124 Elementary Algebra II • 5 the calculator itself. Note: Requires TI Calculus I • 5 graphing calculator. Second of a two-quarter sequence of basic Introduces the ideas of limits, derivatives algebra using a lecture/workshop format. MATH 099 and integrals. It includes techniques and Topics include quadratic equations, rational Intermediate Algebra • 5 applications of derivatives of algebraic and expressions, lines and graphs, systems of transcendental functions, and it begins the equations, and radicals. Student must Extends development of the axiomatic concept of an antiderivative. Prerequisite: complete both MATH 080 (or equivalent) approach through a course which includes a MATH 120 or “B” average in 4 years of high and MATH 085 to complete the equivalent of study of mathematical systems, solution of school mathematics. MATH 091. Prerequisite: MATH 080 or equations, inequalities, functions, exponents permission of instructor. and logarithms, and coordinate systems. It is MATH 125 similar to second-year algebra in high school. Calculus II • 5 Prerequisite: Placement by assessment, or MATH 091 Continues the study of integration and MATH 085 or 090 with a “B-” or better. Combined Algebra I • 5 emphasizes applications and special tech- Covers the linear topics generally contained niques of integration. Transcendental func- in the usual elementary and intermediate tions are included. Prerequisite: MATH 124.

93 Science

MATH 126 have completed MATH 126, 205 and/or 238. Calculus III • 5 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Meteorology Emphasizes the study of infinite sequences MATH 208 and series including power series. It includes METR 101 plane analytic geometry, graphing in polar Introduction to Linear Introduction to the Weather • 5 Algebra • 5 coordinates, and an introduction to vectors. A quest into the workings of the weather. Prerequisite: MATH 125. Introduces the vocabulary, algebra and Course discusses properties and processes of geometry of vector spaces in “R” and the atmosphere. The whys of air pollution, MATH 156 function spaces. Matrix methods and vectors precipitation and severe storms; weather College Algebra for Business are used to study systems of linear equations, analyses and forecasting; field trips; and and Social Science • 5 linear transformations and some applications. guest lecturers may be included. Elementary theory of eigenvalues is Course required for all students who take presented. Prerequisite: MATH 126 or MATH 157. Includes graphs; non-trigono- permission of instructor. metric elementary functions; systems of Nutrition equations and inequalities; and probability. MATH 227 Emphasis is on applications to business and NUTR 130 social science. Credit cannot be obtained for Several Variable Calculus • 5 both MATH 105 and MATH 156. Prerequi- Extends the concepts of calculus to vector- Nutrition and the Human site: Placement by assessment, or MATH valued functions and functions of several Body • 5 092, 099 or 101 with a “B-” or better. variables. Partial derivatives are included. Studies human nutrition and health. Course Prerequisite: MATH 125. includes digestion and absorption of MATH 157 nutrients, carbohydrates, fat, protein, vitamin Elements of Calculus • 5 MATH 238 and mineral requirements. Food additives, Course intended for students who wish only Differential Equations • 5 food fads and diet are also discussed. World a brief course in calculus, particularly those Tools from algebra and calculus are used to hunger is addressed. Only one of the who desire business and social science obtain explicit solutions to first order and following courses which are cross-listed can applications. Surveys differential and integral second order linear differential equations. be taken for credit - BIOL 130, NUTR 130 or calculus. No more than five credits from Substantial attention is paid to applications of HOMEC 130. Prerequisite: Recommend MATH 124 and MATH 157 may be counted differential equations in modeling physical BIOL 101, but not required toward any degree. Prerequisite: MATH 156 situations. Power series methods and or permission of instructor. numerical techniques are introduced in cases where explicit solutions are unavailable. Oceanography MATH 171 Topics such as Laplace Transforms and Introduction to Statistical systems of differential equations are treated OCEAN 101 Analysis • 5 as time permits. Prerequisite: MATH 126 or permission of instructor. Survey of Oceanography • 5 Explores the application of statistical data An introduction to plate tectonics, physical and methods to business and economical MATH 299 and chemical oceanography, marine biology problems, with emphasis being placed on Individual Studies in and environmental issues. Course includes descriptive measures, statistical inference lab and/or field studies. (probability, sampling, quality control), Mathematics • V1-5 and forecasting (correlation). Prerequisite: Involves mathematical reading and/or MATH 156 or equivalent or permission problem solving projects. Topics and format Physics of instructor. to be arranged with a math instructor. Course may be repeated for a maximum of 15 MATH 199 credits. Primarily intended for students who PHYS 101 Individual Studies in have completed MATH 126, 205 and/or 238. Energy From Source to Mathematics • V1-5 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Consumption • 2 Involves mathematical reading and/or Outlines the sources of today’s available problem solving projects. Topics and format energy and how that energy is used (and to be arranged with a math instructor. Course misused) throughout the world. Also, may be repeated for a maximum of 15 described are the sources of energy that are credits. Primarily intended for students who now considered to be “alternative” such as solar, wind, tides and nuclear fusion.

94 Science

PHYS 106 and skills of experimental analysis (modeling, PHYS 299 Basic Concepts in Physics • 5 errors, graphical analysis, etc.) and to prepare Individual Studies in students for future research problems. Topics Basic concepts in physics designed for Physics • V1-5 include mechanics, motion, Newton’s laws, students with no previous background in work, energy, momentum, rotation and Covers directed readings, special projects, physics but wish to take PHYSICS 114 or gravity. Course includes a lab. Prerequisite: and independent study by an individual 121. This class will involve discovery of High school physics or equivalent and MATH student. See current quarterly schedule for physical concepts through hands-on work. 124 or permission of instructor. details. Course may be repeated for a The topics to be covered include geometric maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: optics, electricity and motion. Prerequisite: PHYS 122 Permission of instructor. MATH 092, 095 or 099. General Engineering PHYS 114 Physics • 5 Zoology General Physics • 5 Provides the necessary fundamentals for science and engineering majors. Emphasis on Provides the fundamental concepts of physics application of elementary classical physics to ZOOL 113 needed for allied health, building construc- real and practical problems. Laboratory tion, biology, forestry, architecture and other Anatomy and Physiology • 5 serves to acquaint students with the basic programs. Topics include units, kinematics, Studies the structure and function of tissues, methods and skills of experimental analysis vectors, dynamics, work and energy, organs and systems of the human body. (modeling, errors, graphical analysis, etc.) momentum, rotational motion and harmonic Both ZOOL 113 and 114 are needed for a and to prepare the student for future research motion. Includes a laboratory, and a lab fee complete study of the anatomy and problems. Topics include electricity and may be required. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or physiology of all human systems. This course magnetism, electrostatics, current electricity equivalent. Prior completion of PHYS 106 is includes a lab. Prerequisite: BIOL 101 and circuits, magnetism induction, generation of recommended for students who have no CHEM 101 or permission of instructor. electricity, electromagnetic oscillations, previous background in physics. alternating currents and Maxwell’s equations ZOOL 114 PHYS 115 are discussed. Prerequisite: PHYS 121 and MATH 125 or permission of instructor. Anatomy and Physiology • 5 General Physics • 5 Continues the study of tissues, organs, and Provides the fundamental concepts of physics PHYS 123 systems of the human body. Both ZOOL 113 needed for allied health, building construc- General Engineering and 114 are needed for a complete study of tion, biology, forestry, architecture and other Physics • 5 the anatomy and physiology of all human programs. Topics include heat, temperature, systems. Course includes a lab. Prerequisite: thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism. Provides the necessary fundamentals for ZOOL 113. Includes a laboratory. Prerequisite: science and engineering majors. Emphasis on PHYS 114. application of elementary classical physics to ZOOL 299 real and practical problems. Laboratory Special Projects in serves to acquaint students with the basic PHYS 116 Zoology • V1-5 General Physics • 5 methods and skills of experimental analysis (modeling, errors, graphical analysis, etc.) Covers directed readings, special projects, Provides the fundamental concepts of physics and to prepare students for future research and independent study by an individual needed for allied health, building construc- problems. Topics include waves and optics, student. See current quarterly schedule for tion, biology, forestry, architecture and other simple harmonic motion, waves, sound, light, details. Course may be repeated for a programs. Topics include wave motions, optical instruments, interference, and maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: sound, light, geometric and physical optics, diffraction polarization. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. relativity and modern physics. Includes a PHYS 122. laboratory. Prerequisite: PHYS 115. PHYS 199 PHYS 121 Individual Studies in General Engineering Physics • V1-5 Physics • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects, Provides the necessary fundamentals for and independent study by an individual science and engineering majors. Emphasis on student. See current quarterly schedule for application of elementary classical physics to details. Course may be repeated for a real and practical problems. Laboratory serves maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: to acquaint students with the basic methods Permission of instructor.

95 Social ScienceSocial Science The Human Experience

The Division of Social Sciences and Telecommunications offers a variety of first and second year courses in the areas of academic transfer and occupational programs. Administration Departments in the academic transfer area include Anthropology, Eco- of Criminal nomics, Geography, History, International Studies, Political Science, Justice Psychology and Sociology. The division also offers two occupational programs, one leading to an A.A. degree in Administration of Criminal ADMCJ 101 Survey of Law Enforcement & Justice and the second leading to an A.A. in Media Communication and Administration • 5 Technology. The Media Communication and Technology department Surveys the criminal justice process from also offers a number of one-year certificate programs including Advanced arrest through release including the relationship with and responsibilities of the Video Production, Computer Graphics and Animation for Multimedia, police, prosecutor, courts, prisons, probation Multimedia Authoring, New Media: Studies in the Emerging Technologies, and parole systems. Video-Computer Interface, Video Production and Web Authoring. ADMCJ 102 Survey of Police Organization While most courses offered within the academic transfer departments are & Administration • 5 Presents the structure of organization, staff used to fulfill degree requirements and distribution credits in the social and line concepts, and chain of command in a sciences, some fulfill requirements in the natural sciences and humanities. hierarchy with its advantages and limitations. Surveys the model organizational charts for These courses are also used as prerequisites or course requirements for agencies of varying sizes. various programs and departmental majors across campus. Students should ADMCJ 104 check courses for prerequisites, transferability, sequencing and other perti- Introduction to Criminal nent data prior to registration. Law • 5 Surveys the basic theories and concepts of The Telecommunications Program plans, designs, produces, delivers, law pertaining to the criminal justice system. Emphasizes reviewing the Revised Code of promotes and evaluates electronic media communications material that Washington and specific state and federal enhances the lives of students, faculty, staff and community members. The constitutional amendments. departments of the Telecommunications program include the Distance ADMCJ 111 Principles of Criminal Education Department, the college’s Channel 28 Television Services Interrogation • 5 Department, Media Communication and Technology Department and Reviews principles and techniques of Media Maintenance Department. interviewing victims, witnesses and suspects in a crime related situation and the detection of deception. Covers application of certain Amendments of the Constitution as they apply to individuals charged with a criminal offense.

96 Social Science

ADMCJ 194/195/196/197 seizures, right against self-incrimination and ADMCJ 294/295/296/297 Special Topics in the Criminal post indictment right to counsel. Special Topics in the Criminal Justice System • V1-10 ADMCJ 206 Justice System • V1-10 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Community-Oriented Covers unusual courses, self-support classes for which college credit is offered. See Policing • 5 for college credit, and television courses. See current quarterly schedule for details. current quarterly schedule for details. Presents an in-depth analysis of the Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ADMCJ 198 philosophy and strategies essential to Seminar in Criminal Community-Oriented Policing. Special ADMCJ 298 Justice • V1-10 emphasis is given to the dynamics of the Seminar in Criminal interaction between the police and their Justice • V1-10 Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which constituents and the impact of the police college credit is offered. See current role upon American society. Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which quarterly schedule for details. college credit is offered. See current ADMCJ 220 quarterly schedule for details. ADMCJ 199 Principles of Forensic ADMCJ 299 Individual Studies in Criminal Examination • 5 Justice System • V1-10 Individual Studies in Criminal Emphasizes the knowledge critical to aiding Justice System • V1-10 Covers directed readings, special projects successful completion of an investigator’s and independent study. See current quarterly duties during the course of an investigation Covers directed readings, special projects, schedule for details. Course may be repeated and reconstruction of a crime. and independent study by an individual for a maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: student. See current quarterly schedule for Permission of instructor. ADMCJ 253 details. May be repeated for a maximum of Principles of Drug and Alcohol 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of ADMCJ 200 instructor. Enforcement • 5 Criminal Evidence & Procedures-Police Officer • 5 Studies the unique demands that alcohol and drug offenses place on the criminal justice Anthropology Surveys the patterns and processes relative to system. Covers how the investigation, the collection of both real and circumstantial information management, and prosecution of evidence in a criminal case, and an in-depth alcohol and drug crimes differ from that of ANTH 100 survey of the legal processes from investiga- other criminal offenses in both process and Introduction to tion through the trial process. procedure. Anthropology • 5 ADMCJ 202 ADMCJ 260 Studies human social and cultural relations, Principles of Criminal the cultures and peoples of the past, and Applied Ethics in Criminal language. This course is a general overview Investigation • 5 Justice • 5 of anthropology and deals with all parts of Presents fundamental investigative tech- Presents an in-depth analysis of the the field without emphasizing some parts and niques used within the criminal justice theoretical and applied association between de-emphasizing others. system including the discovery, preservation, morality and the function of the criminal and presentation of evidence, methods of justice process. Special attention is given to ANTH 180 obtaining information, development of the unavoidable ethical and legal dilemmas Anthropology of American informational sources and a brief survey of regularly confronted by police. Life • 5 criminal laboratory functions. ADMCJ 271 Examines the nature of American culture ADMCJ 204 Introduction to Criminology • 5 from the standpoint of the social. The Criminal Procedure • 5 historical origins of cultural and political Surveys legal definitions, types of criminal values, the effects of economic changes and Study the evolution of the Fourth, Fifth, behavior, trends and patterns, recidivism, the impact of mass culture on American Sixth and Fourteenth Amendments of the characteristics of offenders, environmental consciousness are among the issues U.S. Constitution and their impact on influences, diagnostic methods, prediction, considered. Same as AMST 180. Either contemporary police practices. Emphasis will theories of crime and delinquency prevention ANTH 180 or AMST 180 may be taken for be placed on analysis of Supreme Court and social policy. credit – not both. decisions which pertain to arrests, searches,

97 Social Science

ANTH 194/195/196/197 ANTH 203 details. May be repeated for a maximum of Special Topics in Comparative Religion • 5 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Anthropology • V1-10 Introduces the world’s religions. The history Covers unusual courses, self-support classes of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, for college credit, and television courses. See and Buddhism is presented in cultural current quarterly schedule for details. context. The relationship between these Economics major traditions and actual “folk” belief and ANTH 198 practices as shown through ethnographic ECON 100 Seminar in examples. Same as INTST 203. Either Introduction to Basic Anthropology • V1-10 ANTH 203 or INTST 203 may be taken for credit -– not both. Economic Principles • 5 Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which Introduces students to economic thinking and college credit is offered. See current ANTH 205 provides tools enabling them to understand quarterly schedule for details. Principles of Archeology • 5 and/or evaluate the complex economic problems encountered in modern society. Surveys archeology and how it reconstructs ANTH 199 Business and Economic majors who plan to the cultures of the past; the development of Individual Studies in transfer to a four-year institution should human cultures from the earliest cultures to generally take ECON 200/201 rather than Anthropology • V1-10 civilization. ECON 100. Covers directed readings, special projects, and independent study by an individual ANTH 210 ECON 194/195/196/197 student. See current quarterly schedule for Indians of North America • 5 details. May be repeated for a maximum of Special Topics in Analyzes the Indian groups of the North 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of Economics • V1-10 American Continent, including Indians of the instructor. Eastern Woodland, Great Plains, Southwest, Covers unusual courses, self-support classes for college credit and television courses. See ANTH 200 California, Great Basin, Northwest Coast, Sub-arctic and Arctic. The course studies current quarterly schedule for details. Introduction to Linguistics • 5 their cultures before they were significantly ECON 198 Begins the scientific study of language, influenced by non-Indians: i.e., their semantics and communication, relationship language, clothing and housing, religion, Seminar in Economics • V1-10 of linguistics to human behavior and the social structure, tools and technology, and Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which mechanism of understanding and misunder- economy. college credit is offered. See current standing as related to the problem of quarterly schedule for details. communication. Note: Transfers as ANTH 294/295/296/297 humanities credit only. Special Topics in ECON 199 Anthropology • V1-10 Individual Studies in ANTH 201 Economics • V1-10 Physical Anthropology • 5 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes for college credit, and television courses. See Covers directed readings, special projects, Introduces the anthropological approach to current quarterly schedule for details. and independent study by an individual human biology. Course presents the basic student. See current quarterly schedule for principles of genetics, the nature of primates, ANTH 298 details. May be repeated for a maximum of the fossil evidences for human evolution, and Seminar in 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of the study of the variation of living popula- instructor. tions. Note: Transfers as natural science Anthropology • V1-10 credit only. Will include seminars, workshops, etc. for ECON 200 which college credit is offered. See current Introduction to Economics: ANTH 202 quarterly schedule for details. Macroeconomics • 5 Cultural Anthropology • 5 ANTH 299 Investigates current macroeconomic Introduces the theoretical principles involved problems: inflation, unemployment, in the comparative study of human cultures. Individual Studies in stagnation and international issues. Covers Ethnographic studies are used to illustrate Anthropology • V1-10 major theories of business cycles and both the unity and diversity of the ways of Covers directed readings, special projects, examines economic policies aimed at humanity around the world. and independent study by an individual controlling inflation and unemployment in an student. See current quarterly schedule for industrialized capitalist nation. It may also

98 Social Science

cover the development policies of underde- GEOG 199 veloped countries. Note: Recommend thirty Geography Individual Studies in (30) prior college credits. Geography • V1-10 GEOG 100 ECON 201 Covers directed readings, special projects, Introduction to Geography • 5 Introduction to Economics: and independent study by an individual Microeconomics • 5 Surveys the concepts and methods of student. See current quarterly schedule for geography by examining humankind’s details. Course may be repeated for a Investigates pricing and production decisions influence on the environment, as well as the maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: of firms, economic forces determining environment’s impact on humankind. Focus Permission of instructor. wages, the structure of labor markets, and will be on patterns and processes of world distribution of income. Evaluates the means climates, culture, population, urbanization, GEOG 200 and efficacy of government intervention in economic activities and resources. Cultural Geography • 5 markets. Applies economic reasoning to such Is a spatial analysis investigating the topics as environmental degradation, welfare GEOG 102 relationships of human settlement patterns policy, tax systems, poverty and discrimina- World Regional Geography • 5 and the physical environment. Special tion. Note: Recommend thirty (30) prior attention is given to cultural processes and college credits. Studies world geographical relationships which includes the analysis and interpretation dynamic change. of the distribution of demographic, eco- ECON 260 GEOG 205 Economic Development of the nomic, political, social, and resource patterns of the contemporary world; the processes Weather, Climate, Vegetation, United States • 5 responsible for these distributions; and the Soils • 5 Analyzes the industrialization and transfor- varying interrelationships from place to place Surveys the patterns and processes of the mation of the U.S. economy from the of these geographical patterns. physical environment and its relationship to colonial period to the present. Major humankind. This course will specifically emphasis will be on rapid transformation GEOG 105 focus on the dynamic aspects of weather, after the Civil War, the Great Depression of Geography of World Affairs • 5 climates, vegetation and soils. Attention will the 1930’s, and the contributions of the social Is a geographical survey investigating the be given to the human significance of attitude toward immigrant and native groups. interrelationships of selected economic, different natural, as well as human-altered, SAME AS AMST 260. Recommend thirty demographic, social, political, cultural, and environments. Note: Transfers as natural (30) prior college credits. environmental problems confronting the science credit only. ECON 294/295/296/297 contemporary world. Emphasis will be placed on patterns, processes, and potential GEOG 206 Special Topics in solutions. Same course as INTST 105. Either Landforms and Landform Economics • V1-10 GEOG 105 or INTST 105 may be taken for Processes • 5 college credit – not both. Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Surveys the pattern and processes of the for college credit and television courses. See GEOG 194/195/196/197 physical environment and its relationship to current quarterly schedule for details. humankind. This course will specifically Special Topics in focus on the dynamic aspects of landforms ECON 298 Geography • V1-10 and landform processes. Attention will be Seminar in Economics • V1-10 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes given to the human significance of different Will include seminars, workshops, etc. for for college credit, and television courses. See natural, as well as human-altered, landforms. which college credit is offered. See current current quarterly schedule for details. Transfers as laboratory science. quarterly schedule for details. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. GEOG 207 ECON 299 GEOG 198 Economic Geography • 5 Individual Studies in Seminar in Geography • V1-10 Is an introductory geographical inquiry that Economics • V1-10 Include seminars, workshops, etc. for which investigates the distribution of economic Covers directed readings, special projects, and college credit is offered. See current activities and their impact upon the independent study by an individual student. quarterly schedule for details. environment. Consideration is given to See current quarterly schedule for details. May various components of production, exchange be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. and consumption of goods and services, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. focusing on resource use, agriculture, industrialization and urbanization.

99 Social Science

GEOG 250 China; economy, society, government, the growth of political parties, the industrial Geography of the Pacific religion, and culture; the elaboration of revolution, political reform and the triumph Northwest • 5 culture and institutions in Greece, Rome, and of liberal democracy, the growth and decay the Orient from 500 A.D. to 1000 A.D.; and of British military power, its rivalry with Is a regional survey course, designed to the fall of Rome and the rise of Christianity. Germany, and membership of the Common familiarize the student with elementary Note: May be used as social science or Market. Note: May be used as social science geographical concepts and their application humanities credit. or humanities credit. to the Pacific Northwest. The course concentrates on geomorphological and HIST 102 HIST 120 climatological processes and their relation- History of Civilization: Middle Global History • 5 ship to settlement patterns, population dynamics and economic activities. Ages • 5 Surveys Comparative global history, Presents the progress and comparisons of focusing on the relationships between the GEOG 258 civilization of the post-classical world from cultures of the world, and noting develop- Introduction to Map Reading & 1000 A.D. to 1815 (Napoleon’s defeat). The ments in religion, law and technology on a global basis, and the rise and fall of various Analysis • 5 fall of Rome, the rise of Christianity and Islam, medieval institutions, the Renaissance, empires and cultures. Same as INTST 204. Includes the interpretation of map symbols the rise of science, the age of explorations Either HIST 120 or INTST 204 can be taken and content at different scales: analysis of and the National State from the great empires for credit – not both. different types of maps and charts: and in 500 A.D. to the shock of western arrival. special uses of maps. Note: May be used as social science or HIST 135 humanities credit. History of the United States GEOG 294/295/296/297 Since 1940 • 5 Special Topics in HIST 103 Examines the critical social factors that have Geography • V1-10 History of Civilization: altered American life in the last half-century. Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Contemporary World • 5 Aspects of both formal and popular culture for college credit, and television courses. See Studies Europe since the Enlightenment, are investigated as well as the most important current quarterly schedule for details. traces the Industrial Revolution, modern events of foreign and domestic policy. Note: ideologies, imperialism, the origins and May be used as social science or humanities GEOG 298 impact to the World Wars, the rise of new credit. Seminar in Geography • V1-10 nations, the Cold War, and the emergence of Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which today’s new global identities and relation- HIST 194/195/196/197 college credit is offered. See current ships, conflicts, and present-day crises and Special Topics in quarterly schedule for details. problems. Note: May be used as social History • V1-10 science or humanities credit. Covers unusual courses, self-support classes GEOG 299 for college credit, and television courses. See Individual Studies in HIST 110 current quarterly schedule for details. Geography • V1-10 English History to 1603 • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects, Traces the history of the British Isles from HIST 198 and independent study by an individual the Roman Conquest to the establishment of Seminar in History • V1-10 student. See current quarterly schedule for nation-state under Henry VIII and Queen Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which details. Course may be repeated for a Elizabeth. The course will survey the rise of college credit is offered. See current maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Parliament, the English reformation, the quarterly schedule for detail. Permission of instructor. Hundred Years’ War, and life and culture in the Middle Ages. Note: May be used as HIST 199 social science or humanities credit. Individual Studies in History HIST 115 History • V1-10 English History: 1603 to Covers directed readings, special projects HIST 101 Present • 5 and independent study by an individual student. See current quarterly schedule for History of Civilization: Cultural The history of the British Isles from the death Traditions • 5 details. May be repeated for a maximum of of Queen Elizabeth I to the present. The 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of Studies the historical foundation of course surveys the supremacy of Parliament, instructor. civilizations—Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, the development of an unwritten constitution,

100 Social Science

HIST 201 HIST 210 HIST 242 U.S. History: Discovery To The Far East in the Modern The Age of Exploration and Independence • 5 World • 5 Discovery • 5 Synthesizes the European heritage and Examines the emergence of the Far East from Examines the role of great explorers in world colonial experience and their effect in an age of exploitation to importance in history from Marco Polo to David forming distinctive American ideas and economic, political and cultural affairs of the Livingstone. Illuminates the factors which institutions; also covers War of Independence modern world. The course recognizes the give rise to the process of exploration and and formation of the Federal Union as a value systems of these cultures and of their discovery from medieval to modern times reflection of this synthesis. Important aspects problems in today’s world and emphasizes and the impact on various peoples who such as religion, mercantilism, westward the 20th Century. China, India, Japan, became part of a wider world community. expansion, colonial self-government, and Southeast Asia and Korea are the countries Anglo-American republican thought are studied. Note: May be used as social science HIST 245 discussed. Note: May be used as social or humanities credit. The U.S. in World Affairs: 1898 science or humanities credit. to Present • 5 HIST 212 HIST 202 Deals essentially with this nation’s foreign Sport in America: A Social policy since its rise to world power status in U.S. History: First Century of History • 5 1898. The course will examine the external Independence • 5 Surveys the role of sports in society. It determinants of foreign policy and the impact Examines the problems involved in creating a examines the development of games and of domestic political factors on that policy. new nation, the establishment of a federal sports in the context of western history, with Note: May be used as social science or government and the formation of political an emphasis on what organized sports have humanities credit. parties. Such developments as the democrati- meant to American culture. Note: May be zation of American society, national, used as social science or humanities credit. HIST 250 expansion, the Civil War, and the impact of United States Military industrialization are discussed. Note: May be HIST 223 History • 5 used as social science or humanities credit. Twentieth Century Russia • 5 Overviews the major wars fought by the HIST 203 Overviews the cultural, social, economic, and United States and the political and strategic political development of Russia and the conceptions that helped shape the national U.S. History: U.S. in the Global Soviet Union from the turn of the century to response. Note: May be used as social Age • 5 the present, with particular emphasis on the science or humanities credit. Looks into the emergence of modern ideology, institutions, and practice of a American society. Examines the problems totalitarian state. Note: May be used as social HIST 264 created by industrialization and urbanization science or humanities credit. Washington and the Pacific seen in such movements of reform as Northwest • 5 Populism, Progressivism and the New Deal. HIST 230 Establishes the physical background of the Studies the emergence of the multi-cultural Revolutions in the Modern settlement of the area by aboriginal and white society in an age of global interdependence. World • 5 inhabitants and traces the broad historical Note: May be used as social science or Studies the forces which produce significant themes and environmental factors that humanities credit. changes in the social, economic, or political influenced the development of the social, HIST 207 ideas and institutions of a nation. An economical and political structure of the understanding of the concept of revolution is Pacific Northwest today. Note: May be used Introduction to Intellectual developed by comparing and contrasting as social science or humanities credit. History • 5 important “revolutions” such as those in Surveys the major currents of modern England, America, France, Russia, and HIST 280 western thought, examines the assumptions China. Same as POLSC 230. Either HIST History of Africa • 5 230 or POLSC 230 can be taken for credit – and ideas extant before the Renaissance, and Examines the history of the continent from not both. May be used as social science or demonstrates how new presuppositions about the early origins of the human species to the humanities credit. the nature of the cosmos and humanity grew present. Emphasis is given to the rise and fall after 1500. The course covers the Scientific of ancient African kingdoms and civiliza- Revolution, the Enlightenment, nineteenth tions; the impact of the wider world from century ideologies, and the philosophical Greek and Roman times to the 20th Century crisis of the twentieth century. Note: May be used as social science or humanities credit.

101 Social Science

and Africa’s role in international affairs. INTST 194/195/196/197 INTST 203 Same as INTST 280. Either HIST 280 or Special Topics in International Comparative Religion • 5 INTST 280 may be taken for credit – not Studies • V1-10 Introduces world’s religions. The history of both. Note: May be used as social science or Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism and humanities credit. Covers unusual courses, self-support classes for college credit, and television courses. See Buddhism are presented in cultural context. HIST 294/295/296/297 current quarterly schedule for details. The relationship between these major Special Topics in traditions and actual “folk” beliefs and INTST 198 practices is shown through ethnographic History • V1-10 Seminar in International examples. Same as ANTH 203. Either Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Studies • V1-10 INTST 203 or ANTH 203 may be taken for for college credit, and television courses. See credit – not both. current quarterly schedule for details. Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which college credit is offered. See current INTST 204 HIST 298 quarterly schedule for details. Global History • 5 Seminar in History • V1-10 INTST 199 Surveys Comparative World History, focusing Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which Individual Studies in on periods of history that saw great achieve- college credit is offered. See current ments in religion, ethics, law and technology. quarterly schedule for detail. International Studies • V1-10 Great personalities are emphasized. Same as Covers directed readings, special projects, HIST 120. Either INTST 204 or HIST 120 can HIST 299 and independent study by an individual be taken for credit – not both. Individual Studies in student. See current quarterly schedule for History • V1-10 details. Course may be repeated for a INTST 280 maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: History of Africa • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects Permission of instructor. and independent study by an individual Examines the history of the continent from student. See current quarterly schedule for INTST 200 the early origins of the human species to the present. Emphasis is given to the rise and fall details. May be repeated for a maximum of States & Capitalism: Origin of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of of ancient African kingdoms and civiliza- instructor. Modern Global Systems • 5 tions; the impact of the wider world from Explores the origins, development and global Greek and Roman times to the 20th Century impact of the modern state system and sheds and Africa’s role in international affairs. International light on the political consequence of Same as HIST 280. Either INTST 280 or economic change under capitalist, socialist or HIST 280 may be taken for credit – not both. Studies mixed auspices (time period: From 16th century to the end of World War II). INTST 294/295/296/297 Special Topics in International INTST 105 INTST 201 Studies • V1-10 Geography of World Affairs • 5 Introduction to International Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Is a geographical survey investigating the Political Economy • 5 for college credit, and television courses. See interrelationships of selected economic, Looks at the study of international economics current quarterly schedule for details. demographic, social, political, cultural, and through the examination of major facets of environmental problems confronting the the post-World War II era, the analysis of the INTST 298 contemporary world. Emphasis will be placed post-war economic order and its crisis in the Seminar in International on patterns, processes, and potential solutions. 1970’s-1980’s, North/South relations, the Studies • V1-10 Same as GEOG 105. Either INTST 105 or post-war political order and its East/West Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which GEOG 105 may be taken for credit – not both. rivalry. college credit is offered. See current INTST 150 INTST 202 quarterly schedule for details. International Business • 5 Cultural Encounters and INTST 299 Provides an overview of international Tensions • 5 Individual Studies in business and trade. Focuses on the inter- Deals with the contemporary world from a relationships between technology, culture, International Studies • V1-10 cultural standpoint. Problems of intercultural law and economics within the contemporary Covers directed readings, special projects, relations will be examined with particular global environments. and independent study by an individual emphasis on divergent “world views”.

102 Social Science

student. See current quarterly schedule for MEDIA 104 MEDIA 112 details. Course may be repeated for a Multi-Cultural Media Introduction to Video maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Images • 5 Production • 5 Permission of instructor. Develops students’ critical viewing skills to Introduces the basics of video production analyze the origin, impact and meanings of utilizing a personal camcorder and video electronic and digital images and the editing equipment. Students study video Media messages those images may portray, from technologies, basic equipment operation, both a personal and a multi-cultural video composition, basic lighting and audio, Communication perspective. Reviews the history and future production planning and visual storytelling. of global media networks and their effect on Students work in groups to create video and Technology multi-cultural issues. Same as COMM 104. projects utilizing post-production editing. Either MEDIA 104 or COMM 104 may be MEDIA 101 taken for credit – not both. MEDIA 121 Exploring the Digital Future • 5 Exploring Multimedia • 5 MEDIA 109 Surveys the spectrum of global digital Introduces the use of computers for creating communication, with emphasis on past, Computer Essentials for Digital media applications, including an overview of present and future technologies, the effects of Media • 5 multimedia and hands-on introduction to digital communication on our society and Course designed for students with minimal multimedia authoring, digital imaging, digital career opportunities in digital communication computer skills or who have only used text- illustration, digital audio, digital video, and fields. Emphasis on the computer revolution based software such as word processing and the creation of a complete multimedia and its effect on daily life. Same as COMM database. Course has two major components. product as part of student production team. 101. Either MEDIA 101 or COMM 101 may The first part is designed to provide founda- Note: Basic computer literacy essential. be taken for credit – not both. tion skills in the use of both Macintosh and PC/Windows computers. They will learn MEDIA 122 MEDIA 102 operating systems, memory and settings Introduction to Audio and Techniques and Technology of adjustments, file management procedures and Recordings • 5 Persuasion • 5 hierarchies for both computers. In addition, Introduces basic audio for use in video and students will learn how to navigate, access and Presents technological and communication computer media applications. Includes basic use networks, hard drives and peripheral techniques of film, video, and multimedia that sound characteristics, microphones, single equipment such as scanners, CD-ROMS and allow information to be targeted at specific and multi-track recording techniques and cartridge drives. In the second part, students individuals and groups to create opinions, sound reinforcement and enhancement. will design, plan and assemble informational generate sales, develop propaganda and other Students work on a production team to create desktop presentations using presentation forms of persuasion. Students will have the finished audio productions. Same as Music software, clip art and clip media. Doing opportunity to test persuasion techniques with 122. Either MEDIA 122 or MUSIC 122 can presentations will require students to use simple media presentations. Same as COMM be taken for credit – not both. many sources of digital information and to put 102. Either MEDIA 102 or COMM 102 may components together in a cohesive computer be taken for credit – not both. MEDIA 150 generated presentation. Students with more Cooperative Work Experience MEDIA 103 extensive computer background may test out of this course and be exempted. in Media • V1-5 Media and Messages: Media Cooperative work-study agreement between Literacy • 5 MEDIA 110 the student, the media program and an off- Gives insights into the aesthetics of media Exploring the Internet • 5 campus employer to provide the student with on-the-job training in media-related skills. production through the study of production Surveys the multimedia information and Does not substitute for MEDIA 250 techniques including lighting, editing, color, communication capabilities available via Practicum Internship. Prerequisite: Permis- audio and interactivity. Lectures include computer access to the “Internet”. Students sion of Program Chair and previous media clips from a variety of film, video and learn how to locate, access and retrieve a enrollment. multimedia resources as well as guest variety of media including text, images, speakers to help develop students’ inter- audio and video as well as participate in the pretive skills in media. Same as COMM utilization of “html” language to develop 103. Either MEDIA 103 or COMM 103 may World Wide Web resources. Note: Basic be taken for credit – not both. computer literacy essential.

103 Social Science

MEDIA 153 storyboarding. Students work in production MEDIA 221 Digital Recording teams to create professional-quality video Desktop Media Production • 5 productions. Prerequisite: MEDIA 112 or Presentations • 5 permission of instructor. Course covers recording and editing skills as Utilization of software and hardware for the they exist in the digital media. Digital MEDIA 212 creation of computer-based presentations for recording, computer-based mix down, digital Video Studio Production • 5 business, industry and education. Includes a I/O, utilizing digital effects and sampling survey of equipment resources, software Is a continuation of MEDIA 112 in a video will be covered in a 24 channel ADAT and applications, presentation planning and production studio setting, including studio direct-to-disk recording studio. Same as design, development and execution. Also production planning, studio lighting, studio MUSIC 153. Either MEDIA 153 or MUSIC includes the utilization of external, digital, audio and basic video engineering. Students 153 can be taken for credit – not both. multimedia resources. Note: Basic computer participate in all crew positions including Prerequisite: MEDIA 122 or MUSIC 122. literacy essential. floor director, camera operator, lighting and MEDIA 194/195/196/197 audio technicians, technical director and MEDIA 223 program director. Prerequisite: MEDIA 112 Multimedia Authoring I • 5 Special Topics in Media or permission of instructor. Communications and Covers the hardware requirements and Technology • V1-10 MEDIA 214 software application for the creation of interactive multimedia materials as well as Covers unusual course and self-support Intermediate Video the processes for multimedia development classes for college credit. See current Production • 5 including message design, interactive quarterly schedule for details. Prerequisite: Presents production techniques for a variety authoring language, and the step-by-step Permission of Program Chair and previous of video applications including theatrical, development of a multimedia application as media enrollment. electronic news gathering, informational, and part of a production team. Prerequisite: documentary-style productions. Special MEDIA 121. MEDIA 198 emphasis on pre-production planning and the Seminar in Media combination of studio and field production MEDIA 225 Communication and into a final video presentation. Help produce Digital Imaging for Technology • V1-5 programming for college cable channel. Multimedia I • 5 Prerequisite: MEDIA 112, 210 and 212; or Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which permission of instructor. Gives the student introductory experience in college credit is offered. See current bitmapped image processing including quarterly schedule for details. Prerequisite: MEDIA 216 acquisition, storage, retrieval, modification Permission of Program Chair and previous and manipulation of digitized images as they media enrollment. Script Writing for Film, Video and Multimedia • 5 apply to utilization in interactive multimedia products. Note: Basic computer literacy MEDIA 199 Presents the mechanics and format for the essential. Special Projects in creation of scripts and screenplays in film Media • V1-10 and video as well as introduction to non- MEDIA 227 linear writing styles needed for interactive Covers directed readings, special projects Graphics I: Basic Design and multimedia through the utilization of and independent study by an individual Illustration • 5 example scripts, film and video clips and student. Requires project proposal and multimedia products. Special emphasis on Introduces students to the basic theories, contract for completion. See current quarterly the script writer’s role in pre-production principles and processes of computer-based schedule for details. Course may be repeated planning. Prerequisite: English 101 or design and illustration as they apply to the for a maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. development of on-screen multimedia Permission of Program Chair and previous applications. Introduces the fundamentals of media enrollment. MEDIA 220 vector illustration software (e.g. FreeHand) Digital Video Editing • 5 so students can apply the principles in their MEDIA 210 own creative endeavors. Note: Basic Introduces different computer-based video Video Field Production • 5 computer literacy essential. editing technologies, including the creation of Is a continuation of MEDIA 112 in field digital video productions for inclusion in setting, including intermediate and advanced multimedia applications such as Quicktime shooting and editing techniques, field and the creation of analog video productions lighting, field audio, production budgeting through the utilization of digital non-linear and planning, script writing and editing technology. Prerequisite: MEDIA 112.

104 Social Science

MEDIA 229 MEDIA 237 ment of media resources; or the student Multimedia Authoring II: Animation for Multimedia II • 5 spends 165-hours creating a professional quality media product that is evaluated by an Macromedia Director • 5 Presents the tools and skills needed to create off-campus professional producer. Prerequi- three-dimensional animation using software Provides students with practical experience site: Permission of Program Chair. in the design and production of interactive tools such as 3-D Studio. Students create multimedia applications through the creation simple three-dimensional animations that MEDIA 252 of working interactive modules with utilize wire-frame modeling, key frames, Production System • 4 Macromedia Director, a common multimedia light sources, camera placement, surface authoring tool. Students work in teams to materials and rendering. Prerequisite: Covers the understanding of the systematic create Director-based multimedia products. MEDIA 235 or permission of instructor. approach to production management and Prerequisite: MEDIA/IT 223 or permission operation; understanding and diagramming of instructor. MEDIA 238 the systems within BCC-TV operations; Web Authoring II • 5 working effectively as a team member; use of word processing software. Prerequisite: MEDIA 230 Develops an advanced understanding of the Acceptance to Production Assistant Web Authoring I • 5 industry issues, development fundamentals Certificate Program. Introduces the background issues, design and programming techniques involved in the fundamentals and production techniques authoring of World Wide Web content. MEDIA 254 employed in the authoring of World Wide Prerequisite: MEDIA 230. Technical Operation • 4 Web content. Prerequisite: MEDIA 110. MEDIA 245 Covers set-up and operation of BCC-TV MEDIA 233 Production Practice • 5 studio and field equipment; including video recorders, audio systems, lighting systems, Digital Imaging for Provides students an opportunity to work character generator, field cameras and under the supervision of a professional on- Multimedia II • 5 tripods, and editing systems. Introduction to campus producer to create video and Course gives students intermediate to computer animation program and A/B-roll multimedia production for Bellevue advanced experience in digital image linear editor also covered. Prerequisite: Community College faculty and administra- processing utilizing Adobe Photoshop or Acceptance to Production Assistant tion, BCC Channel 28 television, and off- similar software. It includes utilization of Certificate Program. layers, masks, channels and special effects in campus clients. Students are encouraged to bitmapped digital images. Prerequisite: create materials for their personal portfolios MEDIA 256 MEDIA 225. as well. Class may be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Production Practicum I • 4 MEDIA 235 Permission of program chair. Covers the functions for a camera operator, audio technician, control room technician, or Animation for Multimedia I • 5 MEDIA 248 other crew members for designated Presents the tools and skills needed to create Portfolio and Employment • 5 productions. Also includes, operation of simple animated objects utilizing different various stations in the Channel 28 headend Allows the student to explore his/her two-dimensional animation techniques: flip- (including duplication, computer graphics, personal goals and directions and helps the card animation, color-cycle animation, path satellite downlinking). Prerequisite: student in the development of a quality animation and cast animation. Animations Acceptance to Production Assistant personal resume and the design, development are joined to audio tracks to create complete Certificate Program. animated sequences. Basic three-dimensional and presentation of professional media animation is introduced. Prerequisite: portfolio. Additional emphasis is made on MEDIA 262 MEDIA 225 or 227 or ART 120, or job search skills and strategies for video and Production Design • 4 permission of instructor. computer media employment. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Covers systems approach to the production MEDIA 236 process, including design, treatments, MEDIA 250 storyboards, publicity, budgets and scripts; Authoring III: Scripting and Practicum in Media scouting locations and assembling a crew; Interactivity • 5 Communication and compiling and analyzing audience profiles, Introduces development skills in the impact and feedback; increasing audio, video utilization of Lingo scripting language as Technology • 5 and post-production values; ethics and part of the multimedia authoring process. Student either participates in a 165-hour integrity. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Prerequisite: MEDIA 229. internship with a professional media-related Production Assistant Certificate Program. company or organization to gain practical experience in the production and manage-

105 Social Science

MEDIA 264 MEDIA 282 MEDIA 299 Computer-Video Production Résumé • 3 Special Projects in Integration I • 4 Students will ascertain and develop Media • V1-10 Covers operation of computer animation employment strategy; design a production Covers directed reading, special projects and software to create function animations; résumé to established specifications; compile independent study by an individual student. integration digital switcher into linear editing and edit a résumé videotape; write and See current quarterly schedule for details. system; operation of non-linear editor publish a written résumé; execute networking Course may be repeated for a maximum of 15 system. Prerequisite: Acceptance to strategy, and conduct job interviews. credits. Prerequisite: Permission of Program Production Assistant Certificate Program. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Production Chair and previous media enrollment. Assistant Certificate Program. MEDIA 266 Production Practicum II • 4 MEDIA 284 Political Science Covers the editing of programs for air on Professional Internship • 6 linear and non-linear systems; functioning in Students will identify internship opportuni- POLSC 101 crew positions of technical director, floor ties; secure an internship; complete a contract director, assistant producer and assistant of employment; and fulfill the requirements Introduction to Politics • 5 director; market, organize and operate video of the internship. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Explores the origins and evolution of major conferences, including publicity publications Production Assistant Certificate Program. political concepts dating from ancient Greece created on desktop publishing software. to the present. Incorporates political life in Prerequisite: Acceptance to Production MEDIA 286 the modern world and the ideas behind its Assistant Certificate Program. Production Practicum IV • 3 democratic and non-democratic forms. Students will seek out and create multiple POLSC 102 MEDIA 272 production projects; work with the producer Art of Directing • 4 to develop concepts; oversee the quality of American Government and Covers elements of directing, directing productions; evaluation results and audience Politics • 5 fiction (including writing scripts, developing feedback. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Presents the nature of constitutional characters, staging the actor and camera), Production Assistant Certificate Program. government in America in terms of the directing non-fiction (including interviews, theory and practices of democracy. Problems demonstration, new programs, commercials). MEDIA 294/295/296/297 of individual rights, popular representation Prerequisite: Acceptance to Production Special Topics in Media and responsible leadership are emphasized. Assistant Certificate Program. Communications and Technology • V1-10 POLSC 103 MEDIA 274 Covers unusual course and self-support International Relations • 5 Computer-Video classes for college credit. See current Examines the struggle for power and peace Integration II • 4 quarterly schedule for details. Prerequisite: and present day methods by which affairs are Covers advanced design and applications of Permission of Program Chair and previous conducted between national states. computer animation program, word media enrollment. processing program, and digital video POLSC 104 switcher for television and business. MEDIA 298 State and Local Prerequisite: Acceptance to Production Seminar in Media Government • 5 Assistant Certificate Program. Communication and Introduces concepts of lobbying, executive Technology • V1-5 power and judicial selection and review on MEDIA 276 the state level; political machines, race and Production Practicum III • 4 Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which college credit is offered. See current urban ecology on the local level. Students receive production ideas; interview quarterly schedule for details. Prerequisite: POLSC 110 clients; establish target audience and Permission of Program Chair and previous production purpose; establish production media enrollment. People of Color in the U.S. timeline and budget; conduct content Political System • 5 research; manage production book; supervise Studies the role that people of color play in the and direct location and studio production; American political system. Focuses on the complete post-production requirements; and historical relationship of people of color and evaluation program. Prerequisite: Acceptance political processes, people of color in urban to Production Assistant Certificate Program. society, and sources of tension and frustration.

106 Social Science

POLSC 121 POLSC 194/195/196/197 POLSC 230 The United Nations • 1 Special Topics in Political Revolutions in the Modern Is a seminar-type class which covers the Science • V1-10 World • 5 present structure and purpose of the United Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Studies the concept of revolution, comparing Nations organization. Prerequisite: A course for college credit, and television courses. See and contrasting important “revolutions” such in political science. current quarterly schedule for details. as those in England, America, France, Russia and China. Same as HIST 230. Either POLSC 122 POLSC 198 POLSC 230 or HIST 230 can be taken for The United Nations • 2 Seminar in Political credit – not both. Is a seminar-type class which covers the Science • V1-10 POLSC 294/295/296/297 present structure and purpose of the United Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which Nations organization. Prerequisite: Permis- college credit is offered. See current Special Topics in Political sion of the instructor. quarterly schedule for detail. Science • V1-10 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes POLSC 123 POLSC 199 for college credit, and television courses. See The United Nations • 2 Individual Studies in Political current quarterly schedule for details. Researches a specific country and prepares Science • V1-10 students to give a presentation at the National Covers direct readings, special projects, POLSC 298 Model United Nations Conference in New and independent study by an individual Seminar in Political York. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. student. See current quarterly schedule for Science • V1-10 details. Course may be repeated for a POLSC 155 Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: college credit is offered. See current The American Presidency • 5 Permission of instructor. quarterly schedule for detail. Examines the American Presidency, its evolution, its occupants, and its place within POLSC 201 POLSC 299 the American system. Topics include Introduction to Political Individual Studies in Political presidential character, war, elections, the Theory • 5 Science • V1-10 economy and the Constitution. Outlines those political and social theories Covers direct readings, special projects, and values which are indispensable in and independent study by an individual POLSC 160 understanding political systems, govern- student. See current quarterly schedule for Introduction to American ments, international conflicts and cooperation details. May be repeated for a maximum in the present world. Note: May be taken as Political Culture • 5 of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Permission social science or humanities credit. Emphasizes a multidisciplinary approach to of instructor. the understanding of the formation and development of American political culture POLSC 205 and the various ways it has been interpreted Introduction to Western Psychology through time. Same as AMST 160. Either European Governments • 5 POLSC 160 or AMST 160 can be taken for Studies Western liberal political institutions, credit – not both. the welfare state and the Common Market, PSYCH 100 focusing on Great Britain, France, Germany Introduction to Psychology • 5 POLSC 170 and Sweden. Attention is given to theoreti- Emphasizes methodology, concepts, Introduction to Political cal and institutional-procedural aspects principles of psychology, including Economy • 5 characteristic of modern government psychophysiology, sensation and perception, and society. Emphasizes the interplay between politics learning and memory, motivation, develop- ment, emotion, health and stress, personality, and economics and its consequences. The POLSC 206 course includes methodological and abnormalities, treatments and interactions. Introduction to Governments: theoretical concepts derived from political PSYCH 102 science and economics in an attempt to Developing Nations • 5 explain substantial issues. Studies various development theories and Psychology as a Natural strategies of Russia, China, African and Latin Science • 5 American nations with special emphasis on Presents the biological aspects of research problems of political development and methods, sensation, perception, learning, modernization. memory, emotion and motivation, psychopa-

107 Social Science

thology, treatment and development. Participating in demonstrations and projects altruism and aggression. Same as SOC 240. Participation in demonstrations and may be required. Either PSYCH 240 or SOC 240 may be taken experiments may be required. Note: for credit – not both. Prerequisite: PSYCH Transfers as natural science credit only. PSYCH 204 100 or SOC 110. General Developmental PSYCH 110 Psychology • 5 PSYCH 250 Applied Psychology • 5 Presents research and theories regarding Cross-Cultural Psychology • 5 Stresses application of psychological theory. human growth and change across the life Examines psychological theories and Students survey how psychology interfaces span. Students will explore factors that affect research from a cross-cultural perspective. with other disciplines focusing on how personality, cognitive, and physical Highlights impact of culture on cognition, psychologists perform their professional development from psychological and socio- development, emotion, motivation, sex roles, functions in different settings. cultural perspectives. Participation in disorders, group behavior, conflict, demonstrations and projects may be required. stereotyping and prejudice. PSYCH 194/195/196/197 Prerequisite: PSYCH 100. Special Topics in PSYCH 257 Psychology • V1-10 PSYCH 205 Psychology of Sex Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Introduction to Personality • 5 Differences • 5 for college credit and television courses. See Examines the philosophical assumptions Examines sex differences and similarities current quarterly schedule for details. concerning the nature of humankind. Focuses from an interdisciplinary perspective, on the mainstream theoretical schools of including biological, psychological, social PSYCH 198 psychology, specific theorists in detail, along and historical viewpoints. Perceived and Seminar in Psychology • V1-10 with psychometric techniques. Prerequisite: actual differences are analyzed in an attempt Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which PSYCH 100. to understand these differences. Communica- college credit is offered. See current tion styles, employment, education, mental quarterly schedule for details. PSYCH 209 health and personal relationships are viewed. Fundamentals of Psychological PSYCH 199 Research • 5 PSYCH 294/295/296/297 Individual Studies in Covers theories, techniques, and application of Special Topics in Psychology • V1-10 psychological research methodology; Psychology • V1-10 Covers directed readings, special projects, literature review and hypothesis testing in a Covers unusual courses, self-support classes and independent study by an individual variety of research paradigms, ranging from for college credit and television courses. See student. See current quarterly schedule for uncontrolled field observation to laboratory current quarterly schedule for details. details. Course may be repeated for a experiments. Issues which may effect research maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: results, data analysis and report writing are PSYCH 298 Permission of instructor. covered. Prerequisite: PSYCH 100. Seminar in Psychology • V1-10 Includes seminars, workshops, etc., for which PSYCH 200 PSYCH 213 college credit is offered. See current Abnormal Psychology • 5 Elementary Psychological quarterly schedule for details. Introduces the theories, diagnosis and Statistics • 5 treatment of maladaptive behavior and Covers classification and reporting of data, PSYCH 299 psychological disorders as defined by current hypothesis testing and evaluation, and Individual Studies in psychological practice. Field trips to probability theory. A survey of descriptive Psychology • V1-10 psychiatric institutions may be required. statistics, inferential statistics and distribu- Covers directed readings, special projects, Prerequisite: PSYCH 100. tion-free tests will be presented. Prerequisite: and independent study by an individual PSYCH 100. student. See current quarterly schedule for PSYCH 203 details. Course may be repeated for a Human Learning and PSYCH 240 maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisite: Performance • 5 Social Psychology • 5 Permission of instructor. Presents aspects of human performance Introduces the interaction between the social including operant and classical conditioning, context and the individual, emphasizing memory and conceptual processing, aspects of social learning on attitudes, language, sensation and perception. perception and personality. Covers group behavior, persuasion, conflict, attraction,

108 Social Science

taken for credit – not both. Prerequisite: SOC SOC 294/295/296/297 Sociology 110 or PSYCH 100 or ANTH 100 or Special Topics in permission of instructor. Sociology • V1-10 SOC 105 SOC 255 Covers unusual courses, self-support classes Sociology of Black Marriage and the Family • 5 for college credit, and television courses. See Americans • 5 current quarterly schedule for details. Examines the family as an institution and Addresses itself to the socio-historical mode for personal living, marital adjustment, background of Black Americans, focusing on SOC 298 parent-child relationship, changing family Seminar in Sociology • V1-10 Black culture, institutions, roles and patterns and family organization. Same as functions in larger political and stratification HOMEC 255. Either SOC 255 or HOMEC Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which systems, and the Black movement as a force 255 may be taken for credit – not both. college credit is offered. See current for social change. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or PSYCH 100 or quarterly schedule for details. ANTH 100 or permission of instructor. SOC 110 SOC 299 Introduction to Sociology • 5 SOC 256 Individual Studies in Surveys concepts, theories and research Introduction to Sex and Sociology • V1-10 about human groups. Sexuality • 5 Covers directed readings, special projects, SOC 170 Analyzes the social bases of sexual and independent study by an individual knowledge, attitudes and behavior. Emphasis student. Instructor contract is required. May Social Problems of is on both academic and personal develop- be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. Contemporary Society • 5 ment. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or PSYCH 100 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Analyzes the social problems in contempo- or ANTH 100 or permission of instructor. rary societies. Course designed for the entering student. SOC 262 Racial and Ethnic Group SOC 194/195/196/197 Relations • 5 Special Topics in Analyzes selected racial and ethnic group Sociology • V1-10 relations in the world. Topics covered Covers unusual courses, self-support classes include dominant and subordinate groups. for college credit, and television courses. See Prerequisite: One course in social science - current quarterly schedule for details. SOC 110 or PSYCH 100 or ANTH 100 or permission of instructor. SOC 198 Seminar in Sociology • V1-10 SOC 265 Includes seminars, workshops, etc. for which The Urban Community • 5 college credit is offered. See current Compares and analyzes the organization and quarterly schedule for details. activities of urban communities. Major problems presented by urban environments, SOC 199 sources of change, and the effectiveness of Individual Studies in attempts at change are examined. Prerequi- Sociology • V1-10 site: SOC 110 or ANTH 100 or POLSC 101 or POLSC 102 or permission of instructor. Covers directed readings, special projects, and independent study by an individual SOC 270 student. Instructor contract required. May be repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. Social Disorganization and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Deviant Behavior • 5 Studies the structure and process of deviance SOC 240 in social groups. Contemporary and historical Social Psychology • 5 perspectives are emphasized. Prerequisite: Introduces the interaction between social SOC 110 or ANTH 100 or POLSC 101 or structure and the individual. Same as PSYCH POLSC 102 or PSYCH 100 or permission of 240. Either SOC 240 or PSYCH 240 may be instructor.

109 SocialWashington Science Academy of Languages Bilingual Opportunities

This is a cooperative effort between Bellevue Community College and Washington Academy of Languages, a non-profit accredited institution. The programs are intended for bilingual students. Translation

INTRP 106 TRANS 103 Interpreting Ethics and Business Practice Basic Translation Skills • 3 of Translation and Learn basic translation techniques and the INTRP 101 process of translation. Includes a practical Interpretation • 3 review of the writing, editing and proofread- Introduction to Translation & Learn the role of the interpreter and translator Interpreting • 3 ing skills necessary to produce clear, in the business-conference, medical and polished translations. An introduction to translating and interpret- courtroom setting. Familiarize the student ing as a career, and for those who work with with current business practices, i.e., TRANS 109 translators and interpreters. Overview of the determining fees and negotiating contracts. Advanced Translation field and skills necessary for the profession. Workshop I • 3 Covers general problems involved in INTRP 107 translating and interpreting. Advanced Interpreting Skills Hands-on experience in the translation, Level I • 3 editing, and finalization of actual commer- INTRP 102 cial texts. Texts are drawn from a variety of Basic Interpreting Skills • 3 Provides students with repeated opportunities fields including sci-tech, legal, commercial, for practical experience in the interpreting and medical. Emphasis is on professional Learn the building blocks of interpreting, modes necessary for working in different presentation. Included is a team translation including analyzing, summarizing and settings. project. paraphrasing, listening comprehension, shadowing, closure and note taking. INTRP 108 TRANS 110 Advanced Interpreting INTRP 104 Advanced Translation Skills II • 3 Technology for Translators Workshop II • 3 and Interpreters • 3 Provides students with repeated opportuni- Provides students with repeated opportuni- ties for practical experience in the interpret- ties for practical experience in the An introduction to the equipment and ing modes necessary for working in translation, editing and finalization of actual electronic tools currently used by professional different settings. Simultaneous, consecu- commercial texts. translators and interpreters. Learn the tive and sight translation will be practiced limitations and advantages of MAHT in different settings. TRANS 112 (machine-assisted human translation) and Translation Practicum • 1 HAMT (human-assisted machine translation). INTRP 111 Interpretation Practicum • 1 Supervised, 25-hour translator practicum INTRP 105 or mentorship with an agency, experienced Supervised, 25-hour interpreter practicum freelancer, corporation, or at the student’s Vocabulary Acquisition and or mentorship with an agency, experienced Terminology Research • 3 work place. Associated with a five-hour freelancer, corporation or at the student’s professional seminar for participating Students will develop skills in terminology work place, associated with a five-hour students. research, dictionary usage and glossary professional seminar for participating building. Basic terminology in the fields of students. medicine, law, computers, business and international trade will be covered.

110 College PoliciesCollege Policies

College Policies incurred will exercise responsibility in meeting these obligations. Appropriate college staff are empowered to act in Concerning Students accordance with regularly adopted proce- dures to carry out the intent of this policy, and if necessary, to initiate legal action to ensure that collection matters are brought to a timely and satisfactory conclusion. If a student fails to meet their financial Family Educational Rights and obligations to the college, the college may Students’ block his/her admission or registration, Privacy Act (Release of withhold academic transcripts, and/or refuse Rights and Student Records) to confer degrees until the obligation is met. Public Law 93-380, the Family Educational Returned Checks: Checks for tuition and fees Responsibilities Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 establishes returned with a “stop payment” order will that the educational records of students result in the student being withdrawn Social Security Number attending or having attended the college are immediately from all their classes, and will Disclosure confidential and can be released only with require a $25 reinstatement fee. All other written permission of the student. However, Pursuant to Section 7 of Public Law 93-579 returned checks for tuition and fees will the Family Educational Rights and Privacy (commonly known as the Federal Privacy result in the student being withdrawn from Act authorizes the college to routinely Act), which became effective on September their classes after being notified of the reason release directory information. 27, 1975, notice is hereby given that for withdrawal, and will require a $15 disclosure of a student’s social security Information which may be released without reinstatement fee. If a student writes three number for the purpose of admission and written permission of the student includes: checks (including third-party checks) which registration at Bellevue Community College student’s name; student’s major field of are returned, their privilege of check-writing is voluntary on the student’s part. However, study; dates of attendance at Bellevue will be denied. Community College; degrees awarded the the State Board for Community and Technical Student Code College’s record-keeping system requires student; awards received by the student; that each student have a unique nine-digit participation in officially recognized The Bellevue Community College Student number. For this reason, Bellevue Commu- activities and sports; and weight and height Code, WAC 132H-120, spells out the rights nity College requests use of students’ social of members of athletic teams. No other and responsibilities of all students. Copies of security number rather than assigning each information may be released without the the complete Student Code are available from student another nine-digit number. The student’s written permission except as Student Services. Excerpts (student social security number is used as an identifier provided for in college policies on release of responsibilities and prohibited activities) are in the college records system and is not student data. Students who are concerned published in the Student Handbook. As stated released to any federal, state or private about the confidentiality of their records in the preamble to the code, admission to the agency without the written consent of the should contact the Associate Dean of college carries with it the expectation that student. However, students who do not wish Enrollment Services. students will: to disclose their social security number may Bellevue Community College students have ■ respect the laws of the community, state ask the college to assign them another nine- the right to review their own records and to and nation; digit student number. petition for correction of erroneous ■ adhere to college rules and regulations Bellevue Community College will not deny information in their records. Basic informa- which assure the orderly conduct of any individual any right, benefit or privilege tion is shown on a student’s transcript, an college affairs; provided by law because of that individual’s unofficial copy of which can be requested ■ maintain high standards of integrity and refusal to disclose his/her social security from the Student Services Center. The honesty; Student Records Office can provide a list of number. Students who receive financial aid, ■ respect the rights, privileges and property the types and locations of educational records however, should be aware that federal law of other members of the college requires them to provide their social security available at the college. Requests to review community; and the records should be made in writing to the numbers. Students who ask the college to ■ office having custody of the particular not interfere with legitimate college assign another ID number must pay tuition affairs. and fees from their own resources. records in question. Bellevue Community College may apply Student Financial Obligations sanctions or take other appropriate action only when student conduct directly and signifi- The college expects that students who receive services for which a financial obligation is cantly interferes with the college’s primary educational responsibility of ensuring the

111 College Policies

opportunity of all members of the college Student Grievance Procedures grievance. Complete information about community to attain their educational Students have the right to receive clear grievance procedures is available from the objectives and its subsidiary responsibilities of information and fair application of college Student Services Center. protecting property, keeping records, policies, standards, rules and requirements providing services and sponsoring non- and are responsible for complying with them Academic Freedom classroom activities such as lectures, concerts, in their relationships with college personnel. Institutions of higher education are athletic events and social functions. The college has two procedures in place to conducted for the common good. The An atmosphere of learning and self-develop- help resolve difficulties, complaints and common good depends upon a free search for ment is created by appropriate conditions in other grievances arising from a student’s truth and its free expression. Students are the college community. The rights, freedoms dissatisfaction with a college employee’s guaranteed rights of free inquiry, expression and responsibilities listed in the Student Code performance or with a BCC policy or and peaceful assembly upon and within are critical ingredients of the free, creative and procedure. The purpose of both procedures is college facilities that are generally open and spirited educational environment to which the to enable a student to express and resolve available to the public. Students and other students, faculty, and staff of Bellevue misunderstandings, complaints or grievances members of the college community shall Community College are committed. in a fair and equitable manner. The Student always be free to express their views or Rights and freedoms specifically provided Academic Grievance procedure enables a support causes by orderly means which do under the Student Code include: student to deal with problems regarding not disrupt the regular and essential operation of the college. Likewise, it is essential that ■ Academic freedom grades and grading issues and policies. the faculty member be free to pursue ■ Due process (Since the evaluation of the course content is exclusively within the province of the scholarly inquiry without undue restriction, ■ Distribution and posting of literature instructor for a particular course, any adjust- and to voice and publish conclusions ■ Off-campus speakers ments or grade changes may be initiated only concerning the significance of evidence that ■ Incidental sales by that instructor, or under extenuating the faculty member considers relevant. ■ Commercial activities circumstances by the Dean of Instructional Faculty members are free to present their ideas in the learning situation where they ■ Fund-raising Services, upon the approval of the college president.) The Student Grievance Procedure have professional competence and responsi- Actions specifically prohibited by the Student covers all issues not addressed as academic bility. Each faculty member shall be free Code include: grievances. from instructional censorship or discipline, ■ Being under the influence of alcohol when that member speaks, writes or acts, Both the academic and general grievance as long as they exercise academic responsi- ■ Possessing, using, selling or being under procedures emphasize informal resolution, bility. For example, all sides of controversial the influence of narcotic drugs and with both the faculty or staff member and the issues should be exposed, and students controlled substances student making a good faith effort to resolve should be permitted to present freely their ■ Illegal entry the grievance on a one-to-one basis. If the own views even though these views may ■ student determines that the complaint cannot Forgery or alteration of records clearly differ from those held by the be resolved to their satisfaction with the ■ Illegal assembly faculty member. faculty member or employee concerned, the ■ Malicious mischief student may contact the faculty member’s ■ Failure to follow instructions division chair or the employee’s supervisor, Equal Opportunity ■ Physical abuse who will seek to facilitate a solution to the Bellevue Community College does not ■ Assault grievance. If a meeting with the division discriminate on the basis of race or ethnicity; ■ Disorderly or abusive conduct chair or the employee’s supervisor does not creed; color; national origin; sex; marital status; sexual orientation; age; religion; the ■ Possession or use of weapons produce results satisfactory to the student, he/ she may proceed with the filing of a formal presence of any sensory, mental, or physical ■ Lewd conduct written complaint to the appropriate dean. disability; or veteran status in educational ■ False alarms The formal complaint process for an programs and activities which it operates. ■ Cheating and plagiarism academic grievance involves a hearing before BCC is prohibited from discriminating in ■ Sexual harassment the Student Academic Grievance Committee, such a manner by college policy and by state and federal law. All college personnel and ■ Theft or robbery which is made up of four faculty members persons, vendors and organizations with ■ and two students. Unauthorized use of college property whom the college does business are required In most cases, formal complaints about ■ Refusal to provide identification to comply with applicable federal and state academic issues must be filed within two ■ Smoking in an area not designated for statutes and regulations designed to promote consecutive quarters, and general complaints smoking affirmative action and equal opportunity. must be filed within one academic quarter ■ False complaint. after the incident which was the source of the

112 College Policies

Reasonable Accommodation Sexual Harassment Each student is expected to be in an for Disabled Students It shall be the policy of Bellevue Community appropriate mental and physical condition to participate fully in the learning process. Bellevue Community College is committed College, consistent with efforts to respect the to providing each qualified disabled student dignity and integrity of both employees and The BCC Student Code specifically prohibits equal opportunity in accessing the benefits, students, to provide an environment free of being demonstrably under the influence of rights and privileges of college services, sexual harassment. any form of alcoholic beverage; possessing programs and activities. These will be Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimina- or consuming any form of liquor or alcoholic provided in compliance with the Americans tion. It occurs in a variety of situations which beverage except as a participant of legal age with Disabilities Act, Section 504 of the share a common element: the inappropriate in a student program, banquet or educational Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and State of introduction of sexual activities or comments program which has the special written Washington Laws of 1994, chapter 105. into the work or learning situation. Often, authorization of the college president; and Under college policy based upon these laws, sexual harassment involves relationships of using, possessing, selling, or being under the no student shall, on the basis of his or her unequal power, and contains elements of influence of any narcotic drug or controlled disability, be excluded from participation in, coercion – as when compliance with requests substance as defined by law, except when the be denied the benefits of or otherwise be for sexual favors becomes a criterion for use or possession of a drug is specifically subject to discrimination under any college granting work, study or grading benefits. prescribed as medication by an authorized program or activity. To this end the college However, sexual harassment may also involve medical doctor or dentist. will provide reasonable accommodations, relationships among equals, as when repeated including core services, to qualified students sexual advances or demeaning verbal behavior Smoking on Campus with disabilities. To receive appropriate have a harmful effect on a person’s ability to In accordance with the Washington Clean and timely reasonable accommodations, study or work in the academic setting. Indoor Air Act of 1985 (RCW 70.160) and in students are responsible for requesting For general policy purposes, the term “sexual recognition of the Executive Order Establish- accommodation and documenting the nature harassment” may include, without limitation, ing Governor’s Policy on Smoking in State and extent of their disability in accordance such behavior as unwelcome sexual Facilities, it is the policy of Bellevue with college procedures. advances, requests for sexual favors and Community College to limit smoking in Reasonable accommodations include requests other physical or verbal conduct and college facilities and vehicles as follows: for academic adjustments, such as modifica- expressive behavior of a sexual nature where: ■ Smoking is permitted outside of buildings tion of academic requirements and flexibility ■ Submission to such conduct is made in clearly marked areas. in test-taking arrangements; adjustments in either explicitly or implicitly a term or ■ Smoking shall not be permitted in college nonacademic services and other rules; and condition of an individual’s employment facilities (enclosed spaces) or college auxiliary aids and services. Appropriate or education; vehicles. academic adjustments and/or reasonable ■ ■ accommodations will be provided to qualified Submission to or rejection of such Smoking in covered walkways surround- students with disabilities during recruitment, conduct by an individual is used as the ing Main and Upper Campuses shall be admissions, enrollment, registration, financial basis for academic or employment restricted to designated smoking areas. aid, course work, academic counseling and decisions affecting that individual; or nonacademic programs and services. ■ Such conduct has the purpose or effect of Bellevue Community College will make substantially interfering with an those modifications to its academic individual’s academic or professional requirements that (1) are necessary to ensure performance or creating an intimidating, that those requirements do not discriminate, hostile, or demeaning employment or or have the effect of discriminating, against a educational environment. qualified student with a disability based on The college recognizes its moral, ethical and that disability and (2) do not impose an legal responsibilities regarding sexual undue hardship on the college nor require harassment and will take appropriate action alteration of essential program requirements. to rid the institution of such conduct. This procedure provides no additional rights or obligations beyond those required by Drug-Free Campus applicable laws. Bellevue Community College intends to Students with concerns about reasonable provide a drug-free, healthful, safe and accommodation are encouraged to contact secure work and educational environment. the Disabled Students Services office or the Each employee is expected to report to work Associate Dean of Student Development in an appropriate mental and physical Services. condition to perform their assigned duties.

113 CollegeAdministration Policies & Faculty Administration The Board of Trustees of and Faculty Community College District VIII

Mr. Robert J. Margulis, Bellevue, Chair Ms. Ruthann Kurose, Mercer Island, Sharon Carpenter, Interim Director NorthWest Center for Emerging Vice Chair Daniel Eiben, Director of Customized Technologies (NWCET) Mr. Ron Gould, Mercer Island Training Neil Evans, Executive Director Mr. J.C. (Dell) Jackson, Bellevue Cheryll Leo-Gwin, Director of Arts & Dr. Douglas Brown, Associate Director Mrs. Sally Jarvis, Issaquah Personal Enrichment Michèle Royer, Senior Associate Planner Human Resources Julia Sickles, Administrative Assistant Administration and Services of Carol Mandt, Director of Education Projects Lucy Parke Macneil, Vice President Jakkalavadika (Jack) Surendranath, Associate Community College District VIII Carolyn Tucker, Human Resources Director B. Jean Floten, Chief Executive Officer Representative Bellevue Community College Manjari Wijenaike, Senior Associate Established 1966 Information Resources Planner Accredited by the Northwest Association of Dr. Robert Edelbrock, Dean Marcia C. Williams, Project Director Schools and Colleges Janice Falls, Administrative Assistant Student Services Dr. David Gould, Director of Student Access Tomás Ybarra, Dean Computing Tika Esler, Associate Dean of Enrollment Gary Mahn, Director of Technology Services Administration Services Dr. Michael Talbott, Director of Ron Taplin, Associate Dean of Student Telecommunications of Bellevue Development Myra Van Vactor, Director of Library Media Linda D. Flory-Barnes, Director of Multi- Community College Center Cultural Services B. Jean Floten, President Institutional Advancement Harriet Baskas, Director of KBCS Elise Erikson, Executive Assistant & Nadine Troyer, Vice President Leslie Blackaby, Director of Financial Aid Secretary to the President Richard Duval, Director of Marketing & & Student Employment Communications Faisal Jaswal, Director of International Administrative Services Sharon Kline, Director of Development Students Donald N. Noble, Vice President Judy Konopaski, Director of Child Care Donna Flanagan, Director of Finance Instructional Services Center Susan L. Haro, Director of Campus Dr. James L. Bennett, Dean Cheryl Vermilyea, Director of Women’s Operations Dr. Kae R. Hutchison, Dean Resource Center Dr. Joanne Murcar, Director of College Valerie Hodge, Director of Institutional Division Chairs Research Placement and Workforce Training Thomas R. Nielsen, Arts & Humanities Catherine James, Director of the Bookstore Dr. Susan Quattrociocchi, Director, Lynne Scott, Educational Development & Karl Palo, Director of Security Northeast Tech Prep Consortium Health Sciences Robert Southard, Director of Food Services International Programs Jakkalavadika (Jack) Surendranath, Science Deborah Townsend, Administrative Dr. Kae R. Hutchison, Dean Dr. Michael L. Talbott, Social Sciences Assistant Jim Bergstrom, Coordinator, International Dr. Judy Eng Woo, Business Training Educational Services Program Chairs Vacant, Executive Dean Raoul J. Meilleur, Director of International Jean Sasaki, Assistant to the Executive Programs ARTS & HUMANITIES DIVISION Dean Susan G. Jamieson, Director of English Carolyn Bilby, Foreign Language Language Institute Dr. Roger A. George, Communication Continuing Education Seeko Jaswal, Coordinator, Marketing Robert C. Jackson, Drama and Dance Dr. Kae R. Hutchison, Dean Margaret Murphy, Coordinator, Special Dalmen D. Mayer, Philosophy Dr. Adele Thorburn Becker, Director of Programs Michael Meyer, English Work Related Programs Kimberly Pollock, American Studies

114 * indicates affiliated part-time faculty Administration & Faculty

Dr. Robert Purser, Art Aslam Khan, Political Science Becker, Adele Thorburn, Dr., Director of Connie Wais, Interior Design John S. Osmundson, Anthropology Work Related Programs for Continuing Ken Wilson, Music Thornton A. Perry, Director of Education Alan Yabui, Speech Telecommunications/Distance Learning B.A., Michigan State University BUSINESS DIVISION Michael Righi, Economics M.A., Middlebury College Richard Bratz, Business Administration Douglas L. Roselle, Geography Ph.D., University of Illinois Transfer Dr. Elaynne Rousso, Sociology Becker, Cheryl L., Associate Degree Nursing Michael Gelotte, Computer Science Dr. Helen K. Taylor, Psychology (Chair) Kay Gough , General Business Management B.S.N., University of Alaska Janice O. Gould, Administrative Office Administrative M.N., University of Washington Systems *Benezra, Lee D., Mathematics Lab Anne Jackson, Information Technology- Staff and Faculty Teaching Assistant Technical Support B.S., University of Washington Sandra J. Nesbeitt, Marketing Management Agassiz, Roderick A., Human Development Bennett, James L., Dr., Dean of Instructional John W. Perry, Information Technology- Services Services Programming B.A., University of Washington B.A., Macalester College Philip M. Walter, Paraprofessional M. Ed., Seattle University M.S., Mankato State University Accounting Ph.D., University of Washington Howard W. Wildin II, Real Estate *Anderson, Betty M., Sociology B.S., M.A., University of Washington Bennett, Linda, Developmental Education EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT & Anderson, Marilyn D., Mathematics (Chair); English HEALTH SCIENCES DIVISION B.S., University of Redlands B.A., M.A., Eastern Washington Julius B. Armstrong, Radiation Therapy M.S., University of Washington University Technology Joan P. Baker, Diagnostic Ultrasound Anderson, Sandra, Dr. Benz, Peggy, Media Communication and Technology B.S., Bemidji State University Technology Cheryl Becker, Associate Degree Nursing M.A., Colorado State University M.A., University of Mexico Linda Bennett, Developmental Education Ph.D., Northwest University B.A., West Texas State University Ph.D., University of San Francisco Ron Harmon, Fire Command & *Andrus, Pat, English Administration B.A., Nazareth College, Kalamazoo, *Berg, Carole A., Physical Science Harriet Newton, Physical Education/Health Michigan B.S., Washington State University and Recreational Leadership M.F.A., Goodard College, Plainfield, M.S., Ed., University of Washington Ronald S. Radvilas, Radiologic Technology Vermont Bergstrom, James E., Coordinator, Business Gertrude C. Shepherd, Early Childhood *Apacible, Ricardo M. P., Psychology Outreach/International Programs Education B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas B.A., Pacific Lutheran University Julie M. Soto, Director of Parent Education M. Ed., University of Washington M.Ed., University of Washington Program Bilby, Carolyn P., Foreign Language (Chair) Linda S. Trippett, Director of Special Health Armstrong, Julius B., Radiation Therapy B.A., Seton Hall University Care Programs & Fire Command Technology (Chair) M.A., Pennsylvania State University Administration B.S., City College, New York M.B.A., Adelphi University *Black, Claude, Business Administration SCIENCES DIVISION *Artimovich, Vicki, Art Transfer; Paraprofessional Accounting Dr. James Ellinger, Life Sciences B.A., M.A., University of Washington A.A., Bellevue Community College Frank Lee, Engineering B.A., Univeristy of Washington Baker, Joan P., Diagnostic Ultrasound Catherine Lyle, Physical Sciences M.B.A., City University B. David Stacy, Mathematics Technology (Chair) American Registry of Diagnostic Medical Blackaby, Leslie, Director of Financial Aid SOCIAL SCIENCE DIVISION Sonographers & Student Employment for Student Dr. Michael Caldero, Administration of Services Baskas, Harriet, Director of KBCS for Criminal Justice B.A., Seattle Pacific University Mark Elliott, Director of Television Student Services Bloomsburg, Pete, Mathmatics Services B.A., Clark University B.S., University of Idaho Eric G. Haines, History Beauvais, Chan, Information Technology Dr. Steven Hamernyik, International Studies B.A., University of California at Santa Bradley, Kathryn M., Library Media Center A. Christopher James, Media Barbara B.S., The Creighton University Communication & Technology M.L.S., University of Washington

* indicates affiliated part-time faculty 115 Administration & Faculty

Bratz, Richard, Business Administration Cofer, Jeffrey, American Studies and English Erickson, Elise, Executive Assistant & Transfer (Chair); Paraprofessional B.A., Glassboro State College Secretary to the President Accounting M.A., Ohio University B.A., University of Washington B.S., M.B.A., California State University Cowan, Susan C., General Business Esler, Tika, Associate Dean of Enrollment Bridwell, Virginia, Psychology B.S., University of Oregon Services for Student Services B.S., M.S., University of Alaska M.S., Oregon State University B.A., The Evergreen State College Brown, Douglas, Dr., Associate Director for Cross, Steven W., Human Development Evans, Neil, Executive Director for NWCET NWCET; Physical Science Services B.A., M.B.A., Northwestern University A.B., B.S., Oberlin College B.A., M.Ed., Ohio University Falls, Janice, Administrative Assistant Ph.D., University of Washington Curnutt, Larry A., Mathematics B.A., San Jose State University *Brown, Scott, Writing Lab Teaching B.A., M.S., Western Washington Felton, Sharon A., Multi-Cultural Services Assistant University R.N., Pasadena City College A.A., Bellevue Community College *Dahlin, Karen, Human Development B.A., University of California at Berkeley Burke, Robert A., Speech Services M.Ed., University of Washington B.A., University of Washington B.A., M.A., University of Washington *Femling, Frank, Paraprofessional M.A., University of Hawaii *Donaldson, Marla, Parent Education Accounting Burns-Lewis, Laura L., English B.A., Central Washington University B.S., Seattle University B.A., M.A., University of Washington Driscoll, Laura , Speech Fieser, Robert, International Programs Burton, Carol, Life Sciences B.A., University of the Pacific B.A., M.A., University of Washington B.S., University of Alaska M.A., San Diego State University Flanagan, Donna M., Director of Finance for M.S., University of Hawaii Duval, Richard, Director of Marketing & Administrative Services *Buxton, M. Lee, Speech Communications B.S., M.B.A., City University B.A., M.A., University of Washington B.A., Washington State University Flory-Barnes, Linda D., Director of Multi- Caine, Peter F., General Business, Business M.C., University of Washington Cultural Services for Student Services Administration Transfer Accounting *Eacker, Sandra, English B.A., Seattle University A.B., M.B.A., Stanford University B.S., Portland State M.Ed., University of Washington Caldero, Michael, Dr., Administration of M.F.A., University of Alaska - Anchorage Floten, B. Jean, President Criminal Justice (Chair) Edelbrock, Robert, Dr., Dean of Information B.A., M.S., Portland State University B.A., Eastern Washington University Resources *Fong, David, Dr., English M.A., Ph.D., Washington State University B.A., M.A., National University B.A., Stanford University Canady, Sara, International Programs Ed.D., United States International M.A., Columbia University B.A., Pacific University University Ph.D., Stanford University M.A., Indiana University Eiben, Daniel F., Director of Customized *Foote, K. Gael, Parent Education Carpenter, Sharon, Director of Computer Training for Continuing Education B.A., University of Washington A.B., Middlebury College Programs for Continuing Education Friedel, Fred E., History B.S., Oklahoma University *Eichner, Nancy, English B.S., M.A., University of Oregon M.S., University of New Orleans B.A., University of Maryland *Frauenheim, Marie, Parent Education M.A., University of Tübingen, W. Germany *Castell, Carolann C., Life Sciences; B.A., Mary Grove College Physical Education Eischen, Sherry B., Special Events Gelotte, Michael, Computer Science B.S., Florida State University Coordinator (Chair); Information Technology *Chakoian, Martin H., English Ellinger, James, Dr., Life Sciences (Chair) B.M., M.S., Brigham Young University B.A., University of Illinois B.A., Kalamazoo College George, Roger A., Dr., Communication M.S., Univeristy of Washington M.A., Western Michigan University (Chair); English Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, Christiansen, Pauline Grabill, English B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Amherst B.A., M.A., University of Washington Washington Elliott, Mark, Director of Television Clark, Douglas, International Programs Gilliam, Rhonda, English Services for Instructional Services B.S., Iowa State University B.S.Ed., Austin State University B.A., Washington State University M.A., University of Kansas M.S., Texas Tech University *Epstein, Lawrence, Dr., Anthropology Clark, J. Terence, Library Media Center Gleason, Dale L., Music B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of B.A., M.A., M.L.S., University of B.A., University of Washington Washington Washington M.Ed., Western Washington University

116 * indicates affiliated part-time faculty Administration & Faculty

Gold, Melodye, Life Science *Heins, Donald M., Physical Science; James, A. Christopher, Media M.S., University of Wisconsin Learning Skills Laboratory Coordinator Communications & Technology (Chair) A.B., Whitman College B.A., Western Washington University B.A., Colorado College Goldsmith, James, English Henrickson, Marja, Foreign Language M.Ed., Utah State University B.S., Wright State University M.A., B.A., North Texas State University Jamieson, Susan G., Director of English M.A., University of Idaho *Hess, Virginia, English Language Institute for International Goss, Arthur, Physics A.A., Colorado Women’s College, Denver Programs B.S., M.S., Wright State University B.A., M.A.T., University of Iowa B.A., Miami University M.A., Washington University Gough, Kay, General Business Management Hobbs, Robert, Physical Science (Chair); Marketing B.A., University of Colorado Jangaard, Linda L., Business Administration B.S., Mississippi University for Women M.A., Indiana University Transfer B.A., M.B.A., University of California M.B.A., University of Southern Mississippi *Hobbs, Sylvia H., Parent Education Gould, David D., Dr., Business B.S., Birkbeek College, University of Jaswal, Faisal, Director of International Administration Transfer; General Business London Students for Student Services A.A., Bellevue Community College B.A., M.B.A., Washington State University Hodge, Valerie, Director of Institutional J.D., University of Washington Research Jaswal, Seeko, Coordinator, International Gould, Janice B., Administrative Office B.A., Macalester College Programs Marketing Systems (Chair) M.A., University of Washington A.A., Bellevue Community College B.A., University of Washington Hoffer, Patricia, Nursing Jurji, E. David, Dr., Anthropology Green, Sally, Radiation Therapy Technology B.S.N., University of Oregon B.A., Albright College B.S., James Madison University M.N., Univeristy of Washington M.A., New York University Ph.D., University of Washington R.R.(T), Swedish Hospital Hoffman, Dale T., Mathematics Gruber, Ebtisam, Nursing B.A., Washington State University Kennedy, Jerrie L., English B.S., Cairo University M.S., University of Connecticutt B.A., M.A., Washington State University B.S., Indiana University Huenefeld, William P., Small Business Khan, Aslam, Political Science (Chair) M.A., University of Washington Development Specialist B.A., Gonzaga University Habib, Berthe, Mathematics B.A., Cornell University M.A., University of Washington B.A., M.A.T., M.S., University of M.B.A., University of Chicago Kline, Sharon, Director of Development Washington Hurrell, Mary-Ann C., Nursing for Institutional Advancement Haines, Eric G., History (Chair) B.S.N., University of Alberta B.A., University of Washington B.A., B.A., M.A., University of Natal M.N., University of Washington Konopaski, Judy, Director of Child Care M.A., University of London Hutchison, Kae R., Dr., Dean of Instruction; Center for Student Services Hall, Christine, International Programs Continuing Education, International B.S., University of Washington B.S., Eastern Michigan University Programs Kotker, Joan G., English; Writing Lab M.S., New York State University B.A., Whitworth College Director Hamernyik, Steven, Dr., International Studies M.A., Eastman School of Music of the B.A., M.A., Ohio State University (Chair); Political Science University of Rochester LaFond, Daniel J., Human Development B.A., Portland State University Ph.D., The Fielding Institute Services Ph.D., University of Washington Jackson, Anne, Information Technology- B.A., St. Martins College *Hansen, Kathleen I., Administrative Office Technical Support (Chair) M.S.W., University of Washington Systems B.A. , University of California at Los Laveglia, Jennifer L., Mathematics B.A., College of Idaho Angeles B.S., Bowling Green State University M.A., University of Idaho Jackson, Robert C., Drama and Dance M.S., University of North Carolina Harmon, Ron, Fire Command & (Chair); Theatre Manager *Leber, Mary Reeves, Dr., Speech Administration (Chair) B.S., Northwestern University B.S., M.A., University of Kansas B.A., James Madison University M.F.A., University of Washington Ph.D., University of Washington Haro, Susan L., Director of Campus James, Catherine, Director of the Lee, Frank, Engineering (Chair) Operations for Administrative Services Bookstore M.E., University of Washington B.A., Michigan State University Heinrichs, Timothy, Dr., History Lee, Harlan, Multi-Cultural Counselor A.B., Harvard College M.C., Arizona State University M.A., University of Utah M.E., Northern Arizona University M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington B.A., Glassboro State College

* indicates affiliated part-time faculty 117 Administration & Faculty

Leeds, Linda A., English Mayer, Dalmen D., Philosophy (Chair) Nagi, Kuldeep, Information Technology; B.A., Pomona College B.A., M.A., University of Washington Technical Support M.A., Cornell University *McElroy, Melvin L., Information M.S., University of Bombay Leighton, Gordon B., Dr., English Technology Nesbeitt, Sandra J., Marketing Management B.A., Bates College B.A., University of Colorado (Chair); General Business M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia McGlasson, Ruthmary, Educational Planning B.A., M.S., Eastern Washington University Leo-Gwin, Cheryll, Director of Arts & Coordinator; Human Development Newton, Harriet, Physical Education and Personal Enrichment for Continuing Services Health Recreational Leadership (Chair) Education B.S., M.Ed., University of Wisconsin B.S., Oklahoma College of Liberal Arts B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Washington McKee, Carol, International Programs Nielsen, Thomas R., Division Chair for Arts *Lowry, Pamela R., Mathematics B.A., M.S., Florida State University & Humanities B.A., M.A., University of Washington Meehan, J. Timothy, Human Development A.A., Bellevue Community College Luark, Carolyn, Art; Art Gallery Director Services B.A., M.A., University of Washington B.A., Central Washington University B.A., Gonzaga University Noble, Donald N., Vice President, M.F.A., Washington State University M.A., University of Oregon Administrative Services Lyle, Catherine, Physical Science (Chair) Meek, Donna, English B.A., University of Washington A.A., Mt. San Antonio College B.A., M.A., Ohio State University M.P.A., Pacific Lutheran University B.A., Pomona College Meilleur, Raoul J., Director of International Norris, Rossie L., Human Development M.S., Tufts University Programs Services *Lyons, Elizabeth S.N., Physical Science B.A., University of Washington B.A., Southern University B.A., University of Alaska M.A., University of Paris M.Ed., University of Washington Macneil, Lucy Parke, Vice President for Melvoin, Peter, Sociology *O’Donnell, Sue, Parent Education Human Resources B.A., University of Illinois B.S., University of Washington B.A., M.L., University of Washington M.A., Arizona State University O’Rourke, Thomas, Assistant Director for Madigan, Mary L., Radiologic Technology Mercer, Gloria A., English Technology Services A.A., Bellevue Community College B.Ed., Seattle University B.S., University of Washington American Registry of Radiologic M.Ed., University of Washington Osmundson, John S., Anthropology (Chair) Technologists Merz, Gary, Business Administration- B.A., University of Washington Mahn, Gary, Director of Technology Transfer Accounting, Paraprofessional M.A., Washington State University Services for Information Resources Accounting Palo, Karl, Director of Security B.S., Iowa State University M.B.A., Golden Gate University-San A.A., Bellevue Community College M.S.Ed., Mankato State University Francisco *Paydar, Iraj, Dr., Political Science Mandt, Carol L., Director of Education B.A., Central Washington University B.A., M.A., Western Washington Projects for NWCET Meyer, Michael W., English (Chair) University B.A., Whitman College B.A., Briar Cliff College Ph.D., University of Washington M.A., Washington State University M.A., Marquette University *Penewell, Royal E., Mathematics Marks, Suzanne, Administrative Office *Meyers, Linda, Parent Education B.A., Western Washington University Systems B.A., University of Washington Perkins, Terri M., Health Care Program B.A., Washington State University *Molvik, Nilmar L., Mathematics M.A., University of Washington Matsumoto, Akemi, Human Development B.S., M.Ed., Seattle Pacific College B.S., Northeastern University-Boston Services Morgan, Susan L., Coordinator of Disabled Perry, John W., Information Technology- B.A., University of Colorado Student Services Programming (Chair) Ed.M., Oregon State University B.A., Gonzaga University B.A., University of Washington Mattson, Norman, Facilities Project Officer, Murcar, Joanne, Dr., Director of College M.B.A., Northwestern University Campus Operations Placement and Workforce Training for *Perry, Thornton A., Director of B.A., University of Houston Instructional Advancement Telecommunications/Distance Learning M.A., California Polytechnic Institute M.A., Eastern Washington University for Instructional Services; History Mauldin, Diane M., Life Sciences; Health Ph.D., B.Ed., Gonzaga University B.A., M.A., Ohio State University Sciences Murphy, Margaret, Coordinator, Special B.A., M.A., University of Washington Programs for International Programs B.A., University of Washington M.A., New York University

118 * indicates affiliated part-time faculty Administration & Faculty

*Peterson, Carole E., Computer Science; Roselle, Douglas L., Geography (Chair) Sickles, Julia, Administrative Assistant Information Technology; IT Lab Director B.A., Western Washington University for NWCET A.A., Bellevue Community College M.S., Louisiana State University B.A., University of Washington B.A., University of Washington Rostirolla, Jim, Physical Science (Chair) Soto, Julie M., Director for Parent Education B.A., Eastern Washington University B.A., M.A., San Francisco State University Program (Chair) Pfister, Franz J., Dr., Foreign Language Rothman, B. Karen, English; Reading Lab B.A., Washington State University B.A., Bowling Green State University Director M.S., Seattle Pacific University M.A., University of Illinois B.A., Mississippi State College for Southard, Robert, Director of Food Ph.D., University of Washington Women Services *Plunkett, Mark D., Life Sciences M.A., Louisiana State University Stacy, B. David, Mathematics (Chair) B.S., Seattle Pacific University M.A., California Luthern College B.S., California State Polytechnic College M.S., Western Washington University Rousso, Elaynne, Dr., Sociology (Chair) M.A., California Polytechnic State Polin, Anne, Diagnostic Ultrasound B.A., University of Michigan University Technology M.A., Michigan State University Steinert, Kathleen M., Life Sciences B.S., Washington State University Ph.D., University of California B.A., M.A., California State University Pollock, Kimberly, American Studies Rowhani, Shahla, Technical Services/ *Storey, Mark, Philosophy (Chair); English Systems Librarian B.A., University of California at Santa B.A., Shimer College M.S.L.S., University of Southern Barbara M.A., University of Southwestern California M.A., University of Washington Louisiana Royer, Michèle, Senior Associate Planner Surendranath, Jakkalavadika (Jack), Pritchard, Thomas W., Administration of for NWCET Associate Director for NWCET; Divison Criminal Justice M.S., Ecole Superieure de’Electricite, Chair for Science B.A., Juris Doctor, University of Orsay, France B.S., University of Madras Washington Ph.D., University of Paris, Paris, France M.S., Washington State University M.B.A., University of St. Thomas, St. Pugh, Rose L., Mathematics; Math Lab Susanka, Larry, Dr., Mathematics Paul, Minnesota Director B.S., University of Oregon B.S., M.S., Western Washington Sage, Lynne S., Mathematics Ph.D., University of Minnesota University B.A., M.Ed., Western Washington Talbott, Michael L., Dr., Division Chair for University Purser, Robert S., Dr., Art (Chair) Social Science B.A., Central Washington University Sasaki, Jean, Assistant to the Executive B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of M.F.A., University of Washington Dean Washington Ph.D., University of Oregon B.A., University of Washington Taplin, Ron, Associate Dean of Student Quattrociocchi, Susan M., Dr., Northeast Scott, Lynne, Division Chair for Educational Development for Student Services Tech Prep Consortium Director Development & Health Sciences B.A., Washington State University B.A., Oakland University B.S.N., Marquette University M.Ed., Idaho State University M.A., University of Michigan M.N., University of Washington M.B.A., Unversity of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., University of Michigan Seeman, Julianne, English Taylor, Helen K., Dr., Psychology (Chair) Radvilas, Ronald S., Radiologic Technology B.A., M.A., University of Washington B.A., Pomona College (Chair) Sharpe, Donna, Human Development M.A., Seattle University B.S., University of Massachusetts Services Ph.D., University of Washington M.S., State University of New York B.A., University of Washington Taylor, Kit Sims, Economics *Rasmussen, Darrell R., Mathematics M.A., Seattle University A.B., University of California B.A., M.A., University of Montana Shepherd, Gertrude C., Early Childhood M.A., University of Florida Ratener, Peter E., Mathematics Education (Chair) Templin-Imel, Garnet, ABE/ESL B.S., State University of New York B.A., Colorado College B.A., Pacific Lutheran University M.S., University of Washington *Shook, Caroline M., Mathematics M.A., University of Washington Richardson, Rosemary K., Life Sciences B.A., Seattle University Thorp, Mary, Nursing B.S., University of Michigan Shuman, James E., NWCET B.S.N., M.N., University of Washington M.S., University of Washington B.S., Northern Arizona University; *Tober, Marilyn, Mathematics Righi, Michael E., Economics (Chair) M.B.A., University of Washington B.A., Ed.M., State University of New York B.A., Holy Cross College Tooley, Lynn E., Mathematics M.A., Columbia University B.S., M.S., University of Washington

* indicates affiliated part-time faculty 119 Administration & Faculty

Townsend, Deborah, Administrative Walls, Francine E., Dr., Library Media Wilson, Ken, Music (Chair) Assistant for Administrative Services Center B.A., Western Washington University B.A., Occidental College B.A., Seattle Pacific University M.M., Eastern Washington University M.A., California State University M.A., M.L., University of Washington *Witmer, Judith, Parent Education M.A., University of California at Ed.D., Seattle University B.A., University of Colorado Los Angeles Walter, Philip M., Paraprofessional *Witter, Patricia L., Economics Trippett, Linda S., Director of Special Health Accounting (Chair) B.A., Univeristy of Washington Care Programs & Fire Command B.B.A., M.S., Memphis State University B.Ed., University of Alberta Administration (Chair) Wanamaker, Dennis L., Dr., Psychology M.S., Iowa State University B.A., Albright College B.A., M.Ed., Central Washington Woo, Judy Eng, Dr., Division Chair for M.S., George Mason University University Business Troyer, Nadine, Vice President for Ed.D., Washington State University B.A., University of Washington Institutional Advancement Washburn, Ray C., Physical Education M.P.A., Seattle University B.A., M.A., University of Washington B.A., Whitworth College; Ph.D., University of Washington Trujillo, Cecilia M., Physical Education M.Ed., Seattle University Woods, Ernest R., Physical Education B.A., New Mexico Highlands University Weir, Kristina H., Economics B.S., Washington State University M.S., University of Washington B.A., M.A., University of Missouri M.S., University of Southern California Tucker, Carolyn, Human Resources *Weiss, Harriet M., English; Communication Wulff, Jon V., Philosophy Representative B.A., Maryland University B.A., Washington State University A.A., Bellevue Community College M.A., San Diego State University M.A., Ohio State University Turcott, Margaret, Administrative Office Wesley, John, Art Wyatt, Stanford, Jr., Interior Design Systems B.A., Moorehead State College B.A., University of New Mexico B.A., Western Washington University West, Woodley, English M.A., University of Pennsylvania M.E., University of Washington B.S. Michigan State University Yabui, Alan, Dr., Speech (Chair) *Ummel, Deborah J., Mathematics M.A. Harvard University B.A., Kansas State University B.A., College of New Rochelle *Weston, Eleanor, English M.A., University of Southern California M.A., University of Washington B.A., University of Puget Sound M.A., Wichita State University Updegrove, Dana, Mathematics M.S., University of Washington M.A., San Diego State University B.S., Idaho State University Ed.D., Montana State University Weston, Terry L., Foreign Language M.S., University of Tennessee B.A., University of Washington Ybarra, Tomás, Dean for Student Services M. Div., Theological Seminary M.A., Thunderbird Graduate School of B.A., The Evergreen State College Van Vactor, Myra, Director Library Media International Management M.A., The Evergreen State College Center for Information Resources White, Jeffery, English *Yeend, Camilla, English B.A., University of Phillipines B.A., The Evergreen State College B.A., Eastern Washington University M.S., Columbia University M.A., University of Washington M.A., Central Washington University Vermilyea, Cheryl, Director of Women’s *White, Kathleen, English Resource Center for Student Services B.A., University of Washington B.A., St. Olaf College M.A., University of Houston M.S., University of Wisconsin Wijenaike, Manjari, Senior Associate Volland, Walter V., Dr., Physical Science Planner for NWCET B.S., Long Beach State College B.A., Dartmouth College Ph.D., University of Washington M.A., Boston University Wais, Constance, S., Interior Design (Chair) Wildin, Howard W. II, Real Estate (Chair); B.A., California State University Director of Real Estate Resource Center *Walker, George C., Geography B.A., University of Washington B.A., (Hons.) University of Durham, Williams, Marcia C., Project Director for England NWCET M.Ed., University of Newcastle upon- B.A., Wheaton College Tyne, England M.Ed., University of Washington Wallace-Hoffman, Bonnie, Drama A.B., Cornell University

120 ◆ indicates administrative exempt * indicates affiliated part-time faculty Bellevue Community College Index SUMMER 1997 - SUMMER 1998 AAcademic1997 Year-1998 JUNE 1997 NOVEMBER 1997 APRIL 1998 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1234567 1 1234 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2345678 567891011Spr. Qtr. Begins 11 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 9 101112131415No Class 12 13 14 15 1610th 17 day 18 of Qtr. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 2424 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 No Class 30 27 28 29 Sum. Qtr. 23/30 24 25 26Holiday 27Holiday 28 29 26 27 28 29 30 Begins JULY 1997 DECEMBER 1997 MAY 1998 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 4 123Holiday 5 123456 12 8 10 6 76th 8day 9 10 11 12 7 8 9Fall 10111213 Qtr. 3456789 of Qtr. Ends 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 22 23 24Holiday Holiday 27 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 31 24/31 Holiday 26 27 28 29 30 AUGUST 1997 JANUARY 1998 JUNE 1998 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 12 Holiday 23 123456 5 Win. Qtr. 3456789 45678910Begins 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 16 19 10 11 12Sum. 13 Qtr. 14 15 16 11 12 13 14 1510th 16 day 17 14 15 16 17 18Spr. 19 Qtr. 20 Ends of Qtr. Ends 19 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18Holiday 19 20 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 24/31 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 28Sum. 29 Qtr. 30 Begins SEPTEMBER 1997 FEBRUARY 1998 JULY 1998 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 1 4 Holiday 23456 1234567 123Holiday 7 7 8 9 10111213 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5678910116th day of Qtr. 16 17 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 15Holiday 16No 17Class 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 21Fall Qtr. 23 24 25 26 27 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Begins 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 OCTOBER 1997 MARCH 1998 AUGUST 1998 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 3 123410th day 1234567 1 of Qtr. 567891011 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2345678 17 13 12 13 14 15 16No 17 Class 18 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 9 101112131415Sum. Qtr. 24 Ends 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 22 23Win. Qtr. 25 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Ends 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 23/30 24 25 26 27 28 29

121 NotesIndex

122 Index

A Fire Investigation ...... 76 Fire Science ...... 76 O Academic Advising ...... 15 Fitness Center ...... 23 Oceanography ...... 94 Accounting Paraprofessional ...... 28, 59 Food Services ...... 23 Administration of Criminal Justice .. 28, 96 Foreign Language ...... 51 P Administration and Faculty ...... 114 Foreign Language Alternative Parent Education ...... 21, 80 Administrative Office Systems...... 29, 60 Program (FLAP) ...... 53 Parking and Campus Security ...... 18 Admissions ...... 7 Philosophy ...... 57 Alcohol/Drug Studies ...... 30, 69 G Physical Education ...... 80 American Sign Language ...... 71 General Business Management ..... 33, 62 Physics ...... 94 American Studies ...... 43 Geography ...... 99 Planetarium ...... 24 Anthropology ...... 97 Geology ...... 92 Political Science ...... 106 Art ...... 44 Graduation ...... 13 Psychology ...... 107 Assessment ...... 15 Publications ...... 24 Astronomy ...... 89 H R B Head Start ...... 16 Health ...... 76 Radiation Therapy ...... 39, 83 Basic Science ...... 89 High School Programs...... 20 Radio Station KBCS-FM 91.3 ...... 24 Biology ...... 89 History ...... 100 Radiologic Technology ...... 40, 84 Bookstore ...... 23 Home Economics ...... 77 Real Estate ...... 41, 65 Botany ...... 90 Honor Society: Phi Theta Kappa ...... 23 Recreation Leadership ...... 41, 86 Bus Pass Discount ...... 23 Honors ...... 14 Registration ...... 7 Business Administration – Transfer Human Development ...... 87 Program ...... 61 S C I Sociology ...... 109 Image ...... 77 Speech ...... 58 Career Resource Center ...... 15 Independent Studies ...... 77 Sports Activities ...... 24 Certificate Programs ...... 6 Individual Development ...... 77 Student Child Care and Changing a Grade ...... 12 Information Technology ...... 34, 63 Learning Center ...... 18 Chemistry ...... 90 Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 21 Student Clubs ...... 24 College Mission, Vision and Goals ...... 4 Interior Design ...... 35, 53 Student Government: ASBCC ...... 24 Commencement ...... 14 International Business ...... 35 Student Health Center...... 18 Communications ...... 45 International Programs ...... 21 Student Records ...... 14 Computer Science ...... 91 International Student Services ...... 17 Students’ Rights and Computer Science–Transfer Program ... 61 International Studies ...... 102 Responsibilities ...... 111 Computer-Equipped Labs ...... 17 Interpreting ...... 110 Confidentiality of Student Records ..... 14 T Continuing Education Programs ...... 20 J TELOS ...... 21 Counseling ...... 15 Job Center ...... 17 Transcripts ...... 14 Transfer ...... 8 D L Transfer to Other Colleges and Dance ...... 23, 47 Library Media Center ...... 18 Universities ...... 8 Degree and Certificate Requirements ... 25 Translation ...... 110 Degrees ...... 6 M Tuition and Fees ...... 8 Delta Epsilon Chi (DEC) ...... 23 Marketing Management...... 36, 65 Tutoring Program ...... 18 Developmental Education ...... 71 Mathematics ...... 92 Diagnostic Ultrasound ...... 30, 71 Media Communication and V Disabled Student Services ...... 15 Technology ...... 36, 103 Veterans’ Administration Programs ..... 18 Distance Learning Telecourses ...... 21 Meteorology ...... 94 Veterans’ Administration Standards and Drama ...... 23, 47 Model United Nations ...... 23 Requirements ...... 10 E Multi-Cultural Student Services ...... 18 Music ...... 24, 55 W Early Childhood Education ...... 31, 73 Washington Academy of Economics ...... 98 N Languages ...... 41, 110 Education ...... 75 Non-Traditional Ways to Earn Credit .. 12 Washington State Residency for Tuition Engineering ...... 91 Nuclear Medicine Technology...... 38, 77 Purposes ...... 10 English ...... 48 Nursing ...... 39, 78 Women’s Center ...... 18, 21 Environmental Science ...... 92 Nursing– Continuing Nursing Workforce Training ...... 19 F Education ...... 80 Nutrition ...... 94 Z Financial Aid ...... 15 Zoology ...... 95 Fire Command & Administration ... 32, 75

123 AdministrationCampus Map & Faculty

Parking Permits Required: J-5 7 a.m. - 3 p.m. Monday through Friday

J-4 J J Student & N Visitor Parking J-2 J-1 Faculty / Staff Parking 148th Ave SE J-3 SE 22nd Reserved Parking

140th Ave SE Upper Campus Entrance

Bellevue Community College 3000 Landerholm Circle SE Bellevue, WA 98007-6484 Robinswood North Entrance Park SE 24th Rd reek C 9-E Kelsey 145th Pl SE 9-D 9-B 9-A 9-C

H-4: Conference House “Telos” 148th Ave 148th Ave SE ENTRANCE TO MAIN CAMPUS M G

D-2 H-2: International Programs Service D-1 Metro Bus H-5: International Programs Station

Security Stop E

General F-2 H-1: Student S e

Receiving K K-1 Child Care l

F-1 c

r

i C

C m C-8 7-B l Fire C-7 o B E-1 h Station r B e #2 d B n C E-3 a C-1 E-2 7-A L

C-6 B To I-90

C-5 A 4-B 2 KIOSK Mormon C-4 D 1 Temple A 4-A C-3 6 3-A P-7 D 10-B P-6 E Theatre P-5 8 3-B Snoqualmie River Road C-2 To Eastgate Park and Ride To B-1 12 I-90 Overpass B-2 A 10-A 5 C oal C South Entrance reek Rd

Rev. 9/95 Not Drawn to Scale

124